Knocknagael – Tomatin 275 kV Environmental Statement: Volume 2: Main Report
October 2015
Scottish Hydro Electric Transmission plc Knocknagael – Tomatin 275 kV OHL
Volume 2 Main Report: Table of Contents
Chapter 1: Introduction 1.1 Introduction 1.2 Project Background 1.3 EIA Process 1.4 Commenting on the ES
Chapter 2: Proposed Development 2.1 Introduction 2.2 The Proposed Development 2.3 Limits of Deviation (LOD) 2.4 Physical Characteristics of the OHL 2.5 Description of the Construction Work 2.6 Hours of Work 2.7 Construction Traffic and Plant 2.8 Operation and Maintenance of the Proposed Development
Chapter 3: Design Evolution and Alternatives 3.1 Introduction 3.2 Route Selection Considerations 3.3 Considerations of Alternatives – Key Issues and Constraints 3.4 Mitigation by Design 3.5 Issues Remaining for Impact Assessment
Chapter 4: Landscape and Visual 4.1 Introduction 4.2 Scope of Assessment 4.3 Assessment Methodology 4.4 Advice 4.5 Background 4.6 Baseline Conditions 4.7 Baseline – Visual Amenity 4.8 Future Baseline 4.9 Potential Effects 4.10 Mitigation 4.11 Assessment of Residual Effects 4.12 Summary 4.13 Cumulative Effects
Chapter 5: Ecology 5.1 Introduction 5.2 Scope of Assessment 5.3 Assessment Methodology
Volume 2: Main Report LT000019 Table of Contents
Scottish Hydro Electric Transmission plc Knocknagael – Tomatin 275 kV OHL
5.4 Baseline Conditions 5.5 Likely Significant Effects 5.6 Mitigation and Additional Good Practice Environmental Management 5.7 Residual Effects 5.8 Cumulative Effects 5.9 Summary
Chapter 6: Ornithology 6.1 Introduction 6.2 Scope of Assessment 6.3 Assessment Methodology 6.4 Baseline Conditions 6.5 Likely Significant Effects 6.6 Mitigation 6.7 Residual Effects 6.8 Cumulative Effects 6.9 Summary
Chapter 7: Cultural Heritage 7.1 Introduction 7.2 Scope of Assessment 7.3 Assessment Methodology 7.4 Assessment of Effects 7.5 Baseline Conditions 7.6 Likely Significant Effects 7.7 Mitigation 7.8 Residual Effects 7.9 Cumulative Effects 7.10 Summary 7.11 Other Notes
Chapter 8: Schedule of Mitigation 8.1 Introduction
Volume 2: Main Report Table of Contents LT000019
Scottish Hydro Electric Transmission plc Knocknagael – Tomatin 275 kV OHL
1 INTRODUCTION
1.1 Introduction
1.1.1 Scottish Hydro Electric Transmission plc (hereafter referred to as the Applicant) is seeking consent to construct and operate a new 19 kilometre (km) double circuit 275 kilovolt (kV) overhead electricity transmission line (OHL), supported by steel lattice towers, between the existing Knocknagael substation, and a proposed new substation near Tomatin, approximately 1 km north of Garbole. In addition, the Applicant is seeking consent to construct and operate a new 4.5 km double circuit 132 kV OHL to connect the existing OHL to the proposed Tomatin substation. Collectively the proposed 275 kV OHL and 132 kV OHL, along with proposed access tracks, is referred to as ‘the Proposed Development’. The proposed Tomatin substation will be subject to a separate consenting process (see paragraph 1.2.5). The location of the Proposed Development is shown in Figure 1.1.
1.1.2 This Environmental Statement (ES) is submitted by the Applicant to accompany an application for consent under section 37 of the Electricity Act 19891, in which deemed planning permission is sought under section 57 (2) of the Town and Country Planning (Scotland) Act 1997 as amended.
1.1.3 The ES comprises four volumes: • Volume 1: Non-Technical Summary (NTS);
• Volume 2: Main Report;
• Volume 3: Figures; and
• Volume 4: Technical Appendices.
1.1.4 The ES reports on the Environmental Impact Assessment (EIA) process undertaken for the Proposed Development and has been prepared to meet the requirements of the Electricity Works (Environmental Impact Assessment) (Scotland) Regulations 20002, as amended (the EIA regulations).
1.2 Project Background
1.2.1 The Applicant is the transmission licence holder in the north of Scotland and has a duty under Section 9 of the Electricity Act 1989 to facilitate competition in the generation and supply of electricity. The company also has obligations to offer non- discriminatory terms for connection to the transmission system, both for new generation and for new sources of electricity demand.
1.2.2 There is 212 megawatts (MW) of new contracted generation requiring connection to the transmission network in the area to the south of Inverness, including the Glen Kyllachy, Tom nan Clach wind farms. There are also further wind farms in the early stages of development, which if progressed could contribute up to a further 67.5 MW of renewable generation. The contracted generation significantly exceeds the capacity of the existing transmission network, which comprises an existing 132 kV double circuit OHL between Beauly and Boat of Garten (as shown in Figure 1.2). As such, the significant volumes of new generation proposed to the south of Inverness,
1 The Electricity Act 1989, c29. 2 Electricity Works (Environmental Impact Assessment) (Scotland) Regulations 2000. SI 2000/320 Chapter 1: LT000019 1-1 Introduction
Scottish Hydro Electric Transmission plc Knocknagael - Tomatin 275 kV OHL
combined with the lack of capacity in the existing network, has triggered the need for reinforcement of the existing electricity transmission network in the area. Associated Works
1.2.3 Associated works required in addition to the Proposed Development are as follows: • The existing Beauly to Boat of Garten 132 kV OHL would be terminated at Knocknagael substation. This requires a new terminal tower and sealing end compound to be constructed approximately 750 m north of the Knocknagael substation and an underground cable to be laid to connect into the substation. This work will be completed under the terms of the Overhead Lines (Exemption) (Scotland) Regulations 2013 and the Town and Country Planning (General Permitted Development) (Scotland) Order 1992.
• The existing Beauly to Boat of Garten 132 kV OHL would be decommissioned and dismantled between Knocknagael and Farr substation following the construction and commissioning of the Proposed Development. No consent is required to dismantle the existing OHL.
1.2.4 These works do not form part of the Proposed Development; however they are assessed in this ES in so far as they are relevant to contributing to change within the future baseline environment.
1.2.5 In addition, the Proposed Development would be connected into a new Gas Insulated Switchgear (GIS) 275/132 kV substation, 6 km south-west of Tomatin. The Applicant will submit an application under The Town and Country Planning (Scotland) Act 1997 (as amended) for these works. While the substation is not directly considered in this ES, the potential for significant cumulative effects from the addition of the Proposed Development to the proposed new Tomatin substation will be considered. Flexible Design
1.2.6 The Proposed Development and the proposed Tomatin substation have been designed for flexibility and adaptability to accommodate the potential future requirements for additional grid connections, and would be capable of being upgraded to operate at voltages of up to 400 kV.
1.2.7 For avoidance of doubt the Applicant is seeking consent to construct and operate the Proposed Development at 275 kV and any subsequent change in voltage will require a separate application for s37 consent.
1.3 EIA Process
1.3.1 This section provides an overview of the EIA process followed. Screening
1.3.2 Screening is the term used in the EIA regulations to describe the statutory process through which the need for EIA is considered by the competent authority (in this case the Scottish Ministers).
1.3.3 The Proposed Development is considered by the Applicant to be an EIA development under regulation 2(1) of the EIA regulations: it falls within the scope of Schedule 1 thereof, being ‘an electric line installed above ground with (a) a voltage of 220 kilovolts or more and (b) a length of more than 15 kilometres'. Chapter 1: Introduction 1-2 LT000019
Scottish Hydro Electric Transmission plc Knocknagael – Tomatin 275 kV OHL
Stakeholder Consultation
1.3.4 A range of consultation methods were used by the applicant to seek feedback on the route selection process and consideration of alternatives for the Proposed Development. Stakeholder consultation also sought feedback on the proposed associated works, which do not form part of the Proposed Development for the purpose of this ES.
1.3.5 A Consultation Document3 was produced and distributed in December 2013. The Consultation Document was placed on deposit at the following locations: • Farr Community Hall, Inverarnie Park, Farr;
• Strathdearn Hall, Tomatin;
• Dores Parish Hall, Dores;
• Inverarnie Stores, Farr, Strathnairn;
• Tomatin Country Store & Post Office; and
• Dores Post Office, 3 Strath Gardens, Dores, Inverness.
1.3.6 The Consultation Document was also made available on the Applicant’s website4.
1.3.7 Public consultation events were held at: • Strathdearn Hall on Tuesday 26th November 2013;
• Dores Parish Hall on Wednesday 27th November 2013;
• Strathdearn Hall on Tuesday 21st January 2014;
• Culduthel Christian Centre on Wednesday 22nd January 2014;
• Farr Community Hall, on Thursday 24th January 2014;
• Strathdearn Hall on Tuesday 22nd April 2014;
• Lochardil House Hotel, Inverness on Wednesday 23rd April 2014;
• Farr Community Hall, on Thursday 24th April 2014;
• Strathdearn Hall on Tuesday 17th March 2015;
• Farr Community Hall, on Wednesday 18th March 2015;
• Lochardil House Hotel, Inverness on Thursday 19th March 2015;
• Strathdearn Hall on Tuesday 28th July 2015; and
• Daviot Hall on Wednesday 29th July 2015.
1.3.8 A number of additional meetings and site visits were organised between October 2013 and August 2014 in order to engage with members of the public, the local community councils, local MSP, and The Highland Council (THC). Public comments were accepted from November 2013 to December 2014.
1.3.9 Full details of the consultation undertaken along with a summary of the responses received are provided in a Report on Consultation document (October 20155).
3 Scottish Hydro Electric Transmission plc (2013) Knocknagael to Tomatin 275 kV Overhead Line –Consultation Document, November 2013 4 URL: http://www.sse.com/KnocknagaelTomatin/ 5 Knocknagael to Tomatin 275 kV Overhead Line Report on Consultation (October 2015) – also available on the Applicant’s website. Chapter 1: LT000019 1-3 Introduction
Scottish Hydro Electric Transmission plc Knocknagael - Tomatin 275 kV OHL
1.3.10 Chapter 3 titled ‘Route Selection and Alternatives’ summarises how the design of the Proposed Development has evolved to respond to the representations received through the stakeholder consultation process. Scoping
1.3.11 A request for a Scoping Opinion was made to the Scottish Ministers under Regulation 7 of the EIA regulations in April 2015. A Scoping Report was submitted to support the request, which sought input from both statutory and non-statutory consultees regarding the information to be provided within this ES.
1.3.12 A Scoping Opinion was received from the Scottish Ministers in August 2015. The contents of this and other consultation responses received are summarised in Technical Appendix 1.1 - Consultation Register, along with a list of all bodies consulted during the scoping exercise. The Scoping Opinion is provided in Technical Appendix 1.2 for reference. Consideration of Alternatives
1.3.13 The Applicant has adopted a design process which has sought to avoid likely significant adverse effects through the design of the Proposed Development. Key issues identified from planning policy, the scoping and consultation process and baseline environmental studies were collated in order to establish constraints and parameters to inform the design strategy and route selection. The final Proposed Development is described in Chapter 2 titled ‘Description of the Proposed Development’. Further details on alternatives considered and the mitigation achieved through the design evolution are provided in Chapter 3 titled ‘Route Selection and Alternatives’.
1.3.14 The technical chapters of the ES (Chapter 4 - 7) are focussed on describing and assessing the likely significant effects remaining following the design process. Impact Assessment
1.3.15 Each technical chapter describes the impact assessment methodology used, with reference to both the data sources and survey methods used in establishing the sensitivity of the baseline environment6 and the criteria used to assess the magnitude of impact (or change) as a result of the Proposed Development. For the purposes of this ES, impacts are considered to describe the direct physical change as a result of the Proposed Development, for example the construction of a tower. Effects are considered to describe the result or consequence of an impact. This ES is focussed on describing how the magnitude of impact interacts with the sensitivity of the baseline environment to determine significant effects and non-significant effects.
1.3.16 Each technical chapter contains a section that identifies the criteria used to differentiate between likely significant effects on the environment and effects which are considered not to be significant. Effects may be direct, indirect or cumulative. Within these categories, they may also be short, medium or long-term, permanent or temporary, adverse (negative) or beneficial (positive).
6 The baseline environmental conditions are typically established through a combination of desk based research, site survey, and empirical studies and projections. The baseline environment can be taken as the current site conditions, or as a future baseline making assumptions about anticipated environmental trends assuming no development at the site. Each chapter will describe the baseline used for the purposes of the impact assessment. Chapter 1: Introduction 1-4 LT000019
Scottish Hydro Electric Transmission plc Knocknagael – Tomatin 275 kV OHL
1.3.17 Direct effects are changes to the baseline arising directly from activities that form part of the development, for example, a physical change to the landscape fabric due to ground disturbance during construction activities would be considered a direct effect. Indirect effects are those that arise as a result of a direct impact, for example the erection of steel lattice towers is likely to have secondary indirect effects on the visual amenity from locations with visibility of the Proposed Development within a 10 km radius.
1.3.18 Cumulative effects can arise from the additional changes resulting from the Proposed Development in conjunction with other similar development, or the combined effect of the Proposed Development with other developments taken together. A map of all developments considered potentially relevant to this EIA process, including wind farm development within 30 km of the Proposed Development, is provided in Figure 1.2. The list of all relevant developments was agreed through the scoping process. Each technical chapter considers the potential for significant cumulative effects.
1.3.19 Where likely significant effects are predicted, mitigation measures to reduce the effects are proposed, where possible. Standard measures proposed to avoid likely significant environmental effects during construction are described in outline in Technical Appendix 2.2 titled ‘Construction Environmental Management Document (CEMD)’. These standard mitigation measures are assumed to be adopted for all assessments. Where additional mitigation is proposed over and above the measures set out in the CEMD to address likely significant environmental effects, it is detailed in the relevant technical chapter. The effects with this additional mitigation in place are assessed in the section of each chapter titled ‘Residual Effects’. Assessment of Residual Effects
1.3.20 Residual effects, i.e. those that remain following the implementation of additional mitigation, are assessed to demonstrate how the additional mitigation has been effective at avoiding or reducing likely significant environmental effects. Each assessment chapter of the ES distinguishes between effects that are significant and not significant residual effects.
1.4 Commenting on the ES
1.4.1 An electronic version of the reports supporting the application, including the ES, will be available to download from URL: http://www.ssepd.co.uk/KnocknagaelTomatin/.
1.4.2 This document is available in hard copy format (price available upon request7) or on CD-ROM (price £10). A Non-Technical Summary of the ES is available free of charge on request.
1.4.3 Copies of the ES can be obtained from:
Jenna Black, Inveralmond House, 200 Dunkeld Road, Perth PH1 3AQ.
77 Hard copies of the ES will be made available at a cost to cover printing and postage costs. Chapter 1: LT000019 1-5 Introduction
Scottish Hydro Electric Transmission plc Knocknagael - Tomatin 275 kV OHL
Chapter 1: Introduction 1-6 LT000019
Scottish Hydro Electric Transmission plc Knocknagael – Tomatin 275 kV OHL
2 DESCRIPTION OF THE PROPOSED DEVELOPMENT
2.1 Introduction
2.1.1 This chapter provides a description of the Proposed Development. Information is provided on the physical characteristics of the Proposed Development and the typical activities associated with its construction, commissioning and operation and that information is then used for the purposes of identifying and assessing the likely environmental effects of the Applicant’s proposals.
2.2 The Proposed Development Overhead Line
2.2.1 The Proposed Development would comprise approximately 19 km of 275 kV Alternating Current (AC) overhead line (OHL) supported by steel lattice towers from the proposed Terminal Tower 1 at the existing Knocknagael substation (Grid Reference: 265223 838880) to the proposed Terminal Tower 60 at the proposed Tomatin substation (Grid Reference: 275485 825348) located in Glen Kyllachy, approximately 1 km north of Garbole and approximately 6 km south-west from the village of Tomatin. The Proposed Development would include a Sealing End Compound beneath Terminal Tower 1, and the installation of 275 kV underground cables to connect the Knocknagael Substation with the Terminal Tower.
2.2.2 In addition, the Proposed Development includes 4.5 km of 132 kV AC OHL between Tower 127 and Tower 137 of the existing Beauly to Boat of Garten 132 kV OHL, in order to connect with the proposed Tomatin substation. The Proposed Development would include two Sealing End Compounds beneath Terminal Tower 134R and Terminal Tower 136R respectively, and the installation of 132 kV underground cables to connect the proposed Tomatin Substation with the Terminal Towers. An indicative schedule of tower positions is provided in Technical Appendix 2.1: Project Details.
2.2.3 The application for consent under section 37 of the Electricity Act 1989, and application for deemed planning permission under section 57(2) of the Town and Country Planning (Scotland) Act 1997, as amended, seeks consent for the construction and operation of the Proposed Development to which Limits of Deviation (LOD) are applied. The LOD are prescribed horizontal and vertical parameters, within which the Proposed Development can be located. The LOD is designed to allow flexibility in the final siting of individual towers to reflect localised land, engineering and environmental constraints. Figure 2.1 a-e shows the location of the Proposed Development, along with the associated horizontal LOD. Ancillary Works
2.2.4 Certain ancillary works would be associated with the OHL such as the formation of new temporary and permanent access tracks, as well as upgraded existing tracks, with associated bellmouths where they adjoin public roads. Whilst the section 37 consent relates to the installation and operation of the OHL, SHE Transmission will seek a direction from the Scottish Ministers that deemed planning permission under section 57(2) of the Town and Country Planning (Scotland) Act 1997, as amended, for such works be granted where necessary.
Chapter 2: LT000019 2-1 Description of Proposed Development
Scottish Hydro Electric Transmission plc Knocknagael - Tomatin 275 kV OHL
2.2.5 Figure 2.1 a-e shows the location of the proposed access tracks, along with an associated horizontal LOD. The access track LOD has been designed to allow flexibility in the final siting of tracks to reflect localised land, engineering and environmental constraints.
2.3 Limits of Deviation (LOD) LOD Parameters
2.3.1 The following parameters have been applied to the Proposed Development (as illustrated in Figure 2.1): • a horizontal LOD of 200 m (width) (100 m either side of the OHL) where no specific environmental constraints have been identified;
• a horizontal LOD of 80 m where the OHL passes through woodland;
• a vertical LOD set at a maximum of 60 m (height) above ground level (agl), based on the maximum height of the proposed lattice steel towers; and
• a horizontal LOD of 100 m (width) has been applied to proposed new access track (50 m either side of the proposed track alignment).
2.4 Physical Characteristics of the OHL Indicative Tower Design Information
2.4.1 The proposed 275 kV OHL between Knocknagael substation and the proposed Tomatin substation would be constructed using self-supporting galvanised steel lattice towers. The towers would carry two circuits, with three conductor bundles (comprising two conductors separated by a spacer), supported from the horizontal cross arms on both sides of the tower. An earth wire, containing an Optical Fibre Composite Overhead Ground Wire (OPGW), would be suspended between tower peaks. The conductors would be hung below a string of insulators. The 275 kV OHL would use an 'L8' series tower design, while the 132 kV OHL would use the 'L4' series tower design. The specific tower design can vary to accommodate the engineering requirements associated factors such as topography, span length (distance between towers), exposure and changes of direction. Typical L8 tower heights will range between 46 m and 55 m above ground level (agl), while the L4 tower heights will range between 25 m to 33m agl. Typical tower elevations are shown in Figure 2.2.
2.4.2 It is currently anticipated that a total of 60 L8 towers, and 12 L4 towers would be required.
2.4.3 The spacing between towers would vary depending on topography, altitude and land use. It is anticipated that the typical span between L8 towers would be approximately 300 m. The span between L4 towers would be approximately 250 m. Tower Foundation
2.4.4 The towers would be erected on steel reinforced concrete foundations. Detailed foundation design would be completed following geotechnical evaluation at each tower location at the post-consent/pre-construction stage. For the purposes of the
Chapter 2: Description of Proposed Development 2-2 LT000019
Scottish Hydro Electric Transmission plc Knocknagael – Tomatin 275 kV OHL
EIA it is assumed that these would be of mass gravity design1. Figure 2.3 provides an illustration of a typical (conventional) tower foundation construction. Figure 2.3a provides a selection of photographs of conventional foundation construction.
2.5 Description of the Construction Work Construction Management
2.5.1 All construction activities would be undertaken in accordance with a Construction Environmental Management Document (CEMD) which would define specific methods for environmental survey, monitoring and management throughout construction.
2.5.2 Further detail on the proposed content and scope of the CEMD is set out within Technical Appendix 2.2: Construction Environmental Management Document. The Principal Contractor would also seek to agree a Traffic Management Plan (TMP) with The Highland Council (THC) as necessary prior to commencement of construction. A template TMP is provided in Technical Appendix 2.3: Template Traffic Management Plan. Construction Phasing
2.5.3 For the purposes of the EIA, Table 2.1 provides an indicative programme for the Proposed Development construction, split into seven phases. Table 2.1: Indicative Construction Phasing
Phase Description Duration
1 Existing transmission and distribution network diversions (outwith Mar - Jun 2016 the scope of the s37 application) Est 4 months.
2 Enabling works: Jan - April 2017 • forestry clearance and establishment of temporary Est. 3 months construction compound(s); • pre-construction investigations at tower foundation sites; and • access work (bellmouths and access tracks).
3 Installation of tower foundations Apr - Nov 2017 Est. 7 months
4 Construction of towers Jun 2017 - Feb 2018 Est. 9 months
5 Conductor stringing (including construction of temporary Nov 2017 - Mar 2018 scaffolding) Est. 4 months
6 Inspections and OHL commissioning Mar - Jun 2018 Est. 4 month
7 Removal and reinstatement of temporary works and tower location May - Jul 2018 sites as appropriate Est. 3 months
1 Mass gravity or conventional foundations are considered to represent a reasonable worst case for foundation construction for the purposes of EIA on the basis that conventional foundations require the greatest amount of ground disturbance during installation. Chapter 2: LT000019 2-3 Description of Proposed Development
Scottish Hydro Electric Transmission plc Knocknagael - Tomatin 275 kV OHL
2.5.4 The indicative phasing proposals (in Table 2.1) remain subject to the timing of obtaining wayleave agreements for the rights in land required, the grant of s37 consent, and the appointment of the Principal Contractor. It is anticipated that the construction programme would last approximately 22 months starting in December 2016 and completed by October 2018. Phase 1: Alterations to the Existing Transmission and Distribution Network
2.5.5 Temporary alterations to the existing 132 kV transmission network do not form part of the s37 application for the Proposed Development. The existing 132 kV OHL would be diverted via temporary structures, such as wood pole tridents, where required to maintain operational safety clearances during construction. Similarly alterations to the 33 kV and 11 kV distribution networks do not form part of the s37 application for the Proposed Development. It is anticipated that existing distribution network assets which cross the proposed route of the OHL would be diverted underground to make way for the Proposed Development. Phase 2: Enabling Works Forestry Clearance
2.5.6 The OHL would pass through a total area of approximately 39 hectares (ha) of stocked woodland. Technical Appendix 2.4 describes the areas within the OHL LOD where woodland removal would be required prior to the construction work. Technical Appendix 2.4: Forestry and Woodland is supported by Figure 2.4.1 to 2.4.11, which show the areas of the LOD stocked with woodland. Temporary Construction Compound
2.5.7 It is currently anticipated that a single main construction compound would be required, the location of which would be confirmed by the Principal Contractor. The temporary construction compound would be required to provide site accommodation with car parking and welfare facilities. This would include a lay down area for materials and component storage. The Principal Contractor would be responsible for making separate applications for planning permission under the Town and Country Planning (Scotland) Act 1997 (as amended) for the construction compound, where required. Temporary satellite construction compound locations may be required along the route, the location of which would be determined through ongoing design works. Access Work
2.5.8 Access tracks which are constructed so as to be capable of taking a crane and other heavy plant, including concrete deliveries, are generally required for the construction of a tower. To minimise the extent of new track construction, priority would be given to the identification, upgrade and use of existing tracks wherever possible. Existing bellmouth openings from the public highway may require widening or work to improve sightlines, subject to agreement with the appropriate roads authority.
2.5.9 Between towers 17 to 20 the terrain is technically challenging therefore a permanent access track has been specified by the Applicant to facilitate access for ongoing maintenance of the OHL during the operational phase. In all other areas operational stage access is possible from existing roads and/or tracks, therefore temporary tracks have been specified. Figure 2.1 a –e illustrates where tracks are proposed as a temporary construction (for the duration of the construction work), or as a permanent stone track.
Chapter 2: Description of Proposed Development 2-4 LT000019
Scottish Hydro Electric Transmission plc Knocknagael – Tomatin 275 kV OHL
2.5.10 All constructed tracks would be constructed to good practice working methods2,3,4,5,6,7,with watercourse crossings designed and constructed to comply with legislation set out in The Water Environment (Controlled Activities) (Scotland) Regulations 2011.
2.5.11 No borrow pits for stone or other materials have been identified as part of the Proposed Development. As such, any requirement for stone would either be sourced through local quarries or separate applications for borrow pits would be brought forward by the Principal Contractor.
2.5.12 In areas of shallow or no peat (0 m - 1 m), a 'cut track' design would be utilised for which the topsoil and peat would be stripped to expose a suitable foundation horizon on which to build the track. The excavated soil, together with any vegetation, would be used for landscaping and reinstatement work around the track shoulders and the tower compounds following construction. A site specific soil and peat management plan would be developed at the pre-construction stage based on the detailed site investigation work prior to construction commencing, in accordance with relevant guidance8,9. The track would then be constructed by laying and compacting crushed rock to the required level using a combination of tracked excavators and vibratory compacting rollers. Given the variable and undulating topography across the site, it is likely that earthworks (cuttings and embankments) would be required to achieve the required gradients for tracks and crane hardstandings. Cutting slopes would be designed to reflect the existing landscape and topography.
2.5.13 Generally, a 'floating track' design would be utilised in areas where peat depth is greater than 1 m. This would incorporate geotextile material laid onto the surface at a width to suit the road width, which would greatly increase the resistance to prevent the tracks settling into the ground. A layer of crushed stone would then be laid on the geotextile to form the track, with the edges of the track raised above the surface. Where ground conditions are found to be saturated, and potentially supporting ground water dependent ecosystems, the track construction would incorporate measures to maintain groundwater flows and levels, such as using perforated pipes wrapped in free draining geotextile membrane incorporated into the floating track.
2.5.14 The requirement for new and upgraded watercourse crossings has been identified in Technical Appendix 2.5: Hydrology and Watercourse Crossing Design.
2.5.15 The temporary crane hardstanding areas would be constructed using similar techniques as the access tracks, depending on the local ground conditions. Figure 2.4a -c illustrates the typical track construction details.
2.5.16 The maintenance of permanent access tracks identified in Figure 2.1 a- e would be the responsibility of the Applicant during construction and operational maintenance
2 Forestry Commission (2011). Forests and Water. UK Forestry Standard Guidelines. Forestry Commission, Edinburgh. i–iv + 1– pp. 3 Forestry Commission (2014) Forest Commission Road Specification, April 2014, URL: http://www.forestry.gov.uk/forestry/infd- 6emgrz (accessed 16.10.15) 4 Scottish Natural Heritage (2015) Good Practice During Wind Farm Construction, A joint publication by Scottish Renewables, SNH, SEPA, Forestry Commission Scotland and Historic Scotland, 3rd Edition. 5 CIRIA Publications 2006: Control of Water Pollution from Linear Construction Projects. Site Guide (C649); 6 Scottish Natural Heritage (2013) Constructed Tracks in the Scottish Uplands, 2nd Edition; 7 Forestry Commission Scotland and Scottish Natural Heritage (2010) Floating Roads on Peat. 8 SEPA (2010) SEPA Regulatory Position Statement– Developments on Peat, National Waste Policy Unit – Issue Date 9th February 2010; 9 SEPA and Scottish Renewables (2012) Developments on Peatland: Guidance on the Assessment of Peat Volumes, Reuse of Excavated Peat and Minimisation of Waste, January 2012. Chapter 2: LT000019 2-5 Description of Proposed Development
Scottish Hydro Electric Transmission plc Knocknagael - Tomatin 275 kV OHL
of the OHL. Out with these periods the maintenance of such tracks will be the responsibility of the landowner.
2.5.17 For avoidance of doubt where a landowner shows a preference for any of the temporary tracks identified within the section 37 application to become permanent for their own use, then the landowner would be responsible for applying for consent under Town and Country Planning (Scotland) Act 1997, as amended.
2.5.18 A schedule describing the indicative access proposals is provided in Technical Appendix 2.1: Development Details.
2.5.19 A final access strategy would be developed by the Principal Contractor when confirmation of the final tower positions are identified and geo-technical investigations are completed during the pre-construction phase. Phase 3: Tower Foundations
2.5.20 For the purposes of the ES it has been assumed that individual tower foundations and associated construction activities would require a working area of approximately 2500 m2 (50 m x 50 m) around each individual tower location. The exact dimensions of the working area around each tower would be confirmed through further detailed design. All working areas would be located within the LOD as shown in Figure 2.1. Construction sites for each tower would be fenced as appropriate ahead of construction commencing to ensure protection to livestock and the general public.
2.5.21 Where encountered, top soil (including peat) would be stripped from the tower working area to allow installation of tower erection pad(s) as necessary in order to accommodate construction plant. Soil and peat would be stored in accordance with a Soil and Peat Management Plan (developed as part of the CEMD). The vegetation and materials holding the seedbank (i.e. the upper 300 mm of the softer materials) would be stripped and carefully set aside for use in the reprofiling and reinstatement works. Where practical, whole turves would be set aside and stored vegetation side up, for use in restoration.
2.5.22 Tower foundations would be excavated to approximately 2.5 - 4 m (to a suitable sub- formation), depending on the foundation requirements. Subsoil would be stored in separate stockpiles from topsoil or peat material.
2.5.23 Concrete would be brought to site ready-mixed with no requirement for concrete batching at individual tower locations. Once the concrete has been cast and set, the excavation would be backfilled, using the original excavated material where possible. Phase 4: Tower Construction
2.5.24 Tower construction can commence two weeks after the foundations have been installed, subject to weather conditions and concrete curing rates. Tower steelwork would be delivered to each tower construction site either as individual steel members or as prefabricated panels, depending on the method of installation and the available access.
2.5.25 Tower sections are assembled by construction workers with lifting carried out either using a combination of 360° telehandler (for lower sections), and for higher sections a mobile crane or a derrick. Typical photographs of tower erection are illustrated in Figure 2.6.
Chapter 2: Description of Proposed Development 2-6 LT000019
Scottish Hydro Electric Transmission plc Knocknagael – Tomatin 275 kV OHL
Phase 5: Conductor Stringing Temporary Construction Scaffolds
2.5.26 Prior to stringing the conductors, temporary protection measures, (e.g. netted scaffolds) would require to be erected across public roads and existing access tracks. Conductor Stringing
2.5.27 Conductor stringing equipment including winches, tensioners and ancillary equipment are set out at either end of pre-selected sections of the OHL.
2.5.28 Pilot wires would be pulled through the section to be strung. These would be hung in blocks (wheels) at each suspension tower in the section and connected to a winch and tensioner at the respective end of the section. The winch, in conjunction with the tensioner is used to pull the pilot wires which are connected to the conductor at the tensioner end. The conductor is pulled via the pilot wires through the section and under controlled tension to avoid contact with the ground and any under-running obstacles including protection scaffolds. Once the conductor has been strung between the ends of the section it is then tensioned to provide the necessary sag and then permanently clamped at each tower.
2.5.29 Dependant on terrain or particular site constraints pilot wires can be pulled through either with the use of all-terrain vehicles, tractors or, helicopters. Typical photographs of conductor winching sites are shown in Figure 2.7. Phase 6: OHL Commissioning
2.5.30 The OHL and tower would then go through an inspection and snagging process. This allows the contractor and the Applicant to check that the works have been built to specification and are able to be energised. The data fibres in the Optical Fibre Composite Overhead Ground Wire would also be connected and tested and the earth wire checked. The circuits would then be energised from the substations and go through a commissioning procedure for the switchgear, communications and protection controls through the substations at Knocknagael and Tomatin. Phase 7: Reinstatement
2.5.31 Following successful commissioning of the Proposed Development, all construction sites would be reinstated. Reinstatement of Access Tracks
2.5.32 The detailed strategy for reinstatement of access tracks would be developed by the Principal Contractor. Reinstatement of the ground following removal of temporary access tracks would have regard to the following principles: • soil compaction as a result of temporary tracking would be reinstated through use of appropriate techniques such as remedial sub-soiling / cultivation;
• indentations in soft ground such as peat as a result of floating track construction would be allowed to re-vegetate naturally to reduce the risk of impact from further intrusive methods;
• where tracks which have been constructed using a ‘cut’ technique, the land would be graded to fit with the surrounding topography; and
• reinstated tracks would be allowed to re-vegetate naturally. Chapter 2: LT000019 2-7 Description of Proposed Development
Scottish Hydro Electric Transmission plc Knocknagael - Tomatin 275 kV OHL
Reinstatement of Tower Sites
2.5.33 As detailed previously, topsoil would be stored within the working area for each tower during construction. Subsoils removed to enable the construction of the foundations would be temporarily stockpiled in separate bunds within the working area. It is anticipated that subsoil would be backfilled as part of the reinstatement of ground around the tower foundations, prior to replacement and regrading of topsoil.
2.5.34 Each site would be allowed to re-vegetate naturally. Reinstatement of Temporary Construction Compounds
2.5.35 Construction compounds would be reinstated at the end of construction with all buildings and materials removed. Design Principles for Reinstatement
2.5.36 The following design principles would be followed for reinstatement of all sites: • reinstatement plans would be detailed in the CEMD (see Technical Appendix 2.2);
• reinstatement plans would take account of any identified important habitat and species locations and archaeological sites;
• all soils and peat removed during construction would be stored carefully having regard to the requirement to segregate different soil horizons and then replaced on site during reinstatement;
• reinstatement would seek to successfully integrate the site with surrounding land uses and habitats;
• the ground would be graded to fit with natural contours;
• artificial drainage measures installed as part of the construction work would be removed, with natural drainage patterns reinstated; and
• natural regeneration of habitats would be promoted.
2.6 Hours of Work
2.6.1 Construction working is likely to be during daytime only. Working hours are currently anticipated between approximately 07.00 to 19.00 in summer and 07.30 to 17.00 (or within daylight hours) in winter. Any out of hours working would be agreed in advance with The Highland Council (THC).
2.7 Construction Traffic and Plant
2.7.1 The construction project would necessitate regular, but low numbers of staff transport movements, with small work crews travelling to work site areas. It is anticipated that the Principal Contractor would identify a single main compound area, with a safe area for parking away from the public highway.
2.7.2 Vehicle movements would be required to construct new access tracks or upgrades to existing access tracks; deliver the foundation and tower components and conductor materials to site; deliver and collect materials and construction plant from the main site compound and to individual tower locations. Typical measures for managing construction stage traffic are set out in Technical Appendix 2.3: Template Traffic Management Plan. Chapter 2: Description of Proposed Development 2-8 LT000019
Scottish Hydro Electric Transmission plc Knocknagael – Tomatin 275 kV OHL
2.8 Operation and Maintenance of the Proposed Development Operational Management Maintenance Programme
2.8.1 In general, once constructed, an OHL requires little maintenance. Maintenance activities would typically include an annual visual inspection of line and towers, with towers climbed every five years to identify any significant deterioration of components, so that they can be replaced. From time to time, inclement weather, storms or lightning may cause damage, either to the insulators or the conductors. If conductors are damaged, short sections may have to be replaced.
2.8.2 Insulators and conductors are normally replaced after about 40 years, and towers painted every 15-20 years, if required. Residues and Emissions
2.8.3 The EIA Regulations require that the ES provides an estimate, by type and quantity of expected residues and emissions (water, air and soil pollution, noise, vibration, light, heat, radiation etc.) resulting from the operation of the Proposed Development.
2.8.4 Once in operation, the Proposed Development is not anticipated to give rise to any residues and few emissions. There would be no activity associated with the operation of the Proposed Development that would give rise to air or soil pollution. There would be no vibration, light or significant heat from the OHL. Electrical and Magnetic Fields
2.8.5 Electromagnetic fields (EMFs) arise from electric charges. They include static fields such as the Earth's magnetic field and fields from electrostatic charges, electric and magnetic fields from the electricity supply at power frequencies (50 Hz in the UK), such as OHLs and underground cables, through to radio waves from TV, radio and mobile phones, radar and satellite communications (3 kHz to 300 GHz). Electric and magnetic fields are common in the home and arise from power supplies (domestic ring main), and appliances. Fields vary in intensity from those associated with minor appliances such as lamps, to televisions and microwave cookers.
2.8.6 The UK Health Protection Agency (HPA) is the government body responsible for policy and guidance on EMF10. Exposure guidelines have been developed by the International Commission on Non-Ionising Radiation Protection (ICNRIP) to ensure protection of human health in different situations, occupational exposure and public exposure, which have been adopted by the HPA for application in the UK. Table 2.2 below shows the predicted field strengths for the Proposed Development11 along with the ICNRIP exposure guidelines; and field strengths typical in most domestic situations.
10 Health Protection Agency. URL: http://www.hpa.org.uk/Topics/Radiation/UnderstandingRadiation/UnderstandingRadiationTopics/ElectromagneticFields/Electri cAndMagneticFields/ExposureGuidelinesForElectricAndMagneticFields/ 11 Parsons Brinkerhoff (2015) Beauly-Knocknagael – Tomatin Electric and Magnetic Field Assessment, January 2015. Chapter 2: LT000019 2-9 Description of Proposed Development
Scottish Hydro Electric Transmission plc Knocknagael - Tomatin 275 kV OHL
Table 2.2 Typical EMF and UK Exposure Guidelines12 Source Electric Field (kV/m) Magnetic Field (µT) Maximum beneath Typical field 25 m Maximum Typical field 25 m OHL* from line beneath OHL^ from line
Predicted field 6.2 0.2 – 0.5 36.1 5 275 kV OHL
ICNRIP public exposure 9 360 guideline
*1 m above ground, based on nominal operating voltage and at 7 m statutory clearance ^ line carrying the maximum allowable current in an intact system and conductor clearance at the minimum statutory value
2.8.7 From Table 2.2 it is evident that the typical electric and magnetic fields associated with the Proposed Development lie well within ICNRIP exposure guidelines.
2.8.8 It is also possible for radio receivers in the vicinity to be affected or interfered with by EMF. However, it is anticipated that the Proposed Development would emit low-level radio frequency interference (RFI) and that few, if any, difficulties with radio interference would arise from such RFI.
2.8.9 Accordingly, the potential effects of EMFs are not considered further in this ES. Operational Noise
2.8.10 Conductors may emit sound when under load, caused by the phenomenon known as corona discharge, which occurs during wet weather. With rainfall rates of up to 1 mm per hour the noise is perceptible as a broadband ‘crackle’ hum. With rainfall over 1 mm per hour, the noise is also characterised by a low frequency 100 Hz hum. The intensity of generated noise is proportional to the amount of rainfall, however background noise levels without the OHL also increases with rainfall. National Grid guidance13 provides a method for estimating the background noise level as a function of rainfall rate, which can be added to the prevailing background noise level in dry weather.
2.8.11 Based on a previous study completed for the Applicant14, the audible noise from a 275 kV OHL (under wet conditions with over 1 mm rain per hour) at 100 m is taken to be 38 dB(A)15. The typical background noise level under these conditions is likely to be in the range of 38 – 45 dB(A) for a quiet rural location. The maximum increase in noise above the typical background noise level would be 3 dB, which represents a negligible effect and as such no detailed assessment of operational noise is included as part of the EIA.
12 URL: http://www.emfs.info/Sources+of+EMFs/Overhead+power+lines/ 13 Technical Report TR(T)94, A Method for Assessing the Community Response to Overhead Line Noise, Issue 1, National Grid, October 1993 14 Dounreay– Spittal/Thurso South and Spittal – Mybster, Proposed 275 kV and 132kV Overhead Line Routes, Phase 2 Design, Gate 2 Report, Part 1, Scottish and Southern Energy Power Distribution, May 2012 15 Based on the L 50 value. Chapter 2: Description of Proposed Development 2-10 LT000019
Scottish Hydro Electric Transmission plc Knocknagael - Tomatin 275 kV OHL
3 ROUTE SELECTION AND ALTERNATIVES
3.1 Introduction
3.1.1 An iterative process of design development and route selection (the routeing process) has been completed since project inception in 2012. The routeing process, documented in a Routeing Study report1, identified and assessed potential OHL route and LOD options within a Preferred Corridor, identified by an earlier Route Corridor Selection Study2. Separate comparative site selection studies, and detailed public consultation were carried out to select the site for the proposed Tomatin substation3. This chapter describes the main alternatives studied by the Applicant in developing the final design, namely the Proposed Development, and the main reasons for the choices made during the routeing process, taking into account the potential for environmental effects.
3.1.2 The overall process of design development is summarised in the following flowchart:
Stage 1: Corridor selection
Four Corridor options were considered, each capables of Environmental analysis led to the selection of a preferred corridor accomodating the required network reinforcement. (1km width), as illustrated in Figure 3.1.
Stage 2: Development of route options (initial route to preferred route)
An initial route was identified within the THe initial route was tested to reduce A preferred route was then selected and preferred corridor based on engineering environmental effects, resulting in route taken forward for public consultation. parameters. variations.
Stage 3: Selection of final route and proposed LOD
Variations to the preferred route were drafted to address A final proposed route and LOD were adopted, providing an consultation responses. optimum balance of environmental, engineering and cost factors.
3.2 Route Selection Considerations Licence Holder Obligations
3.2.1 The Applicant, as a licence holder under the Electricity Act 1989, is required in terms of schedule 9 of the Act 'when formulating proposals to generate, transmit, distribute or supply electricity' to: • 'have regard to the desirability of preserving natural beauty, of conserving flora, fauna and geological or physiographical features of special interest and of
1 Scottish Hydro Electric Transmission Plc (2014) LT000019 Beauly to Tomatin Connection Knocknagael to Tomatin 275 kV Overhead Line, Routeing Study, September 2014; 2 Scottish Hydro Electric Transmission Plc (2013) LT000019 Knocknagael to Tomatin 275 kV Overhead Line Corridor Selection Study, February 2013; 3 Scottish Hydro Electric Transmission Plc (2015) LT019-SSSR-002 Tomatin Substation Site Selection Report, March 2015 Chapter 3: LT000019 3-1 Route Selection and Alternatives
Scottish Hydro Electric Transmission plc Knocknagael - Tomatin 275 kV OHL
protecting sites, buildings and objects of architectural, historic or archaeological interest'; and
• 'do what he[sic] reasonably can to mitigate any effect which the proposals would have on the natural beauty of the countryside or on any such flora, fauna, features, sites, buildings or objects.'
3.2.2 The Applicant also has obligations under section 9 of the Electricity Act 1989 to 'develop and maintain an efficient, co-ordinated and economical system of electricity distribution'. Furthermore, the requirements of the Construction (Design and Management) Regulations 20154 (CDM regulations) require that the project design aims to minimise hazards and reduces risks during construction5. Policy Considerations
3.2.3 National, regional and local planning policies with influence over project development have been identified.
3.2.4 The Proposed Development is classified as ‘National Development’ under Scotland’s Third National Planning Framework6. As such, the project need is underwritten by national planning policy, as development which is ‘needed to support the delivery of an enhanced high voltage electricity transmission grid which is vital in meeting national targets for electricity generation, statutory climate change targets, and security of energy supplies.’
3.2.5 At the local level, the key policy is provided by the statutory Local Development Plan, currently the Highland-wide Local Development Plan (HwLDP)7. Policy 69 provides that proposals for electricity transmission infrastructure will be supported, if, subject to the balance of consideration set out in the policy, they are assessed as not having an unacceptable significant impact on the environment. In locations that are sensitive, mitigation may help to address concerns and should be considered as part of the preparation of proposals. Routeing Guidance
3.2.6 In addition, the approach to routeing has been informed by SHE Transmission guidance8,9 which sets out the key routeing principles for high voltage steel lattice tower transmission OHLs.
3.3 Consideration of Alternatives - Key Issues and Constraints
3.3.1 Taking account of the license holder obligations and policy and guidance considerations, the routeing process and the eventual selection of the Proposed Development has been informed throughout by the consideration of the optimum
4 The new 2015 CDM regulations took effect on 6th April 2015 and replaced the 2007 CDM Regulations; 5 The CDM regulations make ‘designing out’ risk to health and safety a key project requirement; 6 Scottish Government, 2014, Scotland’s Third National Planning Framework; URL: http://www.gov.scot/Publications/2014/06/3539/downloads (accessed 16.07.2015) 7 The Highland Council (2012) The Highland Wide Local Development Plan (Adopted 5th April 2012); URL: http://www.highland.gov.uk/info/178/local_and_statutory_development_plans/199/highland-wide_local_development_plan (accessed 16.7.2015) 8 Scottish Hydro Electric Transmission Limited (October 2004) Electricity Transmission Development Proposals in Scotland: A Guidance Document Outlining The SHETL Approach To The Routeing Of High Voltage Steel Lattice Tower Transmission Lines, Leading To An Application For Consent In Scotland 9 Scottish Hydro Electric Transmission Plc (2004) Electricity Transmission Development Proposals In Scotland, The Scottish Hydro-Electric Transmission Limited (SHETL) Approach, High Voltage Steel Lattice Tower Transmission Lines, The Holford Rules: Guidelines For The Routeing Of New High Voltage Overhead Transmission Lines With NGC 1992 And SHETL 2003 Notes, July 2004. Chapter 3: Route Selection and Alternatives 3-2 LT000019
Scottish Hydro Electric Transmission plc Knocknagael - Tomatin 275 kV OHL
balance of engineering feasibility, environmental sensitivities, network resilience and cost factors, as well as landowner preference and views expressed through an ongoing process of consultation with the general public. The objective of the routeing process was to identify a proposed OHL alignment which is 'technically feasible and economically viable' and 'which causes the least disturbance to the environment and to the people who live, work, visit and recreate within it'. Do-Nothing Alternative
3.3.2 The "do nothing" scenario is a hypothetical alternative sometimes considered in EIA as a basis for comparing the development alternatives under consideration. Within the context of the Proposed Development the 'do nothing' scenario would involve the electricity network remaining in its current form, which includes not altering the existing double circuit 132 kV OHL which runs from the Beauly substation to the Boat of Garten substation. This option is not considered viable given the need to increase capacity in order to provide connections for the proposed renewable generation projects to the south of Inverness. Alternative Corridors
3.3.3 Four corridor options, illustrated in Figure 3.1, were identified and assessed in January 2013. Each corridor option was of up to 1 km in width, capable of accommodating the network reinforcement required between Knocknagael and Tomatin. The corridor selection and appraisal was informed by the “Holford Rules”10. These rules advocate the application of a hierarchical approach to routeing which first avoids major areas of highest amenity, then avoids smaller areas of high amenity, and which then considers factors such as backdrop, woodland and orientation.
3.3.4 The preferred corridor, as shown in Figure 3.2, emerged as having least adverse interaction with the key environmental features and sensitivities considered in this study, as follows: • it has least interaction with international and national nature conservation designations;
• it has least interaction with national and local landscape designations and with residential amenity, taking into account both settlements of Tomatin, Tordarroch or Tombreck and with scattered settlements in the vicinity of the corridors; and
• it has least interaction with existing infrastructure and recreational assets (e.g. National Cycle Network path NCN 7and various core paths). Alternative Conductor and Support Structures
3.3.5 Wood pole structures would not meet the engineering requirements to support a 275 kV OHL.
3.3.6 Underground cable was not considered to be a viable option for a 275 kV reinforcement. This is due to the excessive additional cost, issues with network resilience, difficulties in fault resolution and reduced flexibility for future upgrades of the transmission network. Significant adverse environmental effects would be associated with the large scale nature of the excavations required to lay 275 kV
10 Scottish Hydro Electric Transmission Plc (2004) Electricity Transmission Development Proposals In Scotland, The Scottish Hydro-Electric Transmission Limited (Shetl) Approach, High Voltage Steel Lattice Tower Transmission Lines, The Holford Rules : Guidelines For The Routeing Of New High Voltage Overhead Transmission Lines With Ngc 1992 And Shetl 2003 Notes, July 2004 Chapter 3: LT000019 3-3 Route Selection and Alternatives
Scottish Hydro Electric Transmission plc Knocknagael - Tomatin 275 kV OHL
cable. The proposed 132 kV OHL is well screened by existing forestry and provides a beneficial effect in terms of visual amenity as a result of the relocation of the proposed OHL further from existing and proposed residential dwellings between Tower 127 and Tower 137. On this basis, underground cable for this section of the 132 kV OHL was not justified.
3.3.7 The Applicant commissioned a study11 to consider the alternative conductor type and tower support structures required to provide sufficient transmission capacity reinforcement between Knocknagael and the proposed new Tomatin substation. The preferred tower type (L8 series steel lattice tower) and conductor provides a flexible solution with the potential to accommodate additional grid connections and the capability to support an upgrade to operate at voltages of up to 400 kV. The preferred tower type and conductor informed the initial parameters upon which the routeing process was based. Initial OHL Alignment and Identification of Parameters
3.3.8 Using the Preferred Corridor from the corridor selection study, an initial OHL alignment was identified based on a series of engineering parameters, including: • limiting the number of changes in direction (angles);
• minimising the requirement to cross existing electricity infrastructure;
• minimising construction effort on-site (e.g. avoiding steep gradients and difficult ground conditions);
• ensuring a direct approach for substation entries;
• minimising crossing linear features (e.g. roads, railway lines, rivers);
• minimising the length of new OHL and the number of towers; and
• maximising the likelihood of securing agreements with land owners.
3.3.9 The parameters for the initial OHL alignment LOD were developed based on the above considerations along with the following parameters: • an LOD of 200 m width (100 m either side of a notional route alignment) where no overriding environmental constraints have been identified;
• an LOD of 80 m width where the route alignment passes through woodland;
• a stand-off distance of 70 m from the existing 132 kV OHL; and
• 100 m buffer distance from residential properties, scheduled monuments and listed buildings, where possible. The Preferred Route for the Proposed Development
3.3.10 The routeing study focussed on developing a preferred route for the Proposed Development avoiding or minimising interaction with: • areas, sites and features which are designated or otherwise protected at the international, national and local level for landscape and ecological sensitivity;
• known areas outside of designated areas, which support species of high or moderate conservation concern (particularly in relation to ornithology);
• residential amenity at individual dwellings (dwellings, curtilage) in the study area;
11 Scottish Hydro Electric Transmission Plc (2013) LT000019 Overhead Line Options Scoring Report, Document Reference LT000019-OHL-GT01, 4th April 2013; Chapter 3: Route Selection and Alternatives 3-4 LT000019
Scottish Hydro Electric Transmission plc Knocknagael - Tomatin 275 kV OHL
• settlements;
• watercourses and bodies and areas prone to flooding;
• private water supplies;
• wind farms (operational and proposed); and
• existing infrastructure (overhead lines, roads, railways and footpaths).
3.3.11 Baseline information collected was used to compile a map of potential constraints to be used in the consideration of alternatives and the development of the final Proposed Development. Where the initial route encountered environmental constraints, alterations were made producing route variations (initial route variation 1 and 2).
3.3.12 The first variation realigned the route onto a more south easterly orientation to increase the distance between the OHL and osprey activity that has been documented in the north of the study area. This alteration also reduced the amount of woodland that would to need to be felled. A second variation was made at Achvaneran and Milton of Farr to increase the distance of the route from merlin flight activity, from properties at Tordarroch; south of Achvaneran, Milton of Farr; Farr House; and Gaich and from Carn Glas chambered cairn SAM and both SAMs at Tordarroch.
3.3.13 A preferred route within which the Proposed Development would be located was then selected on the basis of these variations to be taken forward for public consultation. The initial route, route variations and the preferred route along with the LODs are shown on Figure 3.2. Consultation on the Preferred OHL Alignment
3.3.14 Following the identification of a preferred alignment for the Proposed Development, a Consultation Document12 was produced and distributed in December 2013, with the consultation period to close initially on the 31st January 2014. Further consultation was undertaken in April 2014, with feedback requested by the 13th June 2014. Public comments were also accepted following the end of the formal consultation period between June and December 2014. Further details on the consultation process and the responses received are documented in the Report on Consultation13.
3.3.15 In response to issues raised in consultation a variation to the preferred OHL alignment was developed. The objectives of the variation were: • reducing potential effects on an area of ancient woodland by creating a more direct route through ancient woodland to the north of Carr Ban. This also reduces potential impacts on residential amenity / properties by locating the Proposed Development further away from properties to the north east of Carr Ban;
• reducing potential effects on ancient woodland to the west of Tordarroch by passing further to the south;
12 Scottish Hydro Electric Transmission Plc (2013) LT000019 Knocknagael to Tomatin 275 kV Overhead Line –Consultation Document, November 2013; URL: http://www.sse.com/KnocknagaelTomatin/ 13 Scottish Hydro Electric Transmission Plc (2015) LT000019 Knocknagael to Tomatin 275 kV Overhead Line – Report on Consultation, July 2015; URL: http://www.sse.com/KnocknagaelTomatin/ Chapter 3: LT000019 3-5 Route Selection and Alternatives
Scottish Hydro Electric Transmission plc Knocknagael - Tomatin 275 kV OHL
• minimise the potential for setting effects on ‘Ballone de-populated township’ and Milton of Farr scheduled ancient monument located to the south and south west of Balloan, respectively;
• reducing visual effects and avoiding creation of a corridor effect (with OHL infrastructure on both sides of the road) at Farr through to Glen Kyllachy by moving the Proposed Development to the east of the Farr/ Garbole road, closely following the existing 132 kV line;
• reducing potential effects on visual amenity by moving the Proposed Development to the east of Carn Loch na Leitr which would follow lower contour gradients (increasing backclothing of the towers against hillsides); and
• reducing impacts on ancient woodland at Glen Kyllachy by moving the Proposed Development northward following the existing 132 kV line.
3.3.16 In addition, in response to comments made specifically in relation to the proposed Tomatin substation site, four additional substation site locations were evaluated (on the basis of using an air insulation switchgear (AIS) substation). Through the process of evaluating each site option a preference for Site 1 at Garbole remained due to environmental, economic and engineering reasons.
3.3.17 However, following additional consultation responses received from the general public and a site visit undertaken in August 2014, four sites (site 5, 6, 8 and Farr Extension) were re-evaluated on the basis of using an alternative gas insulated switchgear (GIS) substation with a smaller footprint. While the proposed new Tomatin substation is the subject of a separate consenting process, the substation site selection clearly has implications for the proposed route of the OHL. Through this process a preference emerged for Site 5.
3.3.18 The outcome of the consultation process was the selection of a proposed alignment for the Knocknagael to Tomatin 275 kV OHL and an associated LOD. The LOD for the Proposed Development and details of the alternative substation sites considered are illustrated in Figure 3.3a and Figure 3.3b. The Proposed 275 kV OHL Alignment
3.3.19 The final route of the Proposed Development (as shown in Figure 2.1a - e) has responded where possible, to comments and concerns raised during the consultation process and is considered to represent a balance between environmental, engineering, cost and other factors.
3.4 Mitigation by Design
3.4.1 As described, the routeing process has facilitated the effective mitigation of many potentially significant environmental effects through the design. A summary of the potentially effects addressed through the routeing process and the issues remaining following the selection of the final design is provided in Table 3.1.
Chapter 3: Route Selection and Alternatives 3-6 LT000019
Scottish Hydro Electric Transmission plc Knocknagael - Tomatin 275 kV OHL
Table 3.1: Mitigation by Design Issue Mitigation by Design Further Information Landscape and Visual The Proposed Development avoids Chapter 4: Landscape and • effects on landscape direct effects on any local or national Visual provides an assessment character; and designations for landscape or scenic of the residual effects of the qualities. Proposed Development on • effects on visual landscape character and visual amenity. Large sections of the Proposed Development would be seen in the amenity. context of existing overhead line development. Large sections of the Proposed Development would be backclothed against hills, reducing the magnitude of visual effect. Forestry provides effective screening for large sections of the Proposed Development.
Ecology The Proposed Development avoids Chapter 5: Ecology assesses • potential effects on direct or indirect effects on any local the residual effects on terrestrial sensitive habitats or national designations for habitats and protected species. through habitat loss, ecological value. fragmentation, With the exception of some short Consideration of aquatic degradation; and sections of proposed access track, ecology was scoped out of the • potential effects on there would be no development ES at the scoping stage given protected species within 30 m of watercourses, the lack of interaction with the including mammals, avoiding direct effects on surface water environment. fish and herptiles. watercourses. The Proposed Development would incorporate good practice drainage design during construction and operation, using multi-tiered sustainable drainage system (SUDS) approach to control the rate, volume and quality of run-off from the Proposed Development. Towers and tracks avoid effects on all protected species, including mammals, fish and herptiles. The proposed development would minimise potential effects on peat forming habitats, through the use of floating track construction in areas with peat depth greater than 1 m.
Ornithology The Proposed Development route Chapter 5: Ornithology • potential effects on was selected to avoid effects on assesses the residual effects on Inner Moray Firth, schedule 1 raptor nest sites. birds, including presenting the Loch Ruthven and The Proposed Development avoids results of collision risk analysis. Loch Ashie SPAs; significant effects on migratory • potential disturbance routes between roosting or feeding to breeding birds, areas for birds which are particularly vulnerable to collision with OHL
Chapter 3: LT000019 3-7 Route Selection and Alternatives
Scottish Hydro Electric Transmission plc Knocknagael - Tomatin 275 kV OHL
Table 3.1: Mitigation by Design Issue Mitigation by Design Further Information passage and development, including whooper wintering birds; swan, pink-footed goose and • potential mortality greylag goose. from collision with The design development has OHL and associated minimised the extent of woodland structures; and removal, an important habitat for • displacement from black grouse, tree pipit and song supporting habitats. thrush. The design development resulted in the avoidance of effects on lesser redpoll through the avoidance of coniferous woodland south west of Milton of Farr.
Cultural Heritage The Proposed Development was Chapter 6: Cultural Heritage • potential effects on designed to avoid all known cultural provides an assessment known or unknown heritage assets within the LOD. focussed on identifying the likely buried The Proposed Development route significant indirect (setting) archaeological was selected to maximise the effects on cultural heritage remains; possibility of distance from cultural heritage assets. disturbing, removing assets to reduce the potential for or destroying in situ setting effects. remains and artefacts during ground breaking works; and • effects upon the setting of assets such as listed buildings, Schedule Monuments, Conservations Areas and Inventory Historic gardens and Design Landscapes. Non-Significant Issues Air Quality The nature of the construction There is no potential for • localised and activities is that they will be relatively significant construction or temporary short term and intermittent and operational air quality impacts construction related therefore low impact. and as such, this issue was air quality effects. Trip generation as a result of scoped out of the assessment at construction traffic is not anticipated the EIA scoping stage. to give rise to sufficient increase in traffic to warrant a detailed assessment of air quality. The majority of construction traffic will use an access track through the existing Farr wind farm, avoiding effects on the local road network;
Chapter 3: Route Selection and Alternatives 3-8 LT000019
Scottish Hydro Electric Transmission plc Knocknagael - Tomatin 275 kV OHL
Table 3.1: Mitigation by Design Issue Mitigation by Design Further Information The potential for nuisance effects on residential or recreational amenity will be limited and will be strictly controlled in accordance with a detailed CEMD.
Socio-economics Opportunities for local procurement Socio-economic effects • potential for local would be maximised through the associated with the construction employment use of the SSE Highlands and and operation of an OHL are opportunities during Islands Open for Business portal. considered to beneficial (for construction and example, through increased operation; and spend in the local economy), but are unlikely to significant • potential for beyond a local scale. As such increased spend in they are not considered to be the local economy as significant in EIA terms and will a result of not be considered further within construction activity. the ES.
Electromagnetic Fields The Proposed Development Information on the typical EMF (EMF) provides a 100 m buffer around all values associated with the • exposure to electric residential property. Proposed Development and the and magnetic fields ICNRIP exposure guidelines is from the OHL. provided in Chapter 2. From the data set out in chapter 2 it is evident that the predicted EMF associated with the Proposed Development lie well within ICNRIP exposure guidelines. The potential for effects associated with EMF has not been considered further within this ES.
Forestry and Woodland Effects on Ancient Woodland A description of the felling • woodland and Inventory areas have been reduced proposals will be provided as a forestry felling to through the routeing process. Technical Appendix to Chapter create wayleaves for 2: Proposed Development. No the Proposed separate assessment of forestry Development. and woodland is proposed as part of the EIA. Woodland removal will be considered in the ES as part of the Landscape and Visual, Ecology and Ornithology assessments.
Construction Noise Noise would be controlled through a Working areas are considered • short term and suitably worded planning condition to be sufficiently separated from intermittent noise to control working hours. the nearby dwellings to avoid from construction significant effects. plant and traffic.
Chapter 3: LT000019 3-9 Route Selection and Alternatives
Scottish Hydro Electric Transmission plc Knocknagael - Tomatin 275 kV OHL
Table 3.1: Mitigation by Design Issue Mitigation by Design Further Information No detailed assessment of construction noise associated with plant noise or traffic is proposed as part of the EIA.
Operational Noise The nearest dwellings to the Dwellings would not experience • noise (corona Proposed Development are > 100 m any significant noise effects. discharge) from from the OHL. No detailed assessment of conductor during wet operational noise associated weather condition. with the OHL is proposed as part of the EIA.
Hydrology and The potential for effects on No likely significant effects have Hydrogeology hydrological features during been identified associated with • temporary alteration construction will be will be strictly the construction or operation of or obstruction to controlled in accordance with a the Proposed Development. natural drainage detailed CEMD and Pollution GWDTE are addressed through patterns as a result of Prevention Guidelines (PPGs). Chapter 5: Ecology. excavations or The Applicant would avoid locating creation of temporary towers closer than 30 m to a access tracks or watercourse (shown on the 1:50,000 hardstandings; scale ordnance survey mapping). • physical damage of Foundation works and constructed watercourse bed or tracks would be constructed to banks from the use of standard good practice working machinery during methods and would comply with construction works; legislation such as The Water and Environment (Controlled Activities) • temporary (Scotland) Regulations 2011. disturbance to flows There are no private water supply of groundwater and abstractions within 250 m of any indirect effects on proposed tower locations, or 100 m peat hydrogeology of any proposed access track. and groundwater As such, there is no potential for dependant terrestrial likely significant hydrological effects ecosystems during construction. (GWDTE) through excavation works and the construction of any temporary access tracks.
Traffic The majority of construction traffic An outline TMP is presented as • construction related would come from the A9 (T) a Technical Appendix 2.3 to traffic effects. following private tracks to access Chapter 2: Proposed the construction site, as such traffic Development. No separate effects on the local road network traffic assessment is included in during construction would be the EIA. avoided. A traffic management plan (TMP) (to be agreed with the local authority) would be used to control traffic effects. Chapter 3: Route Selection and Alternatives 3-10 LT000019
Scottish Hydro Electric Transmission plc Knocknagael - Tomatin 275 kV OHL
Table 3.1: Mitigation by Design Issue Mitigation by Design Further Information TV and Radio reception It is not anticipated that any This issue has been scoped out • the proposed lattice significant adverse effects on TV or of the EIA. steel towers will not radio reception would be represent an experienced. obstruction to TV Radio reception interference is signal; and avoided by ensuring >100 m • radio reception separation between the Proposed directly under the Development and all dwellings/ OHL can be affected buildings. by EMF.
3.5 Issues Remaining for Impact Assessment
3.5.1 After consideration of mitigation by design and the scoping opinion received, the following key environmental issues have been identified and are addressed in the remainder of this ES: • Chapter 4: Landscape and Visual;
• Chapter 5: Ecology;
• Chapter 6: Ornithology; and
• Chapter 7: Archaeology and Cultural Heritage.
Chapter 3: LT000019 3-11 Route Selection and Alternatives
Scottish Hydro Electric Transmission plc Knocknagael - Tomatin 275 kV OHL
Chapter 3: Route Selection and Alternatives 3-12 LT000019
Scottish Hydro Electric Transmission plc Knocknagael – Tomatin 275 kV OHL
4 LANDSCAPE AND VISUAL
4.1 Introduction
This chapter considers the likely effects of the Proposed Development, taking into account appropriate mitigation, on the character of the landscape resource and, with reference to views from specific locations in the area, on visual amenity. The specific objectives of this assessment are to: • identify key landscape and visual designations in the vicinity of the Proposed Development;
• describe the nature and sensitivity of the landscape character and visual amenity baseline conditions in the vicinity of the Proposed Development;
• describe the likely effects, including direct and indirect / temporary or permanent effects, which may arise from the Proposed Development;
• assess the significance of likely effects arising from the construction and operation of the Proposed Development;
• propose measures, where appropriate, to mitigate any predicted significant adverse effects; and
• assess the significance of likely effects taking into consideration any committed mitigation proposals.
This chapter and the impact assessment described within has been prepared by Roz Maclennan, BA Hons in Landscape Architecture, Chartered Member of the Landscape Institute (Design Division) of horner + maclennan Landscape Architects. It is supported by Technical Appendix 4.1, contained in Volume 4 of the Environmental Statement (ES) and Figure 4.1 – 4.21 contained in Volume 3 of the ES. A supplementary volume containing visualisations prepared to meet The Highland Council (THC) requirements1 has been prepared and will be provided to THC as a supporting document (not part of the Environmental Statement).
4.2 Scope of Assessment
A Scoping Response was received in August 2015.
THC highlighted a number of landscape and visual considerations to be taken into account during the assessment process: • agreement of viewpoints for the visual assessment – these were confirmed as acceptable on 20th July 2015;
• compliance with THC’s Visualisation Standards – these have been adhered to; and
• consideration of existing large scale developments in the area such as Glen Kyllachy (approved) and those submitted for planning – these are addressed in the cumulative assessment.
1 The Highland Council (2015) Visualisation Standards for Wind Energy Developments, March 2015; URL: http://www.highland.gov.uk/downloads/file/12880/visualisation_standards_for_wind_energy_developments Chapter 4: LT000019 4-1 Landscape and Visual
Scottish Hydro Electric Transmission plc Knocknagael – Tomatin 275 kV OHL
Potential effects on the landscape resource are likely to relate to the following: • Temporary and or minor alterations to the landform, land cover and land use associated with foundation excavations, laydown area, site working compounds and access tracks;
• Permanent loss of small areas of forestry and temporary disturbance to vegetation during the construction phase; and
• Alterations to the character of the landscape through the introduction of towers and overhead lines.
These are addressed in detail in Technical Appendix 4.1 and are summarised in Table 4.10.
Potential effects on visual amenity within the study area are likely to occur for the following: • Cairngorm National Park which lies partly within the study area;
• Special Landscape Areas which partially overlap the study area;
• Garden and Designed Landscapes located within the study area;
• Local residents in their homes, at places of work and travelling through the study area; and
• Vehicle travellers using the roads and walkers and cyclists using tracks and paths within the study area.
These are addressed in detail in Technical Appendix 4.1 and are summarised in Table 4.11. Issues Scoped Out
Table 4.1 sets out the issues scoped out of this assessment and the basis for doing so. Table 4.1: Issues scoped out of the EIA
Potential Effect Basis for scoping out
Effects on Landscape Character Areas: No theoretical visibility. Narrow Firth Corridor; and Enclosed Farmed Landscapes.
Effects on Cairngorms National Park A very small area of theoretical visibility (0.31 km2) on the north western fringe of the Park at a distance in excess of 9km from the southern end of the Proposed Development on the basis that effects would not be likely to be significant.
Effects on the following Gardens and No theoretical visibility. Designed Landscape (G&DL): Aldourie Castle
Effects on the following G&DLs: No theoretical visibility due to the screening effects of Dochfour; and deciduous and coniferous policy plantations within the grounds of these G&DLs. Leys Castle, Culloden House.
Chapter 4: Landscape and Visual 4-2 LT000019
Scottish Hydro Electric Transmission plc Knocknagael – Tomatin 275 kV OHL
Table 4.1: Issues scoped out of the EIA
Potential Effect Basis for scoping out
Effect on viewpoint 2 – Layby on 82 Loch No theoretical visibility Ness
Effects on the following sequential routes: No theoretical visibility or route heads away from the A82 Eastbound Proposed Development. B8082 Eastbound B9066 Eastbound NCRs 1 and 7 northbound Inverness – Beauly Railway north bound
Chapter 4: LT000019 4-3 Landscape and Visual
Scottish Hydro Electric Transmission plc Knocknagael – Tomatin 275 kV OHL
4.3 Assessment Methodology
The LVIA methodology is summarised in the following flow diagram (Figure 4.1).
Summary of Methodology for the Assessment of Landscape and Visual Effects
Define scope of assessment: Describe Study area characteristics of the proposal Range of people and places that may be affected
Establish Identify Environmental receptors Baseline Identify interaction between proposal and receptors
Identify and describe the changes and likely effects, and for each effect…
Judge susceptibility Judge value Judge Judge Judge of receptor to attached to size/scale duration reversibility specific change receptor of change of change of change
Combine to judge sensitivity of receptor: Combine to judge magnitude of effect: Very High Severe High Major Medium Moderate Low Minor Negligible Negligible
Combine to assess significance of effects Propose measure to mitigate adverse Final Statement of likely significant effects effects
Figure 4.1 – Summary of Method of Assessment
Chapter 4: Landscape and Visual 4-4 LT000019
Scottish Hydro Electric Transmission plc Knocknagael – Tomatin 275 kV OHL
Baseline Characterisation
The principles of landscape and visual impact assessment have been established in the seminal series of guidance publications produced under the joint auspices of the Landscape Institute and Institute of Environmental Management and Assessment. A third edition of these has recently been published: “Guidelines for Landscape and Visual Impact Assessment 3rd Edition” Landscape Institute and Institute of Environmental Management and Assessment 2013 (GLVIA3), and this updated guidance is reflected in the methods outlined below. In summary, this process includes the following key stages: • Definition of Study Area;
• Confirmation of Scope;
• Description of Baseline Conditions;
• Assessment of Likely Significant Effects;
• Design Input and Mitigation; and
• Reporting of Likely Significant Effects.
The stages are described in further detail, below. Definition of Study Area
The study area for the LVIA extends to include all areas from within which likely significant landscape and visual effects (as defined by this chapter) are considered most likely to occur in relation to the specific type and scale of development concerned.
The study area, shown on Figure 4.2, was selected on a realistic and pragmatic basis with consideration given to the nature of the Proposed Development, the population distribution, settlement and communication patterns, the landscape and physiography of the surrounding area, the Zone of Theoretical Visibility (ZTV) mapping and observations made during site visits. As confirmed with THC/SNH, a 10 km offset along the line of the Proposed Development was chosen, beyond which the Proposed Development was considered unlikely to result in significant adverse landscape and visual effects. Confirmation of Scope
A scoping opinion request was submitted to the Scottish Ministers in April 2015. A formal scoping opinion was provided by the Scottish Ministers in August 2015. The list of consultees along with a summary of the consultation responses received is summarised in Technical Appendix 1.1: Consultation Register, which also describes how the ES addresses each issue raised. Landscape Baseline
The baseline landscape character assessment describes, classifies and analyses the character and sensitivity of the landscape within the study area, in order to establish the baseline landscape conditions. The aim is to identify and describe the key defining landscape features of local distinctiveness of particular areas that are likely to be affected by the Proposed Development.
Chapter 4: LT000019 4-5 Landscape and Visual
Scottish Hydro Electric Transmission plc Knocknagael – Tomatin 275 kV OHL
Baseline landscape character has been described by reference to the Landscape Character Types identified in the existing published SNH assessment report: • ‘Inverness District Landscape Character Assessment', SNH 1999.
Designated landscapes within the Study Area have been identified and described.
The key landscape receptors (the elements of the landscape that are likely to be affected by the Proposed Development) have been identified and include: • overall landscape character and key characteristics;
• individual landscape elements or features; and
• specific aesthetic or perceptual qualities.
The scale of mapping to be used in the assessment process has been determined as 1:50,000, in accordance with ‘Landscape Character Assessment Guidance for England and Scotland’, 2002, Scottish Natural Heritage. Visual Baseline
The baseline studies for visual amenity establish: • the area in which the development will be theoretically visible;
• the different groups of people who may experience views of the development (visual receptors);
• the viewpoints where they will be affected; and
• the nature of the views at those points.
The key visual receptors are the people within the area who will be affected by the changes in views and visual amenity and include: • people living in the area (residents);
• people working in the area;
• people travelling through the area;
• people visiting the area (including tourists); and
• people engaged in recreation.
Viewpoints were selected which fall within the ZTV (Figure 4.6). The viewpoints are considered to be representative of, and specific to, the different groups of visual receptors which have been identified. They have been selected in accordance with criteria in GLVIA3 and agreed with THC and SNH. The selection criteria for viewpoints with the Study Area includes the following: • the full range of different types of views, including e.g. popular hilltops, footpaths and other recreational routes, key transport routes, minor roads, settlements, cultural and recreational foci;
• viewpoints which are already important vantage points within the landscape, for example local visitor attractions, scenic routes, or places with cultural landscape associations;
• views from areas of high landscape or scenic value, including tourist routes and local amenity spaces;
• views from a range of distances, elevations and orientations, to enable assessment of a range of light conditions e.g. side-lit, back-lit and front-lit; Chapter 4: Landscape and Visual 4-6 LT000019
Scottish Hydro Electric Transmission plc Knocknagael – Tomatin 275 kV OHL
• sequential views along specific routes; and
• cumulative views. Method of Assessment
Relevant sources of information consulted within the assessment are as follows: Legislation and Policy
• ‘The Highland Wide Local Development Plan’, The Highland Council (THC), July 2012;
• ‘Inverness Local Plan’, Highland Council, March 2006 as continued in force April 2012; and
• ‘Scotland’s Third National Planning Framework', The Scottish Government, June 2014. Guidance
• 'Guidance for Landscape and Visual Impact Assessment', The Landscape Institute and the Institute of Environmental Assessment 3rd Edition 2013;
• ‘Environmental Impact Assessment Handbook’, 4th Edition. Scottish Natural Heritage, 2005;
• 'Landscape Character Assessment for England and Scotland', Scottish Natural Heritage (SNH) and The Countryside Agency, 2002;
• ‘Use of Photography and Photomontage in Landscape and Visual Assessment’ - Landscape Institute Advice Note 01/11 as amended (March 2011);
• ‘Policy Statement No 02/03 – Wilderness in Scotland's Countryside’, Scottish Natural Heritage, 2002;
• ‘Wild Land Areas, Scottish Natural Heritage’, June 2014; and
• ‘Planning Guidance for the Preparation and Submission of Photographs and Photomontages to illustrate the impacts of Wind Energy Development for inclusion in Planning Applications and Environmental Statements’ The Highland Council, 2015.
4.4 Advice • ‘A Handbook on Environmental Impact Assessment’, 3th Edition. Scottish Natural Heritage. 2009; and
• ‘Effectiveness of Backcloth for Electricity Transmission Towers’, Version 1.0, Turnbull Jeffrey Partnership, 1993.
4.5 Background • ‘Inverness Landscape Character Assessment', SNH, 1999;
• ‘Inner Moray Firth Landscape Character Assessment’, SNH,1998;
• ‘Moray and Nairn Landscape Character Assessment’, SNH, 1998;
• OS 1:50,000 map sheets 26, 27 and 35;
• OS 1:25,000 map sheets 416 and 417;
• ‘Assessment of Highland Special Landscape Areas’, THC, 2010; and
Chapter 4: LT000019 4-7 Landscape and Visual
Scottish Hydro Electric Transmission plc Knocknagael – Tomatin 275 kV OHL
• ‘An Inventory of Gardens and Designed Landscapes - http://data.historic- scotland.gov.uk/pls/htmldb/f?p=2400:10:0. Zone of Theoretical Visibility Mapping
Zone of Theoretical Visibility (ZTV) maps are determined by computer based visibility analysis software which identifies locations from which some parts of the Proposed Development would be theoretically visible.
ZTV maps, based on Digital Terrain Model (DTM) data, give a good indication of the broad areas from which existing features and proposed developments may be seen, and are useful as a tool for informing the landscape character and visual assessment. However, they also have a number of limitations as listed below: • a ZTV can only indicate theoretical visibility;
• areas of likely visibility identified on ZTV plans require site verification to establish if specific site features will limit or prevent visibility of the Proposed Development;
• a ZTV’s accuracy is limited by the data available to create it; most importantly, the accuracy of this is limited by the DTM data, which cannot distinguish below a certain level of detail and is limited by the need for software to interpolate between the heights at survey points;
• correlation of areas of theoretical visibility with the likelihood of the presence of people is required to establish the likelihood of views being experienced from these areas; and
• a ZTV does not indicate likely visual effects, nor the significance of these.
As a result of these limitations, it is acknowledged that ZTVs can overestimate the actual extent of visibility of a proposed development within a particular area. Consequently, the ZTVs should be used only as a tool to assist in assessing the theoretical visibility of a development and not as a measure of its visual effect.
‘Bare Ground’ ZTVs take no account of the screening effects of urban areas, buildings, structures or vegetation and therefore present a worst-case scenario. ‘With Screening’ ZTVs take into account screening effects of urban areas, buildings and areas of woodland but do not take into account the local screening effects of scrub vegetation, garden walls, fences and detailed localised changes in ground level.
A ‘Bare Ground’ ZTV has been generated to identify the likely extent of visibility of the Proposed Development over the 10 km radius Study Area (Figure 4.6). A draft version of this ZTV was used for identifying the viewpoint selection for visual impact assessment.
A ‘With Screening’ ZTV has also been generated to identify the likely extent of visibility of the Proposed Development over the 10 km radius study area, taking into account screening factors (Figure 4.7). The ‘With Screening’ ZTV has been used for the purpose of this assessment, due the relatively large extent of forestry within close proximity to parts of the Proposed Development.
The ZTVs were modelled using a computer based visibility analysis package compiled using Ordnance Survey Digital Terrain Model (DTM) data at 50 m interval resolution.
Chapter 4: Landscape and Visual 4-8 LT000019
Scottish Hydro Electric Transmission plc Knocknagael – Tomatin 275 kV OHL
Wireline images were generated, to assist in the assessment of visual effects, also using a computer based visibility analysis package. Photomontages were also prepared (Figure 4.8 to Figure 4.19). Viewpoint Photography
Photographs were taken from each agreed viewpoint (on successive field visits), using a Canon EOS 5D Digital Single Lens Reflex (SLR) camera with a Canon EF 50 mm lens mounted on a panoramic Manfrotto 303 plus tripod set to 25 degree intervals for landscape shots and 15 degree for portrait. Photography and visualisations accord, where necessary, with The Highland Council’s revised ‘Visualisation Standards for Wind Energy Developments’, March, 2015. Visualisations used for assessment in the field comprised panoramic wirelines. Visualisations presented in the ES comprise photographs, wirelines and photomontages using planar projection. Images will be made available on the Highland Council website which are suitable for viewing with the Council’s single frame panoramic viewer. Assessment of Likely Significant Effects Definitions
For the purpose of this assessment, the landscape resource is defined as: • 'The distinct spatial distribution, at a given moment in time, on the surface of the earth, of the physical components resulting from the interaction between natural and human processes over time, and which produce consistently occurring patterns and homogeneity of landscape character and landscape context and how these are experienced and valued.'
Likewise, visual amenity is defined as: • 'The assembly of components which provide an attractive visual setting or backcloth for activities.'
Both these definitions are consistent with those given in GLVIA3.
A desk study was undertaken to establish the existing baseline conditions of the landscape resource and visual amenity of the study area, initial mapping of the Zone of Theoretical Visibility (ZTV) of the Proposed Development was undertaken and identification of suitable candidate viewpoints for visual impact assessment, routes for sequential assessment, and other developments to be considered within the cumulative assessment was also undertaken.
Field survey work was subsequently undertaken, through May 2014 to July 2015, to verify the important landscape and visual characteristics of the area highlighted by the desk study, including confirmation of key visual receptors and viewpoints. Sequential Impact Assessment
Sequential effects on visibility occur when an observer moves along a linear route, and as a result is able to see other developments, or a different view of the same development.
Routes including roads, railways and cycle routes have been examined via desk based study to assess likely sequential effect. Baseline conditions were established by travelling each route. Theoretical visibility for each route has been measured to determine the amount of time the Proposed Development would be theoretically Chapter 4: LT000019 4-9 Landscape and Visual
Scottish Hydro Electric Transmission plc Knocknagael – Tomatin 275 kV OHL
visible for travelling both ways along each linear route. The assessment takes into account the various distances from which the Proposed Development would be likely to be seen.
For the purposes of the overall assessment of effects on individual routes, the criteria in Table 4.2 have been adopted. Table 4.2: Likely Effect on Routes Less than 10% of the route affected Negligible adverse effect (although there will be incidences of the proposed OHL being visible)
10-24% of the route affected Minor adverse effect
25-49% of the route affected Moderate adverse effect
50% + of the route affected Major adverse effect
80% + of the route affected Severe adverse effect
Cumulative Impact Assessment
Although the proposed development is not a wind farm, cumulative impact assessment methodology developed for wind farms (‘Assessing the Cumulative Impact of Onshore Wind Energy Developments’ SNH, 2012) is considered relevant.
All wind energy schemes over 50 m in height and within 60 km of a proposed development which have permissions, which are currently the subject of undetermined applications or which have been refused and are subject of Appeal would normally be considered in a cumulative assessment.
As the study area for the Proposed Development is only a 10 km radius, it is deemed appropriate to consider only those other developments located within 30 km of the Proposed Development, unless further developments are specifically requested by THC/SNH.
Operational developments are included within the baseline conditions and are not assessed in the cumulative assessment. At the time of undertaking fieldwork, only Farr windfarm was operational. Construction of Moy had only commenced and Moy is therefore included in the cumulative assessment.
Developments at scoping stage are not typically considered within the cumulative assessment; however, consideration has been given to those within close proximity of the site.
The list of ‘other developments considered’ was agreed via the Scoping process, and is included in Table 4.3 (see also Figure 1.2).
Chapter 4: Landscape and Visual 4-10 LT000019
Scottish Hydro Electric Transmission plc Knocknagael – Tomatin 275 kV OHL
Table 4.3: Other Developments
Height to Radius Distance to No of Site Easting Northing blade tip of Proposed Turbines (m) ZTV (km) Development
Consented
135 and Bhlaraidh 241592 823273 32 35 27km 125
Corriegarth 256351 813480 23 125 35 20km Wind Farm
Dunmaglass 261621 817524 33 120 35 10km Wind Farm
Glen Kyllachy 273144 827608 20 110 35 <100m Wind Farm
Moy Wind Farm 278915 836729 20 126 35 9km
Stronelairg Wind 252743 802435 67 135 35 28km Farm
Tom nan Clach 285865 835126 17 110 35 12km Wind Farm Application
Cairnduhie Wind 297769 842856 24 110 35 28km Farm
Dell 24000 812350 14 130.5 35 24km
Scoping
Aberarder Wind 264771 820739 12 130 35 8km Farm
(lapsed Achagour 5 29km scoping)
Cnoc an Eas 242500 832500 17 126.5 35 22km
Poll Lochaig 283879 835212 9 126 35 11km
Woodlands 254658 863307 5 125 35 29km Wind Farm
Tom nan Clach Wind Farm 285865 835126 33 125 35 12 km Extension
Other Developments
Tomatin adjacent 275518 825351 N/A N/A 15 Substation
Chapter 4: LT000019 4-11 Landscape and Visual
Scottish Hydro Electric Transmission plc Knocknagael – Tomatin 275 kV OHL
Sensitivity Criteria Landscape Sensitivity to Change
The relative sensitivity of the landscape character within each character area, together with areas of landscape designation, is specific to the proposed change and is assessed in terms of two sets of criteria (GLVIA3): • susceptibility to the change; and
• value of the receptor.
For the purposes of this assessment the following definitions have been applied as noted in Table 4.4. It is stressed that in the assessment of a specific receptor, the actual criteria applied may differ from the Typical Criteria noted below. In all cases a clear explanation of the reasons for the judgement of sensitivity is given. Table 4.4: Definitions of Landscape Sensitivity
Sensitivity of Typical Criteria receptor
Very High Susceptibility to Proposed Change Landscapes of very high quality and condition: with consistent, intact, well- defined, and distinctive attributes, well-managed, in exceptional state of repair. None of the key characteristics of the landscape relate well to the proposed development. Value Landscapes located within and which contribute to the value of landscapes designated at national and/or international level: e.g. designated National Scenic Area, National Park, World Heritage Site. Landscapes with a very high degree of relative wildness. Landscapes where there is evidence of very high value associated with natural heritage, recreational activity, cultural associations, or other special interests.
High Susceptibility to Proposed Change Landscapes of high quality and condition. Few of the key characteristics of the landscape relate well to the proposed development. Value Landscapes located within and which contribute to the value of landscapes designated or recognised at regional or local level e.g. Historic Gardens and Designed Landscapes, Special Landscape Areas. Landscapes with a high degree of relative wildness. Landscapes where there is evidence of high value associated with natural heritage, recreational activity, cultural associations, or other special interests.
Medium Susceptibility to Proposed Change Landscapes of moderate quality and condition. Some of the key characteristics of the landscape relate well to the proposed development. Value Landscapes may be locally valued but with no explicit designation or recognition of value. Chapter 4: Landscape and Visual 4-12 LT000019
Scottish Hydro Electric Transmission plc Knocknagael – Tomatin 275 kV OHL
Table 4.4: Definitions of Landscape Sensitivity
Sensitivity of Typical Criteria receptor Landscapes dominated by agricultural or other man-modified land uses, although with some degree of relative wildness. Landscapes where there is evidence of some value associated with natural heritage, recreational activity, cultural associations, or other special interests.
Low Susceptibility to Proposed Change Landscapes of low or poor quality and condition, attributes poorly-managed, in poor condition and state of repair. Settled landscapes, with complex land use patterns where built elements and structures are already a strong part of the landscape character. Landscape intrinsically able to accommodate proposed change with many of the key characteristics relating well to the proposed development, or unlikely to be diminished. Value Landscapes with few specific features of natural heritage, cultural associations, or other special interest.
Negligible Susceptibility to Proposed Change Heavily developed, industrial landscapes. Landscapes of very low or very poor quality and condition, attributes very poorly-managed, in very poor condition and state of repair. None of the key characteristics are likely to be diminished by the proposed change. Value Landscapes with no specific features of natural heritage, cultural associations, or other special interest.
Sensitivity of Visual Receptors to Change
All visual receptors are people. The relative sensitivity of the visual receptors is specific to the proposed change and is assessed in terms of two sets of criteria (GLVIA3): • susceptibility of visual receptors to the proposed change; and
• value attached to views experienced by receptors.
For the purposes of this assessment the following definitions have been applied as noted in Table 4.5. It is stressed that in the assessment of a specific receptor, the actual criteria applied may differ from the Typical Criteria noted below. In all cases a clear explanation of the reasons for the judgement of sensitivity will be given.
Chapter 4: LT000019 4-13 Landscape and Visual
Scottish Hydro Electric Transmission plc Knocknagael – Tomatin 275 kV OHL
Table 4.5: Definitions of Visual Sensitivity
Sensitivity of Typical Criteria Receptor
Very High Susceptibility to Proposed Change Users of strategic outdoor recreational facilities (including national long distance footpaths, national cycle routes). Visitors to important mountain summits, landmarks, heritage assets or other attractions, where views are an essential contributor to the experience. Residents at home with views of the development (where agreed with the Planning Authority). Value Attached to Views Very high value placed on the View: celebrated viewpoint included in tourist guides, view located within a landscape designated at national or international level.
High Susceptibility to Proposed Change Users of outdoor recreational facilities (including local Core Paths and other recreational footpaths, cycle routes or rights of way). Special interest groups to whom landscape setting is important. Residents of communities/settlements where views are an important contributor to the landscape setting enjoyed by residents in the area. Value Attached to Views High value placed on the View: recognised viewpoint marked on maps, views within landscapes designated at regional or local level, views from recognised scenic routes/designated tourist routes, views of (or from) landscape or built features with important physical, cultural or historic attributes. View protected at local or regional level by Development Plan.
Medium Susceptibility to Proposed Change People engaged in outdoor sports or recreation where appreciation of the landscape setting contributes to the experience. People at places of work, whose attention may be focused on their activity rather than the wider landscape, but where the setting is recognised as an important contributor to the quality of working life. Travellers on road, rail, ferry or other transport routes. Value Attached to Views Some evidence of value placed on view, view may contribute to setting of activity.
Low Susceptibility to Proposed Change People at places of work, whose attention may be focused on their activity rather than the wider landscape. People engaged in outdoor sports or recreation which does not involve or depend on appreciation of views of the landscape. Value Attached to Views No evidence of value placed on view.
Negligible Susceptibility to change of viewers and value attached to views are of a level not considered relevant to the assessment.
Chapter 4: Landscape and Visual 4-14 LT000019
Scottish Hydro Electric Transmission plc Knocknagael – Tomatin 275 kV OHL
Assessment of Effects Magnitude of Landscape Change
The magnitude of change to landscapes is assessed in terms of three sets of criteria (GLVIA3): • size or scale;
• geographical extent; and
• duration and reversibility.
For the purposes of this assessment the following definitions have been applied as noted in Table 4.6. It is stressed that in the assessment of a specific receptor, the actual criteria applied may differ from the typical criteria noted below. In all cases a clear explanation of the reasons for the judgement of magnitude will be given. Table 4.6: Definition of Magnitude of Landscape Change
Magnitude of Definition Change
Severe Size or Scale Very high proportion of landscape unit affected. Very high proportion of landscape elements affected. Complete loss of, or fundamental change to, the key characteristics of the landscape. Geographical Extent Very large number of LCTs affected throughout the study area; very large area affected of the LCT(s) within which the development will sit; fundamental change to the immediate setting; fundamental change to the site of the proposed development. Duration and Reversibility Permanent change to landscape. Change not reversible.
Major Size or Scale High proportion of landscape unit affected. High proportion of landscape elements affected. Substantial change to key characteristics of landscape. Geographical Extent Large number of LCTs affected in the majority of the study area; large area affected of the LCT(s) within which the development will sit; considerable change to the immediate setting; considerable change to the site of the proposed development. Duration and Reversibility Long term change to landscape (25 or more years). Change difficult to remove or reinstate.
Chapter 4: LT000019 4-15 Landscape and Visual
Scottish Hydro Electric Transmission plc Knocknagael – Tomatin 275 kV OHL
Table 4.6: Definition of Magnitude of Landscape Change
Magnitude of Definition Change
Moderate Size or Scale Moderate proportion of landscape unit affected. Moderate proportion of landscape elements affected. Material change to key characteristics of the landscape. Geographical Extent Several LCTs affected over part of the study area; medium area affected of the LCT(s) within which the development will sit; noticeable change to the immediate setting; noticeable change to the site of the proposed development. Duration and Reversibility Medium term change to landscape (5-24 years). Change that can be partially removed or reinstated.
Minor Size or Scale Small proportion of landscape unit affected. Small proportion of landscape elements affected. Discernible changes to key characteristics of the landscape. Geographical Extent Few LCTs affected over a small part of the study area; small area affected of the LCTs(s) within which the development will sit; insignificant change to the immediate setting; insignificant change to the site of the proposed development. Duration and Reversibility Short term change to landscape (up to 5 years). Change that can be fully removed and reinstated.
Negligible Size or Scale Changes which are not readily discernible or have no effect on the integrity of landscape elements or landscape unit. Geographical Extent Very few LCTs affected over part of the study area; very small area affected of the LCTs (s) within which the development will sit; imperceptible change to the immediate setting; imperceptible change to the site of the proposed development.
Magnitude of Change to Views and Visual Amenity
The magnitude of change to views and visual amenity experienced by the receptor is assessed in terms of three sets of criteria (GLVIA3): • size or scale;
• geographical extent; and
• duration and reversibility.
For the purposes of this assessment the following definitions have been applied as noted in Table 4.7. It is stressed that in the assessment of a specific receptor, the actual criteria applied may differ from the typical criteria noted below. In all cases a clear explanation of the reasons for the judgement of magnitude will be given. Chapter 4: Landscape and Visual 4-16 LT000019
Scottish Hydro Electric Transmission plc Knocknagael – Tomatin 275 kV OHL
Table 4.7: Definitions of Magnitude of Visual Change
Magnitude of Definition Change
Severe Size or Scale Proposed change will define view. All of development visible. Very strong contrasts with key visual characteristics of the baseline view e.g. scale, horizontality, composition. Duration of view long, view studied/enjoyed for considerable time. Geographical Extent Angle of view to development directly coincides with focus of receptor activity/viewpoint/road alignment, etc. Very short distance from viewpoint to development. Development occupying the majority of the view. Duration and Reversibility Permanent change to view. Change not reversible.
Major Size or Scale Development will be the dominant feature in the view. High proportion of development visible, no significant screening effects. Strong contrasts with key visual characteristics of the baseline view e.g. scale, horizontality, and composition. Duration of view not curtailed by physical parameters. Geographical Extent Angle of view to development coincides with focus of receptor activity/viewpoint/road alignment, etc. Short distance from viewpoint to development. Development occupying a high proportion of the view. Duration and Reversibility Long term change to view (25 or more years). Change difficult to remove or reinstate.
Moderate Size or Scale Development will be a noticeable component of the view. Development partially screened by topography, vegetation, etc. Some conflicts with key visual characteristics of the baseline view e.g. scale, horizontality, composition. Duration of view relatively short. Time to absorb or contemplate view curtailed by physical parameters. Geographical Extent Angle of view to development does not coincide with focus of receptor activity/viewpoint/road alignment, etc. Moderate distance from viewpoint to development. Development occupying part of the view.
Chapter 4: LT000019 4-17 Landscape and Visual
Scottish Hydro Electric Transmission plc Knocknagael – Tomatin 275 kV OHL
Table 4.7: Definitions of Magnitude of Visual Change
Magnitude of Definition Change Duration and Reversibility Medium term change to view (5-24 years). Change that can be partially removed or reinstated.
Minor Size or Scale Development is a minor component of view. Development substantially screened by topography, vegetation, etc. Development compatible with key visual characteristics of the baseline view e.g. scale, horizontality, composition. Duration of view short or transient. Glimpse or interrupted views. Geographical Extent Angle of view predominantly away from development. Long distance from viewpoint to development. Development occupying a small part of the view. Duration and Reversibility Short term change to view (up to 5 years). Change that can be fully removed and reinstated.
Negligible Changes which are not readily discernible to the casual observer.
Significance Criteria Environmental Consequence: Likely Landscape and Visual Effects
The sensitivity of the receptor and the magnitude of change are combined to assess the significance of effect with reference to the matrix, below in Table 4.8.
It is important to note that with regard to landscape and visual effects, this matrix has been used as a guide only. The matrix is not used as a prescriptive tool, and the analysis of specific effects must make allowance for the exercise of professional judgement. Therefore, in some instances, a particular parameter may be considered as having a determining effect at the expense of the matrix.
Table 4.8: Determination of Likely Landscape and Visual Effect
Sensitivity Very High High Medium Low Negligible Magnitude
Severe Severe Minor
Major
Moderate
Minor
Negligible Minor Negligible
Chapter 4: Landscape and Visual 4-18 LT000019
Scottish Hydro Electric Transmission plc Knocknagael – Tomatin 275 kV OHL
Nature and Significance of Likely Landscape and Visual Effects
Determination of the nature of the effect is essentially a matter of judging whether the key landscape or visual characteristics are strengthened, weakened or not affected as a result of any changes brought about by the Proposed Development. Therefore, the effect of a proposed development can be adverse/negative or beneficial/positive, or there can be no effect: • The following system of categorisation is used for the nature of the effect.
• Adverse: key characteristics of the landscape or quality of the visual experience weakened by the introduction of the Proposed Development.
• Neutral/No Effect: key characteristics of the landscape or quality of the visual experience not affected by the introduction of the Proposed Development.
• Beneficial: key characteristics of the landscape or quality of the visual experience strengthened by the introduction of the Proposed Development.
The result of the assessment is the determination of whether the likely effect of the Proposed Development on the landscape resource and visual amenity in the study area would be significant or not significant.
Wherever possible, identified likely effects are quantified, but the nature of landscape and visual assessment requires interpretation by professional judgement.
EIA Regulations require the identification of likely significant effects of the proposal on the environment. However, GLVIA explains that “in the context of EIA, however, ‘significance’ varies with the type of project and the topic under assessment” and “it may be helpful to define levels or categories of significance (including ‘not significant’) appropriate to the nature, size and location of the proposed development”. To satisfy these requirements, this assessment considers that, where likely landscape or visual effects of moderate, major or severe level are identified, these should be considered as a significant effect. Design Input and Mitigation
Design and assessment are part of an integrated, iterative process where one influences the other. The ongoing assessment of likely environmental effects is regarded as an integral part of the design process. Design iteration and mitigation has been informed iteratively by on-going assessment of likely landscape and visual effects, resulting in an optimised design solution. The design process resulting in the Proposed Development is described in Chapter 3: Route Selection and Alternatives. Reporting of Likely Significant Effects
The ES sets out the identified likely significant effects of the Proposed Development on the Study Area. These have been based on the final scheme layout, taking into account any relevant mitigation proposals.
4.6 Baseline Conditions
Information pertaining to the existing landscape resource has been collected by reference to Local Plans, Ordnance Survey maps and other relevant documents listed in Section 4.1 and by survey in the field. Landscape Context is shown on Figure 4.2.
Chapter 4: LT000019 4-19 Landscape and Visual
Scottish Hydro Electric Transmission plc Knocknagael – Tomatin 275 kV OHL
Current Baseline - Landscape Resource Landform
The Proposed Development is located to the south of Inverness, extending from the existing substation at Knocknagael south east over moorland, south through coniferous forest to cross Strathnairn at right angles to the river Nairn before heading south east and approximately parallel and to the east of the existing 132 kV line.
The Proposed Development commences at approximately 180 m AOD and ascends to 230 m AOD before entering the forest plantation at Carr Ban to cross the ridge at 240 m AOD. Thereafter, the Proposed Development descends over undulating ground to the Strath floor, crossing the river at a height of approximately 180 m AOD. It then negotiates a localised area of higher ground (210 m AOD) before commencing a steady ascent to 260 m AOD east of Farr House, crossing the Uisge Dubh and attaining a maximum height of 508 m AOD at Carn Eitidh. Thereafter the Proposed Development descends steadily towards Strathdearn, terminating at the proposed substation at an elevation of around 410 m AOD.
The landform of the Study Area is typified by the three approximately parallel features of The Great Glen, Strathnairn and Strathdearn which are separated by moorland ridges. Land Use and Landscape Pattern
Land use in the Study Area comprises a mosaic of improved and semi improved grassland, rough grazings, moorland and commercial forestry plantations, which are usually of single species and a dark, uniform colour. Riparian woodland, occasional hedgerows and isolated groups of deciduous trees are also characteristic features of the Study Area. Man Made Elements
The Study Area is characterised by concentrated and scattered settlement, isolated dwellings and farmsteads in the hinterland of Inverness which lies in the north eastern portion of the study area. The key small settlements in the Study Area include Farr, Inverarnie and Tomatin.
Currently one large operational, wind farm (Farr), comprising 41 turbines, exists within the Study Area.
Other prominent vertical man-made features in the Study Area include single turbines, telecommunication and radio masts, steel lattice OHL towers in the north and centre of the Study Area and wood pole mounted overhead lines.
The main transport routes through the Study Area are the A9, the A82, the A862, the B9154, the B862, the B8082, the B861 and the B851. Other notable roads are the minor road through Strathdearn and the unclassified road which links the Strathdearn road with the B851 running through Strathnairn.
The National Cycle Network (NCN) Route 7 follows the B9154 through the eastern side of the Study Area.
The Perth to Inverness railway line runs through the eastern side of the study area approximately parallel to the A9.
Chapter 4: Landscape and Visual 4-20 LT000019
Scottish Hydro Electric Transmission plc Knocknagael – Tomatin 275 kV OHL
Change in the Past
The most notable landscape changes of the Study Area in the past have resulted from the expansion of Inverness, the construction of the A9, the introduction of Farr Wind Farm and its associated hill tracks, and the afforestation of tracts of former moorland. Landscape Character Types
SNH’s 'Inverness District Landscape Character Assessment', 1999, ‘Moray and Nairn Landscaper Character Assessment’, 1999, ‘Inner Moray Firth Landscape Character Assessment’, 1998 and Cairngorm Landscape Character Assessment, 1996 (LCAs) describe a total of fifteen Landscape Character Types (LCTs) within the Study Area. These are mapped on Figure 4.3.
Examination of the ‘bare ground’ ZTV confirms that there will be no visibility from the following LCTs which are consequently not included in the assessment following: • Narrow Firth Corridor; and
• Enclosed Farmed Landscapes.
The key characteristics and the sensitivity of those LCTs which have not been scoped out of the assessment are described in Table 4.9.
Chapter 4: LT000019 4-21 Landscape and Visual
Scottish Hydro Electric Transmission plc Knocknagael – Tomatin 275 kV OHL
Table 4.9: Description of Landscape Character Types
LCTs Landform Land Use and Landscape Pattern Man-made Features Sensitivity
Uplands Massive bulk of peaks over 800m Heather clad summits with areas of Settlement is scattered and Susceptibility – and Glens with overall height tapering down to scree and tussocky moorland grasses consists of isolated and moderate quality the north. and rushes. traditional farmsteads on the and condition; A9 Distinct northeast/southeast grain Improved, bright green pastures on lower slopes and floor of the and railway; running parallel with the Highland the floor of larger Glens. Glens. presence of OHL. Boundary Fault Line. Stands of native pine and extensive Numerous ruins and stone dykes. Value – portion of Lower slopes have landform birch woodlands and coniferous Interior very remote and LCT within National comprising small hummocks and plantation on lower slopes and floor of uninhabitable. Park. hollows. the Glens. Estate access tracks and wildlife High Sensitivity Valleys created by watercourses. management.
Rolling Large scale, smooth, rounded hills Dominated by heather moorland – Settlement found in the Strath Susceptibility – Uplands with summits of a similar height. uniform colour and texture and on lower slopes, but largely moderate quality Broad, undulating upland plateaux. accentuating landform. unpopulated within moorland and condition; Small wind clipped trees and areas. presence of wind Smoothness of terrain is broken in turbines and existing places by rocky outcrops and scree. woodland occasionally line Isolated farms and dwellings watercourse and can be found in along local roads and access OHL; A9 and other Small burns and craggy incised sheltered Glens where grazing is tracks. roads. valleys. restricted. Access tracks for agriculture, Value – SAMs; Open and exposed with expansive Coniferous plantations found in forestry and estate activity. listed buildings. views from higher elevations. sheltered Straths. Transport and communication Medium Sensitivity Views enclosed by convex slopes at networks. lower level. Archaeological finds and abandoned settlements are found on the edges of LCT and within proximity to settlement, but interior is largely baron and inaccessible. Since the 1999 LCA assessment, Farr Windfarm has been
Chapter 4: Landscape and Visual 4-22 LT000019
Scottish Hydro Electric Transmission plc Knocknagael – Tomatin 275 kV OHL
Table 4.9: Description of Landscape Character Types
LCTs Landform Land Use and Landscape Pattern Man-made Features Sensitivity constructed and is a now a feature of this LCT in the local context.
Rocky Rolling plateau. Large coniferous plantations. Small hill farms. Susceptibility – Moorland Occasional rocky hilltops. Large fields of rough pasture. Minor roads. moderate quality Plateau and condition. Some fringe broadleaved woodlands. Archaeological sites. with Value – Great Glen Woodland Way. Medium Sensitivity
Flat Flat to gently undulating moorland Heather vegetation. Circular stone foundations of Susceptibility – Moorland plateau. Small isolated lochans. prehistoric hut circles. moderate quality Plateau Rolling farmlands. Prehistoric burial sites. and condition, with Largely uninhabited landscape. presence of existing Woodland Extensive coniferous plantation. Few rural industrial sites. OHL. Value – Portion of Loch Ness and Duntelcaig SLA; SAMs; listed buildings. Medium Sensitivity
Farmed Low rocky hills with open summits. Coniferous plantations interspersed Small scattered farm settlements Susceptibility – and with areas of rough and improved create constantly changing views moderate quality Wooded grassland on the lower slopes. of open and enclosed spaces and condition. Foothills Mid and lower slopes are covered by framed by trees and crags. Value – Portion of woodland within which fields of Network of narrow roads cut Loch Ness and pasture, lochs. through the woodlands Duntelcaig SLA; connecting scattered farms and SAMs. farming settlements. High Sensitivity
Chapter 4: LT000019 4-23 Landscape and Visual
Scottish Hydro Electric Transmission plc Knocknagael – Tomatin 275 kV OHL
Table 4.9: Description of Landscape Character Types
LCTs Landform Land Use and Landscape Pattern Man-made Features Sensitivity Constantly changing views of open and enclosed spaces framed by trees and crags. Single species coniferous plantations covering the lower slopes create a simple pattern.
Broad Broad, steep sided, V- shaped glen Tree cover is plentiful with coniferous Small farms and settlements are Susceptibility – Steep of Loch Ness. plantations and semi-natural restricted to a few locations moderate quality Sided Glen Steep linear sides and long, even woodlands often extending up river where flatter land occurs. and condition. skyline create a very strong sense of valleys and rocky areas alongside The western side of the glen is Value – Loch Ness linear enclosure. slopes. dominated by the transport and Duntelchaig Experience of travelling along the Agriculture is limited to small scale corridor of the A82 while the SLA; G&DLs; SAMs, glen tends to be sequential and pastoral farms in a few locations on eastern has a more remote listed buildings. views are either directed along the the shore and on the gentle higher feeling. High Sensitivity length of the loch or across the slopes with larger farms located on water to the opposite shore. the alluvial plains at the north and south of the loch.
Farmed This landscape character type forms Open heather moorland – covers the Few small settlements Susceptibility – Straths a channel through the surrounding side slopes. Stone estate buildings and high quality and upland landscape. Regular pattern of large fields. farmsteads. condition; presence of existing OHLs High exposed rough pastures of its Small areas of open birch woodland. Prehistoric settlements. upper reaches, to the more and roads. sheltered, improved pastures which Small blocks of coniferous plantations. Value – Portion of preside over its lower reaches. Narrow meandering river. Loch Ness and Strath is dominated by a broad, flat Duntelchaig SLA; to gently undulating strath floor, SAMs and listed edged by the steep, rocky, side buildings. slopes. Medium Sensitivity
Chapter 4: Landscape and Visual 4-24 LT000019
Scottish Hydro Electric Transmission plc Knocknagael – Tomatin 275 kV OHL
Table 4.9: Description of Landscape Character Types
LCTs Landform Land Use and Landscape Pattern Man-made Features Sensitivity
Rolling Complex landform of rolling, north- Open agricultural land and woodland. Fairly settled landscape, as a Susceptibility – Farmland facing hill slopes and plateaux. Landscape has been strongly farms and isolated houses are moderate quality and influenced by human occupation. interconnected by a network of and condition; Woodland major and minor roads. presence of existing Coniferous, broadleaved woodlands OHLs. and hedgerows enclose pastoral Main form of settlement occurs fields. as small farms. Value – G&DLs; Large number of archaeological SAMs; listed Dense coniferous plantations with buildings Great Glen dark linear edges. sites: prehistoric ceremonial monuments, prehistoric Way. settlements, tower houses, Medium Sensitivity fortified residence.
Inverness The town of Inverness is situated at 5sub types: Inverness, Town Centre, Town Centre. Susceptibility – the north end of the Great Glen, at Suburban Fringe, River Ness and Suburban Fringe- Older stone moderate quality the lowest bridging point of the River Canal, Firth Commercial and Harbour mansions, modern suburbs of and condition, Ness. Area and Black Isle Southern Slopes. semi- detached houses, terraced urban, existing The town is backed by hills to the Strong contrast between the scale, housing estates. infrastructure. south, and firths and tidal lands to forms, enclosure and pattern. River Ness- pathways, Value – G&DL; the north. Rural character of the hillsides. footbridges, Victorian villas with SAMS, listed From many parts of the town large gardens. buildings, Great Agricultural and marine setting. Glen Way. panoramic view can be obtained Firth Commercial and Harbour across the open firth to the Black Woodlands are an important feature Medium Sensitivity of Inverness and its setting. Area- industrial estate, large Isle and distant hills beyond. scale buildings, broad access At the broadest level, woodlands form roads and car parking. a backdrop against which the complex form of the town sees sheltered and Black Isle Southern Slopes- linked, reinforcing the town’s strong linear settlements. sense of place. Woodland highlight the small but prominent hills at Tomnahurich, Torvean and Craig Phadraig.
Chapter 4: LT000019 4-25 Landscape and Visual
Scottish Hydro Electric Transmission plc Knocknagael – Tomatin 275 kV OHL
Table 4.9: Description of Landscape Character Types
LCTs Landform Land Use and Landscape Pattern Man-made Features Sensitivity Woodland create a diversity of pattern, colour, texture and habitat throughout the town, linking into the mature estate woodlands and narrow, wooded burns
Coastal This landscape consists of a coastal Flat open mudflats, marsh and water. Settlement is highly visible along Susceptibility – margin of broad intertidal flats, Low growing tussocky vegetation the coastal fringe and is often moderate quality dunes, curving sand and shingle colonising dunes. traditionally located on rocky and condition. beaches and salt marsh, forming the promontories. Value – listed transition zone between land and Settlement tends to consist of building. sea. traditional, close set, low stone Medium Sensitivity buildings. Highly sensitive to change (built development).
Coastal Flat to gently undulating coastal Extensive long bands of coniferous Early medieval buildings. Susceptibility – Lowlands plain. plantation and shelterbelts create a Large- scale farm. moderate quality backdrop to large, smooth, arable and condition. Complex patterns of land uses: fields and create a simple pattern of Value – SAM. vegetation. agricultural uses, housing, roads, railways, light industry military Medium Sensitivity facilities and nurseries (many highly visible in this open landscape).
Forest Complex relief. The rectilinear field pattern within farm Farm holdings- typical Susceptibility – Edge Convex slopes, the gently holdings gives a strong geometry to settlements of this landscape. moderate quality Farming undulating topography is overlaid the landscape. In the larger villages the intimate and condition. with smaller scale fluvio- glacial Mosaic of coniferous forestry blocks housing, vernacular architecture. Value – listed surface features. and belts is superimposed upon this Larger urban settlements. building. farmland. Medium Sensitivity
Chapter 4: Landscape and Visual 4-26 LT000019
Scottish Hydro Electric Transmission plc Knocknagael – Tomatin 275 kV OHL
Table 4.9: Description of Landscape Character Types
LCTs Landform Land Use and Landscape Pattern Man-made Features Sensitivity The dark, uniform and vertical qualities of the forest provide a range of different spatial experiences.
Forested Flat, low lying coastal shorelines. Strong geometric forests. Dispersed settlement along Susceptibility – Backdrop Smooth, gentle slopes with Pasture in glens. narrow winding roads within moderate quality pronounced valleys. narrow river valleys. and condition, Rocky summits. Buildings, stone dykes. Value – listed buildings. Medium Sensitivity
Chapter 4: LT000019 4-27 Landscape and Visual
Scottish Hydro Electric Transmission plc Knocknagael – Tomatin 275 kV OHL
Landscape and Scenic Designations
Landscape and Scenic Designations within the Study Area are shown on Figure 4.4 and information about those which have not been scoped out of the assessment is set out below. Special Landscape Areas (SLAs)
An SLA is a non-statutory conservation designation used by The Highland Council to categorise sensitive landscapes which are, either legally or as a matter of policy, protected from development or other man-made influences. Given the local and regional importance of SLAs, these have been judged as having high sensitivity to change.
There are two SLAs located within or on the edge of the Study Area: • Drynachan, Lochindorb and Dava Moor SLA is located partly within the eastern half of the study area.
• Loch Ness and Loch Duntelchaig SLA partly overlaps the north eastern portion of the study area.
Drynachan, Lochindorb and Dava Moor SLA extends to some 245 km2 (24500 Ha) and part of this SLA occupies a small proportion of the Study Area along the south eastern boundary (approximately 2 km2). It is described in the following text, taken from The Highland Council Special Landscape Area Citation, 2010:
This landscape comprises high rolling moorland, which has a consistency of character derived from gentle gradients, limited relief, and management of much of the area as grouse moor. Although this moorland is not as extensive as other moorlands further north, it is valuable for being located mid-way between a number of settlements and for being easily accessible via several roads which pass through the area. High tableland of this extent, which can be traversed by and appreciated from public roads, is relatively rare in Highland region. Key characteristics are the homogeneity of this area, its sense of spaciousness, wide views, and sparse human presence. Elements of human intervention are evident within this landscape, most obviously in the form of tracks, fences, muirburn patterns and fencing. However, it retains a strong sense of tranquillity as well as some wildness qualities, which are emphasised by an almost complete absence of built structures. Loch Ness and Loch Duntelchaig SLA extends to some 260 km2 (26000 Ha) and part of the SLA occupies a portion of the Study Area along the western boundary (approximately 83 km2). It is described in the following text, taken from The Highland Council Special Landscape Area Citation, 2010: • ‘This area is dominated by the vast linear feature of Loch Ness and its dramatic landform trench, flanked by steep, towering wooded slopes that leads to undulating moorland ridges and a contrasting remote interior plateau of upland lochs, small woods and rocky knolls. Whilst it may not qualify as Scotland’s most diverse loch scene, the sheer scale and striking linearity of Loch Ness make it strikingly unique. That is before one even considers the popular myth that surrounds its depths. The loch and its environs also typify the Great Glen as a whole – one of Scotland’s most important geological features and routeways.’
Chapter 4: Landscape and Visual 4-28 LT000019
Scottish Hydro Electric Transmission plc Knocknagael – Tomatin 275 kV OHL
Gardens and Designed Landscapes
An Inventory of Gardens and Designed Landscapes (G&DLs) in Scotland identifies, in five volumes, specific gardens and designed landscapes of importance in terms of their artistic, historical, architectural, scenic and nature conservation value. Additional volumes identify Candidate Sites, which are considered worthy of inclusion in the Inventory. Planning policies generally provide a framework for the continued protection, conservation and use of these areas that does not prejudice their scenic or cultural value in accordance with national policy. Historic Scotland also provide a wide range of information on these sites on their website which has been used to establish the current baseline information on which to undertake the assessment of impact. Given the local and regional importance of G&DLs in policy, these have been judged as having high sensitivity to change.
Reference to the Inventory indicates that five G&DL lie within, or partly within the Study Area. Four of these are considered unlikely to accrue any effects as a result of the Proposed Development and the reasons for inclusion in the inventory of the remaining one, Tomnahurich Cemetery, are described as follows: • This major 19th and 20th century public cemetery adds significant landscape value to the city of Inverness. It consists of an extensive series of sculptured monuments and plantations, with views of Tomnahurich Hill.
• Work of Art – high.
• Historical – high.
• Horticultural/Silvicultural/ Arboricultural – some.
• Architectural – some.
• Scenic – outstanding.
• Nature Conservation – some.
• Archaeological – some. Wild Land Areas
Wild Land can be described as extensive areas where the quality of wildness is best expressed.
Scotland’s Third National Planning Framework, June 2014, states ‘We also want to continue our strong protection for our wildest landscapes – wild land is a nationally important asset.’
On 16th June 2014, SNH published a new map ‘Wild Land Areas 2014’ which identifies a total of 42 areas within Scotland. One Wild Land Area (WLA), ‘no. 20, Monadhliaths’, lies partly within the study area approximately 2.8 km from the Proposed Development. The total area is 339.77 km2 and 12.32% of the WLA lies within the Study Area. This is shown on Figure 4.5. Given the regional and national importance given to Wild Land in policy, these have been judged as having high sensitivity to change. The assessment of likely effects on WLA 20 is provided in Technical Appendix 4.1.
Chapter 4: LT000019 4-29 Landscape and Visual
Scottish Hydro Electric Transmission plc Knocknagael – Tomatin 275 kV OHL
4.7 Baseline – Visual Amenity Introduction
This visual assessment has been undertaken by landscape architects trained in visual impact assessment and specifically looking for the Proposed Development within specific views, and in conditions of good visibility, which is defined by the Meteorological Office as equating to when an observer can see further than 9.26 km. The visual assessments are therefore intended to represent a ‘worst case’ scenario of the likely effect of the Proposed Development on visual amenity. ZTV Mapping
ZTV mapping has been undertaken to indicate the likely extent and pattern of potential visibility of the Proposed Development within the Study Area, and as a tool inform the visual impact assessment process.
The ‘Bare Ground’ ZTV, as shown on Figure 4.6, demonstrates theoretical visibility over a moderate portion of the Study Area; 293.94 km2 within the 675.70 km2 Study Area, equating to 43.5%. This ZTV takes no account of the potential screening effect of existing buildings or vegetation, and therefore represents a ‘worst-case’ scenario.
The ‘With Screening’ ZTV, as shown on Figure 4.7, demonstrates theoretical visibility over a small portion of the Study Area; 158.13 km2 within the Study Area, equating to 23.40%. The ZTV takes account of buildings (at 8 m) and existing vegetation (at 12 m) and represents a more realistic visibility scenario. Areas of tree cover were mapped by CJ Piper Chartered Foresters and only those stocked areas were taken into account in the ZTV. The use of wirelines and viewpoint photography provides a more accurate interpretation of likely visual effects, as described and illustrated later in this chapter.
The 158.13 km2 of ZTV coverage (‘With Screening’ ZTV) is relatively limited within the Study Area with theoretical visibility concentrated within a corridor of around 3- 4 km from the southern section of the Proposed Development where tree cover is limited. Areas of high ground to the south, west and east also have theoretical visibility but elsewhere theoretical visibility is fragmented and dispersed due to the presence of intervening coniferous forests and other woodland. The Selected Viewpoints
The 12 viewpoints selected were discussed and agreed with THC and SNH2. The locations of these are shown on Figure 4.7 together with the ‘With Screening’ ZTV overlaid. Table 4.10 provides a summary of the visual amenity baseline (based on the 12 viewpoints. Technical Appendix 4.1 provides a more detailed description for the existing view for each of the viewpoints. Each of the viewpoints is illustrated by a photograph of the existing view as shown on Figures 4.8 - 4.19.
2 Meeting on 30.6.15 with THC and subsequent correspondence with SNH and THC dated 9.7.15 and 20.7.15.
Chapter 4: Landscape and Visual 4-30 LT000019
Scottish Hydro Electric Transmission plc Knocknagael – Tomatin 275 kV OHL
Table 4.10: Summary of Visual Amenity Baseline Sensitivity
No Viewpoint Grid Ref. Approx. distance Receptor and Sensitivity Location to nearest section of OHL
1 King Brude 264752, 5.9km Road users, pedestrians Road, 844701 Medium Sensitivity Inverness
2 A82 258003, 7.8km Tourists, road users, one of few Viewpoint, 835922 opportunities to park to obtain views of Loch Ness Loch Ness Very High Sensitivity
3 B861 Newton 267362, 1.7km Road users of Leys 839202 Medium Sensitivity
4 Minor Road 265946, 0.89km Road users between 836975 Medium Sensitivity Essich and Dunlichity
5 B816 268645, 1.6km Local residents, road users, proxy for Tombreck 835134 residents, locally valued by residents High Sensitivity
6 B851 Milton 2683021, <0.1km Local residents, road users, proxy for of Farr 832859 residents, locally valued by residents High Sensitivity
7 Creag 266463, 2km Walkers, local panoramic view Bhuidhe 831432 High Sensitivity
8 Minor Road 272185, 0.24km Road users between Farr 826302 Medium Sensitivity and Garbole
9 Distributor 265934, 3.1km Road users, proxy for residents Road 841900 High Sensitivity
10 Dalrossie 276709, 1.6km Church goers, visitors, locally valued Church 824225 views along the strath Medium Sensitivity
11 Great Glen 263871, 5.3km Walkers, people working in or visiting House 844067 Great Glen House, locally valued views over the glen High Sensitivity
12 Main Bridge, 266559, 6.4km Pedestrians and road users, locally Inverness 845143 valued views in each direction along the river Medium Sensitivity
Chapter 4: LT000019 4-31 Landscape and Visual
Scottish Hydro Electric Transmission plc Knocknagael – Tomatin 275 kV OHL
4.8 Future Baseline
The greatest forces for landscape and visual change in the Study Area are that of wind farm and electricity transmission development. Within the Study Area, there is an application for a further 20 wind turbines adjacent to the existing 40 turbines at Farr Wind Farm. The site for the consented Glen Kyllachy wind farm lies within the study area to the south of the existing turbines at Farr wind farm. The sites for the approved turbines at Dunmaglass and Moy lie on the western and eastern edges respectively.
Other further changes may result from more housing developments dispersed off existing roads and adjacent to and within existing settlements, changes to farming practices and restructuring and felling of existing commercial forestry plantations.
The assessment is based on the baseline conditions at the time of survey. The cumulative assessment takes into account possible future scenarios where the effects of the Proposed Development in addition to consented and undetermined proposals are assessed.
4.9 Potential Effects
The assessment is based on the tower schedule prepared by the Applicant. There is the possibility of micrositing of towers within the Limits of Deviation (LOD) as described in Chapter 2. The assessment following does not assess different scenarios within the LOD – for the landscape resource, any such variations to the route would be unlikely to alter the conclusions of the assessment. For visual amenity, only those viewpoints in very close proximity to the LOD would be likely to be affected by any change to the route i.e. viewpoints 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8 and 10. Likely Effects on the Landscape Resource Construction Effects
Landscape changes would commence with the introduction of materials, labour force, construction vehicles and plant, and the establishment of construction compounds and site accommodation into localised areas along the OHL route where no such features or activity currently exist with the exception of the central section of the Proposed Development which would lie adjacent to the Farr Wind Farm. These changes would be of a temporary nature and would change their location and extent in relation to the progress of the construction works. Preparatory works (forestry felling, establishment of site compounds and construction of access tracks) would occur over an estimated three month period. This would be followed by the construction of tower foundations, which would take approximately seven months, and the installation of towers (approximately nine months), conductor stringing (estimated four months), and OHL commissioning (approximately four months). Temporary works would be removed and reinstatement work would be undertaken rendering the construction effects, with the exception of clear felling of trees, as temporary and reversible with an estimated total duration of three months to complete these works.
The Proposed Development would result in direct temporary changes to the existing detailed landform immediately around tower locations during excavations for tower foundations, although these changes would be of a relatively minor nature. Any permanent changes to the detailed landform around tower locations would be of a
Chapter 4: Landscape and Visual 4-32 LT000019
Scottish Hydro Electric Transmission plc Knocknagael – Tomatin 275 kV OHL
minor nature and would not change or adversely affect the overall landform pattern of the study area.
The Proposed Development would involve vegetation clearance around tower locations, the upgrading of existing or establishment of new junction bellmouths and upgrading or creation of access tracks, and road infrastructure (bridges, culverts etc.). Sections of temporary stone surfaced access tracks would be required below the OHL. These would be removed and the vegetation reinstated on completion of construction. The overall length and extent of the permanent sections of track would be limited to: • upgrading of existing tracks (approximately 2 km) to access the OHL east of Carr Bàn;
• upgrading of existing track (approximately 0.8 km) and new sections of track (approximately 1.8 km) to access the OHL east of Blàr Buidhe;
• upgrading of existing track (approximately 0.5 km) to access the OHL at Milton of Farr;
• upgrading of existing track (approximately 0.3 km) to access the OHL north east of Carn Loch na Leitir;
• upgrading of existing track (approximately 3 km) south east of Carn Meadhonach; and
• new stone access tracks below the OHL.
There would be permanent loss of small areas of agricultural land due to the requirement for new or upgraded accesses. The Proposed Development would also result in the direct temporary loss of small areas of agricultural land and moorland due to the establishment of construction compounds, lay-down areas and new sections of temporary access tracks, associated with the construction of the Proposed Development. These areas would be reinstated to their current condition on completion of the construction works, and would therefore have no overall impact on the land-use and landscape character of the study area.
The Proposed Development would require crossing of the existing 132 kV transmission line, 33 kV and 11 kV distribution network. Where this is required (near to Milton of Farr) the transmission line would require a temporary diversion on to a trident wood pole structure. The distribution network would be diverted using underground cable resulting in temporary disturbance due to excavations.
The Proposed Development would introduce activity associated with the construction of a new section of OHL into areas of landscape where such elements are currently present but of a smaller scale. These operations would include temporary measures to protect road and water crossings (scaffolding) and all of the effects arising from construction works would be temporary. Operational Effects
The Proposed Development would introduce a new OHL into the study area, forming a large scale, man-made, linear feature comprising of relatively regularly spaced, large scale, vertical towers connected by overhead transmission cables into a landscape where currently such features do exist albeit at a smaller scale.
The introduction of the Proposed Development would result in a direct and permanent change to the existing landscape resource.
Chapter 4: LT000019 4-33 Landscape and Visual
Scottish Hydro Electric Transmission plc Knocknagael – Tomatin 275 kV OHL
There would be minor direct and permanent changes to the landform where the development and access tracks marry into the surrounding topography.
Direct permanent loss of agricultural land, forestry, moorland and woodland would result from the final placement of the individual towers and associated access tracks.
The Proposed Development runs through three Landscape Character Types – Flat Moorland Plateau with Woodland LCT, which occupies a very small proportion of the Study Area (7.09%), Farmed Straths LCT which also occupies a modest proportion of the study area (7.41%) and Rolling Uplands LCT, which occupies almost half of the Study Area (47.45%).
Other LCTs which have theoretical visibility of the Proposed Development may accrue indirect effects.
Likely effects on all LCTs and Landscape Designations are summarised in Table 4.11. Table 4.11: Effects on the Landscape Resource - OHL
LCT / % coverage of Study Construction Operation Area
Uplands and Glens Moderate indirect and Minor indirect and permanent. 5.81% temporary Not Significant Significant
Rolling Uplands Minor direct and Minor direct and Moderate indirect and Moderate indirect and temporary. permanent. Not Significant Not Significant
Rolling Uplands Minor indirect and temporary Minor indirect and permanent 47.45% Not Significant Not Significant
Flat Moorland Plateau with Moderate direct and indirect Moderate direct and indirect Woodland and temporary and temporary Significant Significant
Rocky Moorland Plateau with Moderate indirect and Moderate indirect and Woodland temporary permanent 4.26% Significant Significant
Broad Steep Sided Glen Minor adverse indirect and Minor adverse indirect and permanent permanent Not Significant Not Significant
Flat Moorland Plateau with Moderate direct and indirect Moderate direct and indirect Woodland and temporary and temporary 7.09% Significant Significant
Rolling Farmland and Moderate indirect and Moderate indirect and Woodland temporary permanent Significant Significant
Chapter 4: Landscape and Visual 4-34 LT000019
Scottish Hydro Electric Transmission plc Knocknagael – Tomatin 275 kV OHL
Table 4.11: Effects on the Landscape Resource - OHL
LCT / % coverage of Study Construction Operation Area
Farmed and Wooded Foothills Minor adverse and temporary Minor adverse indirect and 4.49% Not Significant permanent Not Significant
Coastal Negligible indirect and Negligible indirect and temporary permanent Not Significant Not Significant
Broad Steep Sided Glen Negligible indirect and Negligible indirect and 4.20% temporary permanent Not Significant Not Significant
Forest Edge Farming Negligible indirect and Negligible indirect and temporary permanent Not Significant Not Significant
Farmed Straths Negligible indirect and Negligible indirect and 7.41% temporary permanent Not Significant Not Significant
Cairngorm National Park Minor indirect and temporary Minor indirect and permanent Not Significant Not Significant
Drynachan, Lochindorb and Minor indirect and temporary Minor indirect and permanent Dava SLA Not Significant Not Significant
Loch Ness and Duntelchaig Minor indirect and temporary Minor indirect and permanent SLA Not Significant Not Significant
Tomnahurich Cemetery G&DL Minor indirect and temporary Minor indirect and permanent Not Significant Not Significant
WLA 20 Monadliaths Minor indirect and temporary Minor indirect and permanent Not Significant Not Significant
Chapter 4: LT000019 4-35 Landscape and Visual
Scottish Hydro Electric Transmission plc Knocknagael – Tomatin 275 kV OHL
Table 4.12 provides a more detailed summary of the significant effects identified. Technical Appendix 4.1 provides a description of the nature of the changes for the effects identified as being not significant Table 4.12 – Significant Effects on the Landscape Resource
LCT / % Sensitivity Phase Nature Of Change Magnitude Assessment coverage Of Change of Effect of Study Area
Uplands High Construction No direct change to any part of the LCT. Minor Moderate and Glens Construction operations will be visible from a very small portion of this LCT at indirect and 5.81% varying distances and in the context of the operating wind turbines at Farr wind temporary farm. Some traffic movement will be seen on the minor road and on hills tracks in the context of maintenance vehicles associated with the wind farm. Ground based operations will be seen as well as high level construction. These works will be seen in the context of the existing OHL which will remain in place until the Proposed Development is commissioned after which time, part of the existing OHL will be dismantled, thus extending the period of ‘construction’.
Flat Medium Construction Construction operations will take place within the central part of this LCT and will Moderate Moderate Moorland be seen in the context of the existing OHL which will be dismantled on direct and direct and Plateau completion of construction of the Proposed Development. indirect indirect and with These operations will be visible generally at close range from the plateau area temporary Woodland in which the northern part of the Proposed Development will be constructed. 7.09% Operation The Proposed Development will be located in the central part of this LCT and will Moderate Moderate lie to the west of the existing OHL which will be dismantled and removed. direct and direct and The fact that substantial areas of this LCT are under woodland cover means that indirect indirect and the theoretical bare ground visibility of 82.17% reduces to less than 29%of the temporary area when the screening effects of vegetation are taken into account. Although there will be some benefits arising from the removal of the existing OHL, the
Chapter 4: Landscape and Visual 4-36 LT000019
Scottish Hydro Electric Transmission plc Knocknagael – Tomatin 275 kV OHL
Table 4.12 – Significant Effects on the Landscape Resource
LCT / % Sensitivity Phase Nature Of Change Magnitude Assessment coverage Of Change of Effect of Study Area Proposed Development will introduce much larger structures in a location further west. Refer also to viewpoints 3 and 4, Figures 4.10 and 4.11.
Farmed High Construction No direct change to any part of the LCT. Minor Moderate and Ground based construction operations are not likely to be seen from any part of indirect and Wooded this LCT with the exception of the higher slopes of Craig Bhuidhe from where temporary Foothills there will be views looking along the line of the Proposed Development to the 4.49% north and south east. These operations will be seen in the context of the existing turbines at Farr Wind Farm. High level construction operations may be visible from area of higher ground to the south and south west of Loch Duntelchaig, from the Loch itself and from the minor road which runs down to Dores. These will be seen in the context of the operational turbines to the north of the proposed development and the existing OHLs and towers which will be removed once the Proposed Development is constructed and operational.
Operation No direct change to any part of the LCT. Minor Moderate 46.52% of this LCT has theoretical bare ground visibility of the Proposed indirect and Development. Much of the area is wooded and actual visibility will be permanent considerably less. Taking into account the screening effects of forest and woodland, this reduces theoretical visibility to 27.40%. There will be views of small numbers of steel lattice towers from Loch Duntelchaig and the minor road to the west and from areas of higher ground at Creag nan Clach and Creag Dhearg to the south east and south at distances greater than 6.5km. Areas of higher ground to the south east of Loch a’ Clachain have theoretical visibility of high numbers of steel lattice towers looking along the line of Proposed Development in both directions. This area already has views of the existing OHL which will be dismantled and removed when the Proposed Development is commissioned.
Chapter 4: LT000019 4-37 Landscape and Visual
Scottish Hydro Electric Transmission plc Knocknagael – Tomatin 275 kV OHL
Table 4.12 – Significant Effects on the Landscape Resource
LCT / % Sensitivity Phase Nature Of Change Magnitude Assessment coverage Of Change of Effect of Study Area Refer also to viewpoint 7, Figures 4.14.
Farmed Medium Construction Part of the Proposed Development’s construction activity will take place within Moderate Moderate Straths the central part of this LCT to the west of the existing OHL. Activity will take direct and direct and 7.41% place on the strath floor and on the side slopes to the north west and south east indirect indirect and and will be theoretically visible from areas of this LCT where there is no temporary screening afforded by vegetation. Some tree felling can be anticipated.
Operation The bare ground theoretical visibility is 71.60% for this LCT. Taking into account Moderate Moderate the screening effects of forests and woodlands, the theoretical visibility reduces direct and direct and to 34.01%. Visibility is likely to be further reduced by mature trees along indirect indirect and roadsides and along field boundaries which have not been taken into account in temporary the ‘with screening’ ZTV. The Proposed Development will be visible from the Strath floor and from locations along the public roads. There will be some benefits accruing from the removal of the existing OHL but the Proposed Development will add taller structures to this LCT slightly further to the west. Refer also to viewpoints 5 and 6, Figures 4.12 and 4.13.
Rolling Medium Construction No direct change to any part of the LCT. Moderate Moderate Farmland Operations associated primarily with the northern portion of the proposed indirect and and development will be visible from fragmented parts of this LCT at distances temporary Woodland ranging from close up to around 6km distant. They will be seen in the context of 10.18% the existing OHL which lies within this LCT and which will be dismantled and removed once the Proposed Development has been constructed.
Chapter 4: Landscape and Visual 4-38 LT000019
Scottish Hydro Electric Transmission plc Knocknagael – Tomatin 275 kV OHL
Table 4.12 – Significant Effects on the Landscape Resource
LCT / % Sensitivity Phase Nature Of Change Magnitude Assessment coverage Of Change of Effect of Study Area
Operation No direct change to any part of the LCT. Moderate Moderate 63.35% of this LCT has bare ground theoretical visibility of the Proposed indirect and Development. Taking into account screening by woodland and forest, the permanent theoretical visibility reduces to 18.26%.Parts of the proposed development will be visible from areas in close proximity to the existing substation, from fragmented areas ay Knocknagael, Upper Slackbuie, Scamiport, Kinmylies, Easter Leys and Westhill.
Chapter 4: LT000019 4-39 Landscape and Visual
Scottish Hydro Electric Transmission plc Knocknagael – Tomatin 275 kV OHL
Likely Effects on the Visual Amenity Construction Effects
Construction operations would introduce man-made elements and activities into views, where currently such elements and activities do not exist.
People at some of the viewpoint locations would be affected by construction works. Road and rail users in the vicinity may also be affected. Operational Effects
The Proposed Development would introduce large structures with associated access tracks into views of a rural landscape with dispersed settlement and associated infrastructure including roads and wood pole mounted overhead lines and steel lattice towers in the western portion of the study area.
The Proposed Development would occupy views currently characterised by coastal farmland, sweeping moorland and blocks of coniferous forestry. Built development is concentrated within areas of coastal farmland to the north of the study area and is typically residential and agricultural.
Examination of the ‘bare ground’ ZTV confirms that the Proposed Development is theoretically visible from approximately 43.5% of the study area. The ‘with screening’ ZTV confirms that this percentage would reduce to just over 23 % although it should be noted that some locations would not have views due to the presence of forestry, woodland, hedges and local screening elements.
Likely effects for each of the static viewpoints are summarised in Table 4.13. Moderate and significant effects are predicted for the B8082 (westbound) and B851 (westbound) sequential routes, during construction and operation; however all of the other routes assessed in the study area would experience minor or negligible effects (not significant). Technical Appendix 4.1 provides a more detailed description of the nature of the changes for the sequential effects.
Chapter 4: Landscape and Visual 4-40 LT000019
Scottish Hydro Electric Transmission plc Knocknagael – Tomatin 275 kV OHL
Table 4.13 – Effects on Visual Amenity
Viewpoint Sensitivity Phase Nature Of Change Magnitude Assessment Of Change of Effect
1. King Medium – Construction Construction operations associated with approximately six steel lattice Minor Minor Brude road users, no towers would be visible from this location at a distance of approximately adverse Road, particular 5.6km. Vegetation in the mid ground of the view would partially screen temporary Inverness evidence of ground based operations associated with approximately three towers. Most Not value of view of the activity would be seen against a back drop of the hills to the south Significant west with high level working being seen against the sky. Works would be seen in the context of other existing steel lattice towers and the Knocknagael substation with is prominent in views from this location in the morning when low sun reflects off the surface of the substation infrastructure. Dismantling operations relating to the existing OHL would not be seen.
Operation Approximately six towers would be seen from this viewpoint with the lower Minor Minor parts of the towers being screened from view by intervening landform and adverse vegetation. They would be seen in the context of other, more distant towers permanent and the existing substation at Knocknagael. They would be seen in the Not context of the approximately nine existing towers, with total of Significant approximately 15 towers being in the view with some in close proximity to others and a proposed an existing tower overlapping and forming a more prominent combined feature in the view. At this distance, of over 5.5km it is considered that the additional approximately 6 towers would be noticeable to the casual observer in certain lighting conditions (morning sun when low light levels reflect off the lattice towers and conductors) in conditions of clear visibility. The proposed towers would occupy less than 5% of a180 degree horizontal panorama and would be seen on the intermediate skyline with some back clothing by the hills to the south west. Refer to Figure 4.8, 4.8.1 and 4.8.2.
2. A82 Very High – Construction While the bare ground ZTV indicated theoretical visibility from this location, None No effect Layby, tourists, road construction operations would not be visible due to the screening effects of Loch Ness users, one of intervening forestry.
Chapter 4: LT000019 4-41 Landscape and Visual
Scottish Hydro Electric Transmission plc Knocknagael – Tomatin 275 kV OHL
Table 4.13 – Effects on Visual Amenity
Viewpoint Sensitivity Phase Nature Of Change Magnitude Assessment Of Change of Effect
few Operation While the bare ground ZTV indicated theoretical visibility from this location, None No effect opportunities none of the towers or conductors would be visible due to the screening to park to effects of intervening forestry. obtain views of Loch Ness
3. B861 Medium – Construction High level construction work would be seen for fourteen towers with ground Moderate Moderate Newton of road users, no based operations being seen for eight of these. Most of the construction adverse and Leys particular work would be seen against a landform backdrop with some high level work temporary evidence of associated with approximately eight towers being seen against the skyline. Significant value of view The operations would be seen at a distance of around 1.6km. Dismantling operations associated with five existing towers would be seen at close range.
Operation Although there is theoretical visibility of some of some towers to the south Moderate Moderate of this viewpoint these would in fact be screened by gorse scrub at the adverse roadside. A further approximately two towers near the substation would be temporary partially screened by gorse scrub on the moorland. A total of approximately reducing to fourteen towers would be seen in whole or part with around seven of these slight being wholly backclothed by the hillsides beyond. The remaining beneficial approximately seven towers would be partially backclothed by landform permanent with only the upper portions of the towers and some of the cables being Not seen against the sky. The Proposed Development would occupy around Significant 41% of a 180 degree horizontal panorama at this location. It would also be seen in simultaneous views with the OHL which runs to the south and approximately parallel to the Great Glen, and in successive views with the existing OHL which runs to the northwest and north east of this. The Proposed Development would be seen in the context of the existing overhead line until such time as this is dismantled and removed at which time around five towers at closer proximity to the viewer than the Proposed Development would be removed from the view. A notable improvement to the view from this location is the removal of the existing tower seen in the
Chapter 4: Landscape and Visual 4-42 LT000019
Scottish Hydro Electric Transmission plc Knocknagael – Tomatin 275 kV OHL
Table 4.13 – Effects on Visual Amenity
Viewpoint Sensitivity Phase Nature Of Change Magnitude Assessment Of Change of Effect foreground of Meall fhuar mhonaidh – the proposed towers although taller than the existing would be further away from this viewpoint and their scale in relationship with the landscape would appear smaller. Refer to Figure 4.10, 4.10.1 and 4.10.2.
4. Minor Medium – Construction High level construction operations would be visible for approximately nine Major Major Road road users, no towers at the northern end of the Proposed Development. Low level adverse between particular construction works would be screened by landform and or vegetation. temporary Essich and evidence of Operations would be seen skylining. These operations would be seen at Significant Dunlichity value of view distances of around 900m. High level operations associated with dismantling two of the existing towers would be seen at a distance of around 2km directly ahead in the view long the minor road.
Operation There is theoretical visibility of all or parts of approximately 25 towers and Major Major associated conductors. Due to the presence of blocks of forestry, gorse adverse and deciduous scrub to the north and east of this viewpoint, fourteen of permanent these towers would not be visible. The terminal tower at Knocknageal Significant substation would be screened from this location by coniferous trees. The towers would occupy 57% of a 240 degree panorama (76% of a 180 degree panorama for comparison with other viewpoints). They would be seen in the context of the existing towers. Benefits associated with the dismantling of the existing OHL would be minimal in comparison to the introduction on many more towers at closer range to this particular viewpoint. Refer to Figure 4.11, 4.11.1 and 4.11.2
Chapter 4: LT000019 4-43 Landscape and Visual
Scottish Hydro Electric Transmission plc Knocknagael – Tomatin 275 kV OHL
Table 4.13 – Effects on Visual Amenity
Viewpoint Sensitivity Phase Nature Of Change Magnitude Assessment Of Change of Effect
5. B816 High – road Construction Ground level and high level construction operations would be seen for four Moderate Moderate Tombreck users, proxy towers with only high level works being visible for a further three. adverse for residents, Coniferous woodland would screen low level operations for the latter while temporary locally valued deciduous vegetation would filter views of some ground based works of the Significant by residents former. Operations would be seen at a distance of 2.km and greater with a backcloth for most of the works being formed by the wooded slopes of the strath. Dismantling operations associated with three of the existing towers would also be visible.
Operation While there is theoretical visibility of all or part of around 14 towers and Moderate Moderate associated conductors, the presence of substantial tracts of predominantly adverse coniferous plantations would screen views of all bar seven of these towers. permanent The four southern most visible towers would be seen crossing the strath Significant against a landform backcloth of forestry/moorland with rocky outcroppings. These would replace the three existing, smaller towers which are visible from this location. The proposed towers and conductors would be more prominent in the view due to their increased size although some of them would be further away from this viewpoint than those existing. The most prominent tower would be that on the north side of the strath east of Crask where the line changes direction to head north. It would be seen against the skyline above the coniferous plantation on Creag Sholleir. The upper portions of two further towers would be seen before the proposed line disappears from view. The proposed line would occupy a maximum of 35% of a 180 degree panorama but the central section of this would be largely screened by existing vegetation and in reality, only around 27% of the a 180 degree panorama would be affected. Benefits from dismantling the existing line would partly offset the effects of the proposed towers and conductors. Refer to Figure 4.12, 4.12.1 and 4.12.2.
Chapter 4: Landscape and Visual 4-44 LT000019
Scottish Hydro Electric Transmission plc Knocknagael – Tomatin 275 kV OHL
Table 4.13 – Effects on Visual Amenity
Viewpoint Sensitivity Phase Nature Of Change Magnitude Assessment Of Change of Effect
6. B851 High – road Construction Construction operations associated with the towers on the strath floor Major Severe Milton of users, proxy would be highly visible at close proximity. Works associated with those adverse Farr for residents, towers further north would be unlikely to be particularly noticeable although temporary locally valued high level works associated with around two towers would be seen beyond Significant by residents the mature trees in the strath. Construction works associated with those towers to the south of the road would be seen at varying distances with some ground working operations being screened by intervening topography. Works associated with clear felling and with the construction of the towers in the clear felled area would be prominent. Dismantling operations associated with the existing OHL would also be visible particularly those associated with the tower to the west of the road.
Operation This viewpoint is below the Proposed Development as it crosses the B851. Major Severe Looking towards to south east, The towers would be seen heading through adverse a wayleave created by felling a combination of woodland and forestry permanent below an area of felled commercial plantation on the west facing slope Significant below Meall na Fuar-ghlaic. Those towers closest to the viewpoint would be seen partially backclothed by the hillside with the upper portions of the towers skylining. In the mid distance, the towers would be seen overlapping others with minimal skylining. Shortly after the change in direction of the OHL in Glen Kyllachy, the towers would disappear from view. Approximately seventeen towers would be seen looking in this direction. At present around six existing towers are visible heading towards Glen Kyllachy at a lower elevation between existing plantations adjacent to Loch Farr and to the east of the River Farnack. These towers would be removed on commissioning of the Proposed Development but their removal would not result in a reduction in the level of effect arising from the installation of the Proposed Development and its associated felling necessary to create way wayleave.
Chapter 4: LT000019 4-45 Landscape and Visual
Scottish Hydro Electric Transmission plc Knocknagael – Tomatin 275 kV OHL
Table 4.13 – Effects on Visual Amenity
Viewpoint Sensitivity Phase Nature Of Change Magnitude Assessment Of Change of Effect Looking along the strath floor to the south west, there would be a tower very close to the western side of the road with further four towers crossing the strath towards Crask. Approximately two would be seen with landform backclothing of their lower portions and around two other towers would be seen mainly backclothed by coniferous woodland. At Crask, the OHL doglegs to head almost due north with around ten towers being theoretically visible. Due to intervening deciduous trees, around eight of these would be screened in summer and views would be filtered by branches in winter. At present only one tower of the existing OHL is visible from this location and its removal would not reduce the level of effect arising from the introduction of the Proposed Development. The level of effect arising for this particular viewpoint is due, mainly to the proximity of the towers on either side of the road. Refer to Figure 4.13, 4.13.1 and 4.13.2.
7. Creag High – Construction For the majority of the towers, ground level and high level construction Moderate Major Bhuidhe walkers, activity would be seen from this elevated location. These operations in the adverse localised high northern portion of the Proposed Development would be seen against a temporary spot with varied backcloth of agriculture, woodland and forestry land uses. Significant panoramic Construction operations in the southern portion of the Proposed views Development would be seen in the context of the moving turbines at Farr Wind Farm against a skyline back cloth. Dismantling operations associated of the existing towers would also be visible.
Operation Although there is theoretical visibility of approximately 53 steel lattice Moderate Major towers and their associated conductors, actual visibility would be slightly adverse less due to the presence of coniferous plantations and woodland. The permanent Proposed Development would, however, occupy most of a 180 degree Significant panorama looking east from this location. The terminal tower at Knocknagael and approximately thirteen further towers to the south would be seen to base, or near base level against a backcloth of forestry and Chapter 4: Landscape and Visual 4-46 LT000019
Scottish Hydro Electric Transmission plc Knocknagael – Tomatin 275 kV OHL
Table 4.13 – Effects on Visual Amenity
Viewpoint Sensitivity Phase Nature Of Change Magnitude Assessment Of Change of Effect agricultural land uses on Drummossie Moor and the Aird. The upper portions of a further five towers would be seen above the coniferous plantation overlying Creag Shoilleir. Forestry and woodland clearance to form a wayleave for the OHL would be seen on the eastern slope of Creag Shoilleir with approximately two towers visible to ground level in this area. Around six towers would be seen from this elevated location as the OHL crosses Strathnairn. South of Milton of Farr as further wayleave would be created through an area of commercial forest, which has been clear felled in part, to accommodate a further approximately two towers which will be seen to at, or near, base level. A further approximately four towers and associated conductors would be seen, in the context of the turbines at Farr Wind Farm on the skyline, before the approximately four towers are screened by a combination of topography and tree cover at the northern end of Glen Kyllachy. A further around three towers would be seen against a backcloth of moorland vegetation with the turbines at Farr windfarm on the skyline. Further south, at distances of in excess of 5 km, the remaining towers would be seen against the skyline with some overlapping with the existing OHL and with proposed towers east of Carn Eitidh where the OHL makes a slight dogleg to head to the proposed substation. Dismantling operations associated with the existing OHL would be visible from this location, mainly where the existing OHL passes through Strathnairn. There would be some benefits from the removal of the existing OHL but as it is more distant, and the turbines lower in height, these benefits would not lessen the level of effects of the Proposed Development. Refer to Figure 4.14, 4.14.1 and 4.14.2.
8. Minor Medium – Construction Construction activity and movement would be seen in the context of the Major Major Road road users, no active Farr wind farm which already adds movement to the scene. High adverse between particular level works associated with approximately eight towers would be seen with temporary ground level operations being visible for five of these.
Chapter 4: LT000019 4-47 Landscape and Visual
Scottish Hydro Electric Transmission plc Knocknagael – Tomatin 275 kV OHL
Table 4.13 – Effects on Visual Amenity
Viewpoint Sensitivity Phase Nature Of Change Magnitude Assessment Of Change of Effect Farr and evidence of Significant Garbole value of view Operation Approximately eight towers would be seen from this location. They would Major Major be seen against the skyline with the lower portions of around four towers adverse being back clothed by moorland and a further three having their lower parts permanent screened by landform. The Proposed Development would be seen in the context of the Farr wind farm with moving turbine blades overlapping with Significant the overhead cables and potentially with some towers dependant on final locations of these being determined on site. The towers would also be viewed in the context of the existing OHL and would double the number of towers visible from this location. The line markers, proposed between tower 35 and 60 for mitigation of potential bird collision risk, would also be visible from this location. The Proposed Development would occupy approximately 72% of a 180 degree panorama seen at this location at a distance of less than approximately 300m. Refer to Figure 4.15, 4.15.1 and 4.15.2.
9. High – road Construction Construction operations are not considered likely to be noticeable from this None No effect Distributor users, proxy viewpoint. Road for residents no particular Operation Although there is theoretical visibility of approximately four towers, three of Negligible Negligible evidence of these would be screened by the adjacent housing development. The fourth Not value of view would be partially screened in summer by deciduous road side trees and Significant views of this tower would be partially filtered in winter by the branches of the trees. It would be seen adjacent to a single existing tower of lower height. A short section of overhead cables would be visible against the skyline, overlapping with existing cable. It is considered that the casual observer would be highly unlikely to notice the Proposed Development from this location. Refer to Figure 4.16, 4.16.1 and 4.16.2.
Chapter 4: Landscape and Visual 4-48 LT000019
Scottish Hydro Electric Transmission plc Knocknagael – Tomatin 275 kV OHL
Table 4.13 – Effects on Visual Amenity
Viewpoint Sensitivity Phase Nature Of Change Magnitude Assessment Of Change of Effect
10. Medium – Construction Construction operations associated with seven towers are theoretically Minor Minor Dalrossie church goers, visible. Due to the presence of existing forestry, ground based operations adverse Church visitors, locally would not be visible from this location. High level construction working temporary valued views would be seen above the tree line for approximately 6 towers with Not along the operations associated with approximately one tower being screened by Significant strath trees. These works would be seen at distances in excess of around 1.5km in a landscape where no such similar construction activity occurs at present.
Operation Approximately seven towers are theoretically visible but forestry would in Minor Minor fact screen around one of these. The two most southern towers, including adverse the terminal tower would be partially visible. Their lower parts would be permanent screened by coniferous trees, the middle portions backclothed by conifers Not and/or moorland slopes with only the upper portions and some of the Significant conductors being seen against the skyline. The remaining approximately four towers would be seen overlapping each other as this viewpoint is approximately in line with the OHL as it skirts the western flank of Carn Meadhonach. The proposed OHL would occupy just under 9% of a 180 degree view obtained from this location. The towers, conductors and line markers, proposed between tower 35 and 60 for mitigation of potential bird collision risk, would be seen in the context of a view which contains the top of an existing tower and wood pole mounted OHLs which run along the strath floor and where the focus of view is to the east and west along the strath. Refer to Figure 4.17, 4.17.1 and 4.17.2.
11. Great High – Construction Construction operations associated with approximately 16 towers are Minor Minor Glen walkers, theoretically visible from this elevated location. Ground based operations adverse House visitors to for around six of these would not be visible due to intervening topography. temporary Great Glen High level construction operations would be seen mainly backclothed by Not House, locally rising ground to the south although construction works associated with Significant approximately six towers would be seen skylining. These works would be Chapter 4: LT000019 4-49 Landscape and Visual
Scottish Hydro Electric Transmission plc Knocknagael – Tomatin 275 kV OHL
Table 4.13 – Effects on Visual Amenity
Viewpoint Sensitivity Phase Nature Of Change Magnitude Assessment Of Change of Effect valued views seen at distances in excess of around 5.3km in a landscape where no such over the glen similar construction activity occurs at present.
Operation Approximately 16 towers are theoretically visible with the majority of these Minor Minor being backclothed by rising ground to the south. The lowest portions of adverse most towers would be screened by forestry. There would be some permanent overlapping with the existing OHL and some overlapping of the proposed Not towers where the OHL dog legs north of Carr Bàn. The Proposed Significant Development would be seen in the context of existing towers and conductors and in conjunction with the Knocknagael substation which is particularly visible when the sun is in the east and reflects off the structures. The Proposed Development would occupy less than 5% of a 180° panorama from this location. Refer to Figure 4.18, 4.18.1 and 4.18.2.
12. Main medium – Construction Ground based construction operations would be screened by vegetation Minor Minor Bridge, pedestrians, and landform from this location. High level works associated with 7 towers adverse Inverness road users, would be visible above the main line of focus of the view along the River temporary locally valued Ness. High level works would be seen against the skyline at distances in Not views in each excess of around 6.4km. Significant direction along the river Operation There is theoretical visibility of approximately 7 towers and associated Minor Minor conductors. In reality, only four of these will be visible due to the screening adverse effects of the mature trees which line the River Ness. A further tower would permanent be wholly backclothed by woodland and would not be noticeable from this Not distance. The remaining four towers would be seen skyling and in the Significant context of existing towers around the Knocknagael substation which is itself partially visible towards the right hand side of the view. The Proposed Development would increase the number of towers visible from this location from 14 to 17. The Proposed Development would occupy less than 5% of a 180° panorama but would be rendered more prominent by the combination of the meander of the River Ness leading the eye towards the direction of
Chapter 4: Landscape and Visual 4-50 LT000019
Scottish Hydro Electric Transmission plc Knocknagael – Tomatin 275 kV OHL
Table 4.13 – Effects on Visual Amenity
Viewpoint Sensitivity Phase Nature Of Change Magnitude Assessment Of Change of Effect the towers and the presence of existing towers and OHL which would remain long term and with which the Proposed Development would overlap. Refer to Figure 4.19, 4.19.1 and 4.19.2.
Chapter 4: LT000019 4-51 Landscape and Visual
Scottish Hydro Electric Transmission plc Knocknagael – Tomatin 275 kV OHL
4.10 Mitigation
Mitigation, and consideration of landscape design, has been an integral part of the overall design strategy for the Proposed Development. A positive, pro-active approach has been adopted at each stage of the project design cycle to incorporate mitigation and landscape design measures. The process is described and discussed further in Chapter 3: Route Selection and Alternatives.
In this case, mitigation for landscape and visual effects has consisted of adherence, as far as possible to the Holford Rules as set out in Technical Appendix 4.1. The assessments detailed in Technical Appendix 4.1 take into account all relevant mitigation embedded in the design, as described in Chapter 2: Description of the Proposed Development. Mitigation during Construction
A suite of good practice measures would be set out in a Construction Environmental Management Document (see Technical Appendix 2.2: CEMD). The CEMD would be prepared following the determination of the application and would include an outline of the proposed approach to construction methods and environmental protection during all aspects of the construction work.
The CEMD would include, amongst other information, the following commitments which provide landscape and visual mitigation: • final positioning of access tracks and towers would be microsited within the proposed LOD under the supervision of an environmental clerk of works to minimise loss of vegetation;
• temporary works associated with construction would be removed following completion with landform/topography returned to a preconstruction condition and soils and vegetation would be re-established;
• regrowth from the existing seed-bank would be encouraged in preference to active seeding of the reinstated soils; and
• all trees and hedgerows within the vicinity of works would be adequately protected through the preparation of a Tree Protection Plan, including a Root Protection Zone (RPZ), following an arboriculturist's assessment (BS 5837:2012 Trees in Relation to Construction) unless consented for removal by THC. Mitigation during Operation
This section considers mitigation measures that would occur once the transmission line is constructed.
The requirement for tree felling to create a permanent wayleave corridor would be minimised, where possible, especially through areas of native woodland. Wayleave maintenance would manage future encroachment of native broadleaved species and will remove regeneration of commercial conifer species. Notwithstanding this it is anticipated that planting to compensate for the loss of woodland for the Proposed Development would be required. There is no defined location or proposal for compensatory planting at this stage. It is likely the requirement for compensatory
Chapter 4: Landscape and Visual 4-52 LT000019
Scottish Hydro Electric Transmission plc Knocknagael – Tomatin 275 kV OHL
planting (under the Control of Woodland Removal Policy3) would be satisfied through habitat restoration and/or through other off-site mechanisms, as required.
4.11 Assessment of Residual Effects
The assessments detailed in Technical Appendix 4.1 take account of all mitigation measures incorporated into the routing of the Proposed Development and the associated LOD.
4.12 Summary
Significant effects are limited to six LCTs which are well represented in the study area and in the Inverness-shire landscape generally. The remaining LCTS which are far less well represented in the study area would not experience significant effects.
Due to the nature of the Proposed Development, including its length and the height of the proposed towers, it is considered inevitable that significant direct and indirect effects would occur for some viewpoints and for those LCTs through which the Proposed Development would pass.
There would be no significant effects for any area designated for landscape or scenic quality.
Table 4.14 lists the significant landscape effects. Further description of the nature of the change and the effect on the landscape resource is described in Technical Appendix 4.1: Landscape and Visual. Table 4.14: Summary of Significant Landscape Effects
LCT/designation Construction Operation
Uplands and Glen Moderate indirect and - temporary
Rolling Uplands Moderate indirect and Moderate indirect and temporary. permanent
Flat Moorland Plateau with Moderate direct and indirect Moderate direct and indirect Woodland and temporary and temporary
Farmed and Wooded Foothills Moderate indirect and Moderate indirect and temporary permanent
Farmed Straths Moderate direct and indirect Moderate direct and indirect and temporary and temporary
Rolling Farmland and Moderate indirect and Moderate indirect and Woodland temporary permanent
Significant operational visual effects are limited to five of the 12 viewpoints with two sequential routes accruing significant effects. Further description of the specific factors determining the existing viewpoints sensitivity, the magnitude of the change
3 Forestry Commission Scotland (2009) Scottish Government’s Policy on Control of Woodland Removal, Forestry Commission Scotland, February 2009. Chapter 4: LT000019 4-53 Landscape and Visual
Scottish Hydro Electric Transmission plc Knocknagael – Tomatin 275 kV OHL
on static viewpoints and the overall visual effects is provided in Technical Appendix 4.1: Landscape and Visual. Table 4.15 lists the significant visual effects. Table 4.15: Summary of Significant Visual Effects
No Viewpoint Location Construction Effects (all Operation Effects (all temporary and adverse) permanent and adverse)
3 B861 Newton of Leys Moderate (Minor beneficial)
4 Minor Road between Major Major Essich and Dunlichity
5 B816 Tombreck Moderate Moderate
6 B851 Milton of Farr Severe Severe
7 Creag Bhuidhe Major Major
8 Minor Road between Major Major Farr and Garbole
B8082 Westbound Moderate Moderate
B581 Westbound Moderate Moderate
4.13 Cumulative Effects
Cumulative landscape and visual effects are considered in Table 4.16. The assessment is based on information available on The Highland Council eplanning website and no cumulative ZTVs or wirelines are therefore presented in the ES.
Proposals at scoping stage are not included in the assessment. The locations of developments which could give rise to cumulative effects are shown on Figure 4.20. Significant cumulative visual effects, and sequential effects from the minor road between Garbole and Farr, have been identified for the proposed Development in addition to the Glen Kyllachy wind farm as detailed in Table 4.16 following.
Chapter 4: Landscape and Visual 4-54 LT000019
Scottish Hydro Electric Transmission plc Knocknagael – Tomatin 275 kV OHL
Table 4.16: Cumulative Effects
Landscape Effects Visual Effects
Consented
This development would be located in LCT Rocky Very limited overlapping theoretical visibility of this Moorland Plateau and no direct cumulative landscape development and the Proposed Development occurs and, Bhlaraidh Wind Farm effects would therefore occur. The limited overlapping consequently, considered that no significant cumulative visual theoretical visibility would mean that cumulative indirect effects would arise. landscape effects would not be anticipated.
This development would be located in the Rolling Uplands While there is some theoretical overlapping visibility, generally some 20km to the south east. It is not considered that from areas of high ground either side of the Great Glen it is not cumulative landscape effects would be likely to occur. considered that significant cumulative visual effects would be Corriegarth Wind Farm likely to occur due to the fact that the Proposed Development would replace an existing OHL and Corriegarth would be around 15km distant.
This development would be located in the Rolling Uplands There is theoretical overlapping visibility, generally from areas some 10km to the south east. It is not considered that of high ground either side of the Great Glen, from south of cumulative landscape effects would be likely to occur. Inverness, from Strathnairn and areas of high ground above Dunmaglass Wind Farm Strathdearn and it is considered that cumulative visual effects would be likely to occur but that these are unlikely to be significant.
This development would also be situated in the Rolling There is considerable overlapping of theoretical visibility of the Uplands LCT in which part of the Proposed Development Proposed Development and this wind farm proposal. The would be located. It would be situated adjacent to the existing OHL between Farr substation and Garbole would be existing Farr wind farm and together the turbines would retained and there would therefore be additional towers and occupy approximately a relatively large proportion of this conductors and line markers visible in the foreground of views Glen Kyllachy Wind Farm LCT when compared to the Proposed Development. Glen towards Glen Kyllachy windfarm from locations, including the Kyllachy would also be visible from areas of this LCT. It is minor road between Garbole and Farr, to the north west, west considered that the addition of the Proposed Development and south west. These would be seen in the context of the to Glen Kyllachy wind farm would result in significant direct existing turbines at Farr windfarm. Given the foregoing, the and indirect cumulative landscape effects. patterns of visibility of the existing wind turbines at Farr and those of Glen Kyllachy windfarm and of the Proposed
Chapter 4: LT000019 4-55 Landscape and Visual
Scottish Hydro Electric Transmission plc Knocknagael – Tomatin 275 kV OHL
Table 4.16: Cumulative Effects
Landscape Effects Visual Effects Development it is considered that the Proposed Development in addition to Glen Kyllachy wind farm would be likely to give rise to moderate significant cumulative visual effects.
This development would be located in the Rolling Uplands While there is some theoretical overlapping visibility, it is not LCT to the east of the A9. It is not considered that considered that cumulative visual effects would be likely to Moy Wind Farm cumulative landscape effects would be likely to occur. occur due to the face that the Proposed Development would replace an existing OHL which would be around 15km distant.
This development would be located in the Rolling Uplands There is very limited theoretical visibility and cumulative visual LCT some 27km to the south east of the Proposed effects are not therefore anticipated. Stronelairg Wind Farm Development. On this basis, it is not considered that cumulative landscape effects would be likely to occur.
This development would be located in the Rolling Uplands While there is some theoretical overlapping visibility, it is not LCT to the east of the A9. It is not considered that considered that cumulative visual effects would be likely to Tom nan Clach Wind Farm cumulative landscape effects would be likely to occur. occur due to the face that the Proposed Development would replace an existing OHL and Tom nan Clach would be around 15km distant.
Application
This proposal is situated in LCT River Valleys and no direct There is no overlapping theoretical visibility and cumulative cumulative effects would occur. Indirect cumulative visual effects would not arise. Cairnduhie Wind Farm landscape effects are not predicted due to the absence of overlapping theoretical visibility.
This proposal is situated in in the Rolling Uplands LCT There is very limited overlapping theoretical visibility and some 27km to the south west. It is not considered that cumulative visual effects would not arise. Dell cumulative landscape effects would be likely to occur.
Chapter 4: Landscape and Visual 4-56 LT000019
Scottish Hydro Electric Transmission plc Knocknagael – Tomatin 275 kV OHL
Table 4.16: Cumulative Effects
Landscape Effects Visual Effects
Other Developments
This development would also be situated in the Rolling The ZTV for the substation indicates overlapping visibility from Uplands LCT in which part of the Proposed Development areas to the west and south of the proposed substation. It is, would be located. It is considered that the addition of the however considered that the addition of the Proposed Proposed Tomatin Proposed Development to the proposed substation will not Development will not give rise to any significant visual effects Substation give rise to any direct or indirect cumulative landscape greater than those arising from the Proposed Development effects greater than those arising from the Proposed alone. Development alone.
Chapter 4: LT000019 4-57 Landscape and Visual
Scottish Hydro Electric Transmission plc Knocknagael – Tomatin 275 kV OHL
Chapter 4: Landscape and Visual 4-58 LT000019
Scottish Hydro Electric Transmission plc Knocknagael – Tomatin 275 kV OHL
5 ECOLOGY
5.1 Introduction
5.1.1 This chapter considers the likely significant effects on ecological receptors associated with the construction and operation of the Proposed Development. The Proposed Development is described in Chapter 2: Description of the Proposed Development.
5.1.2 The specific objectives of the assessment are to: • identify designated sites and habitats in the vicinity of the Proposed Development which are considered to be of conservation or ecological value;
• detail the presence/possible presence of protected species and other species of particular conservation value;
• describe the likely potential impacts as a result of the Proposed Development both during construction and operation;
• describe the mitigation measures that have been committed to in order to avoid or reduce impacts; and
• assess the significance of residual effects that are likely to remain following implementation of mitigation and restoration measures and describe if any result in likely significant effects on ecological receptors.
5.1.3 This chapter has been prepared by Espen Helland ACIEEM, of Ramboll Environ. Field surveys were carried out by Adam Fitchet MCIEEM, Espen Helland ACIEEM, Danny Oliver ACIEEM, Nadine Little Grad CIEEM, and Rona Cooper; all ecologists with Ramboll Environ. All field surveyors followed the Chartered Institute of Ecology and Environmental Management (CIEEM) code of professional conduct. Input on the hydrological and hydrogeological aspects of assessing effects on wetland habitats has been provided by Demos Demosthenous MSc, AIEMA of Ramboll Environ.
5.1.4 The chapter is supported by: • Technical Appendix 5.1 – Ecology; and
• Technical Appendix 5.2 – Ground Water Dependent Terrestrial Ecosystems (GWDTE).
5.1.5 Figures 5.1 – 5.6 are referenced in the text where relevant.
5.2 Scope of Assessment
5.2.1 A scoping opinion request was submitted to the Scottish Ministers in April 2015. A formal scoping opinion was provided by the Scottish Ministers in August 2015. The list of consultees along with a summary of the consultation responses received is summarised in Technical Appendix 1.1: Consultation Register, which also describes how the ES addresses each issue raised.
5.2.2 Based on the consultation responses and the known environmental sensitivities, this assessment considers the following: • habitat loss both temporary and permanent;
Chapter 5: LT000019 5-1 Ecology
Scottish Hydro Electric Transmission plc Knocknagael – Tomatin 275 kV OHL
• fragmentation of habitats;
• impacts on Groundwater Dependant Terrestrial Ecosystems (GWDTE);
• impacts on Planted Ancient Woodland Sites (PAWS);
• disturbance of protected species; and
• displacement of protected species. Issues Scoped Out
5.2.3 The scope of this assessment takes account of the committed mitigation measures both incorporated into the design and those standard construction and decommissioning mitigation measures incorporated into the Proposed Development, as described in Chapter 2: Description of the Proposed Development, and Technical Appendix 2.2: Construction Environmental Management Document. Table 5.1 summarises the issues scoped out of the assessment: Table 5.1: Issues scoped out of the EIA
Potential Effect Basis for scoping out
Baseline surveys for great crested newt (GCN) The desk study confirmed that there are no Triturus cristatus, and assessment of likely direct records of GCN within the study area. In and indirect effect to great crested newt (GCN) addition, consideration was given to the habitat Triturus cristatus and their habitats. suitability index within the study area, which confirmed a lack of suitable habitat for this species. On this basis, detailed survey and assessment of effects on GCN was scoped out of the EIA.
Bat activity or roost surveys. No specific surveys for bat activity were undertaken as part of the baseline environmental characterisation work. This approach was taken on the basis that there was only one potential roost identified within the LOD for the Proposed Development.
Baseline surveys for aquatic invertebrates or fish The Proposed Development avoids engineering and assessment of likely direct and indirect works in the water environment, with the effects to aquatic invertebrates and fish and their exception of one upgraded watercourse crossing habitats. and five new crossings along the route of proposed access tracks. All crossings would be constructed following good practice guidance and in compliance with The Water Environment (Controlled Activities) (Scotland) Regulations 2011 (as amended). Provisions for good practice would be set out in the CEMD (see Technical Appendix 2.2). All towers would be located a minimum of 30 m from watercourses. On this basis, it is considered that there would be no likely significant effects on aquatic invertebrates or fish and this issue was scoped out the EIA.
Chapter 5: Ecology 5-2 LT000019
Scottish Hydro Electric Transmission plc Knocknagael – Tomatin 275 kV OHL
5.3 Assessment Methodology Baseline Characterisation Desk Study
5.3.1 The desk study for designated sites and protected species covered a five km search from the Proposed Development. The findings of the desk study were assessed individually as to whether they could be affected by the Proposed Development.
5.3.2 The desk study looked at publicly available data on the internet that could provide information relating to the important ecological species and sites found within the desk study area and a further two km buffer around the study area as shown on Figure 5.1.
5.3.3 The following sources were consulted during the desk study: • SNH Sitelink1; and
• National Biodiversity Network (NBN) Gateway2. Field Surveys
STUDY AREA
5.3.4 The study area covered for field surveys was the route of the Proposed Development and the associated LOD (Figure 5.1: Study Area), subject to specific variations to comply with good practice guidelines for specific protected species, as described here.
PHASE 1 HABITAT SURVEY
5.3.5 The Phase 1 Habitat Survey was undertaken by Ramboll Environ ecologists between April and June 2014. The survey involved a site walkover and preliminary assessment of key habitats, land use and ecological features, particularly focusing on areas of conservation interest which would be affected by the Proposed Development. The main habitats present were recorded using standard Phase 1 Habitat Survey methodology as described in the Handbook for Phase 1 Habitat Survey3. Target notes were used to record habitats and features of particular interest. In addition to general habitat classification, a list was compiled of all observed plant species. The abundance of each species was estimated for each habitat respectively. The site was inspected for signs of any invasive plant species subject to legal controls.
NATIONAL VEGETATION CLASSIFICATION SURVEY
5.3.6 A targeted National Vegetation Classification (NVC) Survey was completed between April and June 2013. The survey followed the standard approach to NVC as set out in Rodwell (2006)4. SEPA's 'A Functional Wetland Typology for Scotland'5 was used to help identify all wetland areas and potential groundwater dependent terrestrial ecosystems (GWDTE) were confirmed through NVC surveys. The methodology was adapted so that surveyors compiled species lists for certain distinct habitat areas and confirmed the NVC community present. Distinct habitat areas were chosen based
1 http://gateway.snh.gov.uk/sitelink/ 2 https://data.nbn.org.uk/ 3 JNCC, (2010), Handbook for Phase 1 habitat survey – a technique for environmental audit, ISBN 0 86139 636 7 4 Rodwell, J.S, (2006), NVC Users’ Handbook, 68 pages, ISBN 978 1 86107 574 1 5 SNIFFER (2009) WFD95: A Functional Wetland Typology for Scotland – Project Report. ISBN: 978-1-906934-21-7 Chapter 5: LT000019 5-3 Ecology
Scottish Hydro Electric Transmission plc Knocknagael – Tomatin 275 kV OHL
on the habitat areas identified during the Phase 1 Habitat Survey as potential GWDTEs or particular ecologically sensitive habitats. A further desk based analysis of the Phase 1 habitats acquired from the survey data was used to identify habitats suspected of being GWDTE. The species abundances from the Phase 1 habitats were compared and matched to the equivalent NVC habitat so that NVC communities which are moderately or highly GWDTEs could be identified.
PROTECTED SPECIES SURVEY
5.3.7 Water vole Arvicola amphibius surveys comprised a search of all riparian and pond edge habitat for characteristic signs of vole activity. The surveys assessed all watercourses and waterbodies within the study area and for a distance of 200 m up and downstream outwith the study area in accordance with good practice guidelines (Strachan, 2011)6. The signs sought were: • burrows;
• latrines;
• feeding stations;
• runs; and
• sightings.
5.3.8 Otter Lutra lutra surveys involved a detailed search of all watercourses within the study area (Chanin, 2003)7. The field signs sought were: • holts;
• couches;
• spraints;
• feeding remains;
• footprints;
• slides; and
• sightings.
5.3.9 Pine marten Martes martes surveys involved a detailed search of trails and structures (Birks, 2012)8 for field signs of: • spraints;
• footprints;
• sightings; and
• burrows.
5.3.10 Wildcat Felis silvestris surveys (SNH Survey Guidance)9 involved a detailed search of field signs for: • droppings;
• footprints;
6 Strachan, R., Moorhouse, T. & Gelling, M. (2011) Water Vole Conservation Handbook (third edition). WildCRu: Oxford 7 Chanin P (2003). Monitoring the Otter Lutra lutra. Conserving Natura 2000 Rivers Monitoring Series No. 10, English Nature, Peterborough. 8 J.D.S. Birks (2012). UK BAP Mammals: Interim Guidance for Survey Methodologies, Impact Assessment and Mitigation. 9 http://www.snh.gov.uk/docs/A1267895.pdf Chapter 5: Ecology 5-4 LT000019
Scottish Hydro Electric Transmission plc Knocknagael – Tomatin 275 kV OHL
• scratch markings;
• sightings; and
• used dens.
5.3.11 Badger Meles meles surveys involved a detailed search for the following signs of activity and presence within the study area for: • badger setts;
• foraging signs;
• dung pits/latrines;
• scratching posts;
• snuffle marks; and
• paths.
5.3.12 Red squirrel Sciurus vulgaris were recorded opportunistically during the terrestrial surveys as well as throughout the one year long ornithological surveys of the Proposed Development.
5.3.13 Reptiles were recorded opportunistically throughout Phase 1 and protected species surveys of the study area and GPS coordinates were obtained to show locations of sightings.
5.3.14 Potential bat roosts such as old trees with nooks, crannies and holes, as well as suitable buildings within the LOD of the Proposed Development were recorded during the protected species surveys.
5.3.15 Camera traps were deployed in areas where further evidence was necessary to determine potential usage of areas by protected species. Method of Assessment
5.3.16 The assessment has been completed according to the CIEEM Guidelines (2006)10 and has comprised the following steps: • the baseline was defined, i.e. an assessment of the study area including its current status, condition and ecological value was made;
• the potential sources of impact (direct and indirect) on ecological and nature conservation receptors were defined and quantified, where possible, in terms of magnitude and duration. The effects resulting from the identified impacts associated with the Proposed Development were considered for both the construction and operation of the project, taking account of any mitigation integral to the design of the Proposed Development;
• consideration was given to the need for any additional mitigation to address effects which would otherwise be considered significant;
• the significance of residual effects remaining after mitigation measures have been considered was assessed; and
• cumulative effects associated with addition of the Proposed Development to other proposed developments that have the potential to have similar effects in the area were considered and assessed.
10 CIEEM (2006) Guidelines for Ecological Impact Assessment in the United Kingdom. (version 7, July 2006) Chapter 5: LT000019 5-5 Ecology
Scottish Hydro Electric Transmission plc Knocknagael – Tomatin 275 kV OHL
Significance Criteria Receptor Evaluation
5.3.17 Ecological receptors identified within the study area have been assigned ecological values using the criteria set out in Table 5.2. Receptors have been assigned value based upon a geographic frame of reference. However, receptor value also considers a variety of factors including biodiversity value, potential value, supporting value, social value, economic value and legal protection. Table 5.2 gives examples of how the valuation of nature conservation features has been applied at different geographical scales and to different populations of species. Table 5.2: Geographic Conservation Values International Internationally designated sites including Special Areas of Conservation (SAC), Ramsar Site, Biogenetic Reserve, World Heritage Site, Biosphere Reserve, candidate SACs, and potential Ramsar Sites; discrete areas which meet the published selection criteria for international designation but which are not themselves designated as such; or a viable area of a habitat type listed in Annex I of the Habitats Directive, or smaller areas which are essential to maintain the viability of a larger whole. Resident or regularly occurring populations of species which may be considered at an International/European level11, the loss of which would adversely affect the conservation status or distribution of the species at an International/European level; or where the population forms a critical part of a wider population; or the species is at a critical phase of its life cycle.
National Nationally designated sites including Sites of Special Scientific Interest (SSSI), National Nature Reserves (NNR), Marine Nature Reserve; discrete areas which meet the published selection criteria for national designation (e.g. SSSI selection guidelines) but which are not designated as such; or areas of a key habitat type identified in the UK Biodiversity Action Plan (BAP). Resident or regularly occurring populations of species which may be considered at the UK or National level12, the loss of which would adversely affect the conservation status or distribution of the species across Britain or the Country; or where the population forms a critical part of a wider population; or the species is at a critical phase of its life cycle.
Regional Areas of a key habitat type identified in the Regional BAP; viable areas of key habitat identified as being of Regional value in the appropriate Natural Area Profile (or equivalent); or smaller areas of such habitat which are essential to maintain the viability of a larger whole. Resident or regularly occurring populations of species which may be considered at an International/European level, or at the UK/National level, the loss of which would adversely affect the conservation status or distribution of the species across the Region; or where the population forms a critical part of a wider population; or the species is at a critical phase of its life cycle.
County Designated sites at the local authority level in Scotland including statutory Local Nature Reserves and non-statutory Local Nature Conservation Sites, Tree Preservation Orders; areas of a key habitat type identified in the Local
11 Species protected at a European level: animal/plant species listed within the Habitats Directive (92/43/EEC). 12 Species protected or which may be considered at the UK or National level: birds, other animals and plants listed within Wildlife and Countryside Act 1981 (as amended) Schedules 1, 5 and 8 respectively; and/or listed for their principal importance for biodiversity in accordance with the Nature Conservation (Scotland) Act 2004 Section 2(4) [Scotland]; species listed within the UKBAP or UK Red Data Books. Chapter 5: Ecology 5-6 LT000019
Scottish Hydro Electric Transmission plc Knocknagael – Tomatin 275 kV OHL
Table 5.2: Geographic Conservation Values BAP; or discrete areas which meet the published selection criteria for designation but which are not designated as such. Resident or regularly occurring populations of species which may be considered at an International/European level, or at the UK/National level, the loss of which would adversely affect the conservation status or distribution of the species across the County; or where the population forms a critical part of a wider population; or the species is at a critical phase of its life cycle.
District Habitats which are not considered extensive and/or of good enough quality to qualify for non-statutory designation at the local authority level but which provide locally important semi-natural habitats within a radius of 15-20 km. Resident or regularly occurring populations of species which may be considered at an International/European level, or at the UK/National level, the loss of which would adversely affect the conservation status or distribution of the species across the District; or where the population forms a critical part of a wider population; or the species is at a critical phase of its life cycle. Areas of habitat or populations of species listed within the Overseeing Organisation’s BAP.
Local Features of local value include areas of habitat or populations/communities of species considered to appreciably enrich the habitat resource within the local (study area) context, for example, species-rich hedgerows. Such populations/communities may include a specific group of localised individuals within a population, over a short time period (one generation or less) with local value, but of negligible value at other trophic levels or for the wider population.
Less than local Areas of habitat considered to appreciably enrich the habitat resource within (site) the site (or the LOD to be applied to it). Includes viable populations of species which are of importance within the site.
Negligible Areas of heavily urbanised or intensively managed land with negligible value to wildlife.
Magnitude of Impact
5.3.18 In order to characterise the impacts on each feature, the parameters set out in Table 5.3 have been considered. Table 5.3: Effect Characterisation
Parameter Description
Magnitude The size or amount of an impact, determined on a quantitative basis where possible, e.g. “partial” or “total” loss of an area of habitat or number of individuals affected. Where exact amounts are unquantifiable, this is defined as: high, the impact has the potential to adversely affect the integrity of a receptor, by substantially changing in the long term its ecological features, structures and functions, across its whole area, that enable it to sustain the habitat, complex of habitats and/or population levels of species that makes it important; medium, the receptors integrity is predicted to not be adversely affected in the long term, but the project is likely to affect some, if not all, of the area’s ecological features, structures and functions Chapter 5: LT000019 5-7 Ecology
Scottish Hydro Electric Transmission plc Knocknagael – Tomatin 275 kV OHL
Table 5.3: Effect Characterisation
Parameter Description in the short or medium term. The area/region may be able to recover through natural regeneration and restoration; and low, neither of the above applies, but some minor impacts of limited extent, or to some elements of the receptor, are evident but easy to recover through natural regeneration.
Direction The way in which the receptor would be affected. Impacts which benefit or enhance the receptor are described as beneficial, with impacts which degrade, diminish or damage a receptor described as adverse.
Extent The area over which an impact occurs. If the receptor being considered is a habitat type, magnitude and extent may be synonymous.
Duration The time for which the impact is expected to last prior to recovery of the receptor or replacement of the receptor by similar resource (in terms of quality and/or quantity). This is expressed in ecological terms relative to the affected resource (i.e. relative to the longevity of a particular species, or length of time typically expected for habitat recovery) as: Long-term Medium-term Short-term
Reversibility Irreversible impacts: permanent changes from which recovery is not possible within a reasonable time scale or for which there is no reasonable chance of action being taken to reverse it. Reversible impact: temporary changes in which spontaneous recovery is possible or for which effective mitigation (avoidance/cancellation/reduction of effect) or compensation (offset/recompense/offer benefit) is possible.
Likelihood of Impact The likelihood of an impact occurring. The following convention, adapted from the Intergovernmental Panel on Climate Change (IPCC), is adopted: Virtually certain > 99% probability of occurrence Extremely likely 96 - 99% Very likely 91 - 95% Likely 67 - 90% More likely than not 51 - 66% Possible 34 - 50% Unlikely 11 - 33% Very unlikely 6 - 10% Extremely unlikely < 5%
5.3.19 The sensitivity of an ecological receptor has been defined as its susceptibility to being affected by an impact. Receptors are considered to be of high, moderate or low sensitivity.
Chapter 5: Ecology 5-8 LT000019
Scottish Hydro Electric Transmission plc Knocknagael – Tomatin 275 kV OHL
Significance
5.3.20 An assessment is then made of whether an impact acting on a receptor could result in an effect which would be ecologically significant, based on the outcome of the receptor evaluation and effect characterisation.
5.3.21 In this assessment an ecologically significant effect is defined following CIEEM Guidance (2006), as resulting from 'an effect (beneficial or adverse) on the integrity of a defined site or ecosystem and/or the conservation status of habitats or species within a defined geographical area'. The determination of ecological significance is based on professional judgement.
5.3.22 For clarity, it is noted that some potential effects are not considered significant in EIA terms. Where such effects are identified no specific mitigation is required, however good practice would be to control these effects as far as practicable.
5.4 Baseline Conditions Desk Studies Designated Sites
5.4.1 Neither the Proposed Development nor the study area overlap with any statutory designated sites designated for habitat or non-avian species conservation. The only sites that were noted within five km of the Proposed Development are designated for their geological or ornithological conservation value, and are therefore not considered in this chapter. Scottish Ancient Woodland Inventory (AWI)
5.4.2 AWI is defined as land that is currently wooded and has been continually wooded, at least since 1750. AWI is present north of Carr Ban, south-west of Tordarroch and south-east of Milton of Farr as shown on Figure 5.2: Designated Sites. Between the 1930s and the early 1980s nearly 40 % of ancient semi-natural woodlands were converted into plantations, most of which were of non-native coniferous species13. The majority of the AWI within the study area has been planted with non-native species and are referred to as Plantations on Ancient Woodland Sites (PAWS). AWI is a non-statutory designation (there is no legislation specifically protecting it), however the Scottish Planning Policy identifies it as ‘an important and irreplaceable national resource that should be protected and enhanced’. Current Baseline Summary
5.4.3 The Proposed Development stretches south-east from the existing substation at Knocknagael through various grazed grasslands, heath and scrub. The Proposed Development proceeds south at Carr Ban through semi-natural coniferous woodland where it borders a small section of PAWS and continues south through blanket bog and planted coniferous woodland with small areas of grassland and wet modified bog. West of Tordarroch the Proposed Development proceeds south-east through continuous bracken, semi-natural broadleaved woodland and various farmed habitats ranging from marshy grassland to arable fields. By Milton of Farr, the Proposed Development proceeds south south-east through semi-natural
13 Thompson R., Humphrey J., Harmer R. and Ferris R. (2003) Restoration of Native Woodland on Ancient Woodland Sites. Forestry Commission. IBN 0 8558 579 0 Chapter 5: LT000019 5-9 Ecology
Scottish Hydro Electric Transmission plc Knocknagael – Tomatin 275 kV OHL
broadleaved woodland and planted coniferous woodland which is approximately one km of PAWS habitat. South-east of Gaich the Proposed Development proceeds through wet modified bog, dry modified bog, blanket bog and flush before it enters the open hills managed for grouse shooting through a mixture of dry acid heath, blanket bog, wet modified bog and wet heath. North of Glen Kyllachy the Proposed Development proceeds west south-west through planted coniferous woodland and a small area of blanket bog until it reaches the proposed Tomatin substation near Garbole which consists of young planted coniferous woodland and blanket bog. Phase 1 Habitat Survey
5.4.4 The habitats identified during the Phase 1 habitat survey within the study area are shown on Figures 5.3a-f. Table 5.4 shows the recorded habitats within the LOD with their total area and value. Further summaries of the habitat types found within the study area and the rationale for the receptor evaluation are given in Technical Appendix 5.1. The dominant habitats from the Phase 1 habitat survey were blanket bog, planted coniferous woodland and dry heath which covered a total area of 95.16 ha, 32.41 ha and 29.18 ha respectively within the LOD. Table 5.4: Habitat Types
Habitat Type Area (ha) Percentage (%) Value (See TA 5.1) A1.1.1 Semi-natural 6.79 ha 2.45 % District Broadleaved Woodland
A 1.1.2 Plantation 0.98 ha 0.35 % Local Broadleaved Woodland
A 1.2.1 Semi-natural 6.72 ha 2.43 % Local Coniferous Woodland
A 1.2.2 Plantation 32.41 ha 11.72 % Local (PAWS) Coniferous Woodland
A 1.3.1 Semi-natural 1.17 ha 0.42 % Local Mixed Woodland
A 2.1 Continuous 5.23 ha 1.89 % Local Scrub
A 2.2 Scattered Scrub 0.53 ha 0.19 % Site
A 3.1 Scattered 3.86 ha 1.39 % Site Broadleaved
A 3.2 Scattered 4.68 ha 1.69 % Site Coniferous Trees
A 4.2 Recently Felled 6.16 ha 2.23 % Site Coniferous Woodland
B 1.2 Semi-improved 3.74 ha 1.35 % Local Acid Grassland
B 2.2 Semi-improved 10.91 ha 3.95 % Local Neutral Grassland
Chapter 5: Ecology 5-10 LT000019
Scottish Hydro Electric Transmission plc Knocknagael – Tomatin 275 kV OHL
Table 5.4: Habitat Types
Habitat Type Area (ha) Percentage (%) Value (See TA 5.1)
B 3.2 Semi-improved 2 ha 0.72 % District Calcareous Grassland
B 4 Improved 2.32 ha 0.84 % Site Grassland
B 5 Marshy Grassland 9.55 ha 3.45 % Site
C 1.1 Continuous 1.02 ha 0.37 % Site Bracken
D 1.1 Dry Acid Dwarf 29.18 ha 10.55 % Local Shrub Heath
D 2 Wet Dwarf Shrub 6.69 ha 2.42 % District heath
D 5 Dry heath / Acid 10.49 ha 3.79 % Local Grassland Mosaic
D6 Wet Heath / Acid 1.44 ha 0.52 % District Grassland Mosaic
E 1.6.1 Sphagnum 95.16 ha 34.42 % District Blanket Bog
E 1.7 Wet Modified 19.37 ha 7.01 % Local Bog
E 1.8 Dry Modified 4.27 ha 1.54 % Local Bog
E 2.1 Acid / Neutral 2.73 ha 0.99 % District Flush
E 3.1 Valley Mire 3.24 ha 1.17 % District
G 1 Open Water 2.40 ha 0.87 % Local
G 2 Running Water 1.63 ha 0.59 % Site
J 1.1 Arable 1.83 ha 0.66 % Site
National Vegetation Classification (NVC) Survey
5.4.5 A targeted NVC survey was conducted at two points within the study area. This resulted in the description of an indicative NVC community and a more accurate analysis of the potential for groundwater dependency. The respective species lists for each area are shown in Technical Appendix 5.1. The results were analysed using Modular Analysis of Vegetation Information System (MAVIS)14 with further details shown in Technical Appendix 5.1. The likely NVC habitats were M25 Molinia caerulea – Potentilla erecta mire and M26b Molinia caerulea – Crepis paludosa mire with a Festuca rubra sub-community. Both M25 and M26 mire are considered to be moderate GWDTE, in line with the SEPA classifications15.
14 http://www.ceh.ac.uk/products/software/cehsoftware-mavis.htm 15 SEPA (2014) Land Use Planning System: SEPA Guidance Note 4 Chapter 5: LT000019 5-11 Ecology
Scottish Hydro Electric Transmission plc Knocknagael – Tomatin 275 kV OHL
GWDTE
5.4.6 The habitats within the LOD of the Proposed Development are not considered to be highly groundwater dependent. However, summaries of the moderately dependent communities present are provided below.
M15 - SCIRPUS CESPITOSUS - ERICA TETRALIX WET HEATH
5.4.7 This wet heath was recorded at two locations near Carn Glas and north east of Carn Eitidh, as shown on Figures 5.4a and 5.4c respectively. It is represented by cross- leaved heath, heather and deer grass, with frequent Sphagnum subnitens.
5.4.8 This community is classified as being moderately groundwater dependent for this assessment, in line with the SEPA classifications. It is considered to be of district value.
M25 MOLINIA CAERULEA – POTENTILLA ERECTA MIRE
5.4.9 A full description of this area is given in Technical Appendix 5.1 (in section 5.2). Two areas of this habitat were recorded within the LOD, with one area shown on Figure 5.4a GWDTE north of Carn Glas and another area around the banks of the Gask Burn which was dominated by purple-moor grass, as shown on Figure 5.4b.
5.4.10 This community is considered to be moderately groundwater dependent for this assessment, in line with the SEPA classifications. It is considered to be of site value.
M26B MOLINIA CAERULEA – CREPIS PALUDOSA MIRE
5.4.11 A full description of this area is given in Technical Appendix 5.1 (in section 5.2). This habitat was recorded north of Carn Glas as shown on Figure 5.4a.
5.4.12 This community is classified as being moderately groundwater dependent for this assessment, in line with the SEPA classifications. It is considered to be of site value. Protected Species
5.4.13 Details of both the desk study and survey data are presented along with their geographical conservation values. The geographical conservation values assigned to each species are described in detail in Technical Appendix 5.1 (section 5.3) and have been based on a combination of: • UK Biodiversity Steering group.
• Species Action Plans (SAPs).
• UK Biodiversity Action Plan (UK BAO).
• Local Biodiversity Action Plans (LBAPs).
• Professional judgment. Herptiles
COMMON FROG
5.4.14 Common frog Rana temporaria has been recorded throughout the study area as was identified in the desk study. No frogs were recorded during the surveys for the Proposed Development. For the purpose of this assessment common frog is considered to be of local value.
Chapter 5: Ecology 5-12 LT000019
Scottish Hydro Electric Transmission plc Knocknagael – Tomatin 275 kV OHL
COMMON TOAD
5.4.15 Common toad Bufo bufo has been recorded throughout the study area as was identified in the desk study. No toads were recorded during the surveys for the Proposed Development and for the purpose of this assessment common toad in considered to be of local value.
PALMATE NEWT
5.4.16 Palmate newt Lissotriton helveticus has been recorded within the study area. One record was located approximately one km south of the Knocknagael substation and the other was located by Tordarroch, just north of Milton of Farr as was identified in the desk study. No palmate newts were recorded during the surveys for the Proposed Development, for the purpose of this assessment palmate newt is considered to be of local value.
COMMON LIZARD
5.4.17 Common lizard Lacerta vivipara was recorded near, and within the study area on six occasions during the Phase 1 and protected species surveys. One observation was recorded adjacent to the road west of Tordarroch, another south of Milton of Farr and four records on the hill west of Beinn Bhreac to Carn Eitidh as shown on Figure 5.6a Protected Species and Figure 5.6b Protected Species). Records also exists approximately three km north-east and south-west of the study area near Farr as was identified in the desk study. For the purpose of this assessment common lizard is considered to be of local value.
BADGER
5.4.18 The desk study identified records of badgers within approximately 2 km of Tordarroch (tower 21) and approximately 2 km of Garbole (tower 60).
5.4.19 Two badger setts were recorded during the field surveys in the area near Tordarroch (south of tower 21) as can be seen in the confidential Figure 5.5. Both setts were single entranced outlier setts. Badgers are protected by the Protection of Badger Act 1992 and considered to be widespread in the Inverness area. For the purpose of this assessment this species is considered to be of district value.
OTTER
5.4.20 Four otter records were found during the desk study to be within, or adjacent to the study area. Two records were by the River Uisge Dubh near Farr House, and another two observations near the road between Farr and Garbole.
5.4.21 As can be seen on Figure 5.6a Protected Species, two records of otter presence were also recorded within the study area during the field surveys. An otter footprint was recorded along the River Nairn by Tordarroch and an otter spraint was recorded by the River Farnack east of Loch Farr. Otter is listed on Annex II of the Habitats Directive and is a UK BAP priority species. Otter is considered widespread in the Inverness area and for the purposes of this assessment is considered to be of district value.
Chapter 5: LT000019 5-13 Ecology
Scottish Hydro Electric Transmission plc Knocknagael – Tomatin 275 kV OHL
PINE MARTEN
5.4.22 Two records of Pine marten were recorded adjacent to the study area east of Farr House, and adjacent to the study area east of Balnafoich as was identified in the desk study.
5.4.23 As can be seen on Figure 5.6c, two pine marten scats were recorded on the access tracks, approximately 120 m south of Tower 58 and 650 m east of Tower 60, during the field surveys. A camera trap was deployed west of Tordarroch which showed a total of three pine martens, likely a family group denning under the large rocks as shown on Figure 5.6a Protected Species. Pine marten is listed on Schedule 5 of the Wildlife and Countryside Act 1981 (as amended) and is a UK BAP priority species. For the purpose of this assessment this species is considered to be of district value.
WATER VOLE
5.4.24 Two records of Water vole were recorded approximately one km north-east of Milton of Farr in the desk study. No water vole signs were recorded during the surveys for the Proposed Development. For the purpose of this assessment this species is considered to be of district value.
RED SQUIRREL
5.4.25 Red squirrel have been recorded throughout the study area as was identified in the desk study.
5.4.26 Red squirrels were recorded opportunistically throughout the survey year with two records by Gaich, one record south of Milton of Farr and three records approximately 3.8 km, 4.4 km and 5.9 km north-east of Tower 60. Feeding signs were recorded approximately 620 m south of Tower 60 as can be seen on Figure 5.6c Protected Species. Red squirrel is listed on Schedule 5 of the Wildlife and Countryside Act 1981 and is a UK BAP priority species as well as a LBAP species for Inverness and Nairn. For the purposes of this assessment this species is considered to be of district value.
BATS
5.4.27 One tree was recorded within the LOD north-west of Milton of Farr with the potential for roosting bats as shown on Figure 5.6a Protected Species. For the purpose of this assessment this species group is considered to be of local value.
WILDCAT
5.4.28 One record of wildcat has been recorded approximately 3 km east of Tower 60 as was identified in the desk study. The record from the desk study is from 1970 and no signs of wildcat were recorded during the surveys for the Proposed Development. For the purpose of this assessment this species is considered to be of national value. Summary
5.4.29 Habitats of less than district value are scoped out from further consideration in this assessment on the basis that effects on these habitats would not be considered significant in terms of the EIA regulations given their low nature conservation value. Table 5.5 shows the Phase 1, NVC and GWDTE habitats that were recorded within the LOD of the Proposed Development, along with their applied value and whether they will be considered further in this assessment.
Chapter 5: Ecology 5-14 LT000019
Scottish Hydro Electric Transmission plc Knocknagael – Tomatin 275 kV OHL
Table 5.5: Habitats
Habitat Value Considered Further?
A1.1.1 Semi-natural District Yes Broadleaved Woodland
A 1.1.2 Plantation Broadleaved Local No Woodland
A 1.2.1 Semi-natural Local No Coniferous Woodland
A 1.2.2 Plantation Coniferous District (PAWS) Yes (only PAWS habitat) Woodland
A 1.3.1 Semi-natural Mixed Local No Woodland
A 2.1 Continuous Scrub Local No
A 2.2 Scattered Scrub Site No
A 3.1 Scattered Broadleaved Site No
A 3.2 Scattered Coniferous Site No Trees
A 4.2 Recently Felled Site No Coniferous Woodland
B 1.2 Semi-improved Acid Local No Grassland
B 2.2 Semi-improved Neutral Local No Grassland
B 3.2 Semi-improved District Yes Calcareous Grassland
B 4 Improved Grassland Site No
B 5 Marshy Grassland Site No
C 1.1 Continuous Bracken Site No
D 1.1 Dry Acid Dwarf Shrub Local No Heath
D 2 Wet Dwarf Shrub heath District Yes
D 5 Dry heath / Acid Grassland Local No Mosaic
D6 Wet Heath / Acid Grassland District Yes Mosaic
E 1.6.1 Sphagnum Blanket District Yes Bog
E 1.7 Wet Modified Bog Local No
E 1.8 Dry Modified Bog Local No
Chapter 5: LT000019 5-15 Ecology
Scottish Hydro Electric Transmission plc Knocknagael – Tomatin 275 kV OHL
Table 5.5: Habitats
Habitat Value Considered Further?
E 2.1 Acid / Neutral Flush District Yes
E 3.1 Valley Mire District Yes
G 1 Open Water Local No
G 2 Running Water Site No
J 1.1 Arable Site No
M15 Scirpus cespitosus - Erica District Yes tetralix wet heath
M25 Molinia caerulea – Local No Potentilla erecta mire
M26b Molinia caerulea – Local No Crepis paludosa mire with a Festuca rubra sub-community
5.4.30 Table 5.6 shows protected species with their applied value and whether they will be considered further in this assessment. Table 5.6: Protected Species
Habitat Value Considered Further? Common Frog Local No
Common Toad Local No
Common Lizard Local No
Badger District Yes
Otter District Yes
Pine Marten District Yes
Water Vole District Yes
Red Squirrel District Yes
Bats Local No
Wildcat National No
Limitations
5.4.31 Ecology surveys are based on sampling techniques, not absolute censi. Results give an indication of numbers and activities of species at the particular times that surveys were carried out. The survey methodologies follow good practice guidelines (as set out in the methodology section of this chapter) and no significant limitations to the surveys completed are considered to exist.
Chapter 5: Ecology 5-16 LT000019
Scottish Hydro Electric Transmission plc Knocknagael – Tomatin 275 kV OHL
Future Baseline
5.4.32 The future baseline of the study area is unlikely to change for the areas south-east of the existing substation at Knocknagael and the habitats south of Tordarroch to Milton of Farr, where the lands are modified by human influences such as farming. The upland area from the stream Allt Beag to north of Glen Kyllachy is also unlikely to change much in the future, as the current practice of grouse management which includes muir burning to improve conditions for grouse rearing, is likely to continue. Heavy grazing by deer is also likely to contribute to keeping this habitat in its current state.
5.4.33 The planted coniferous woodlands south of Carr Ban and north-east of Glen Kyllachy are likely to be harvested by clear fell methods before the trees reach maturity at 40 – 70 years old and then subsequently restocked for subsequent rotation of trees.
5.4.34 The small area of PAWS north of Carr Bann and the larger area of PAWS south-east of Milton of Farr will possibly be restored to native woodlands by the Forestry Commission following the UK Biodiversity Action Plan (UKBAP) target to restore substantial areas of PAWS by 202016. The restoration process would create the conditions needed to promote the development of native woodland over the long term, by removing introduced species of trees, shrubs and other plants as well as encouraging the re-establishment of native species and initiate appropriate grazing regimes.
5.4.35 The distribution of species present within the study area and the surrounding habitat is unlikely to change much in the future, though temporary displacement is likely for woodland species when coniferous plantation woodlands are clear felled and replanted, as well as when PAWS are restored to native woodland. The restoration of native woodland would likely encourage a greater diversity of species to this habitat in time.
5.5 Likely Significant Effects Construction Effects
5.5.1 The assessment of likely significant effects associated with the construction stage is based on the typical activities described in Chapter 2: Description of the Proposed Development. Phase 1 Habitats including GWDTE
5.5.2 Construction activities have the potential to degrade or destroy terrestrial habitat either directly as a result of, for example, excavation, compaction, or modification (e.g. vegetation removal, covering) or indirectly as a result, for example, of dewatering, or from the accidental release of fuels, lubricants or other chemicals. Some activities may cause permanent degradation or destruction, for example where tower foundations are constructed or new access tracks are formed.
5.5.3 As described in Chapter 2, in areas where peat depth is greater than 1 m, a floating track construction would be used. The track construction would ensure hydraulic connectivity is maintained by including measures such as the inclusion of a non- alkaline porous horizon within the track sub-base to prevent the track structure acting
16 Department of the Environment (1994). Biodiversity: the UK action plan. HMSO, London. Chapter 5: LT000019 5-17 Ecology
Scottish Hydro Electric Transmission plc Knocknagael – Tomatin 275 kV OHL
as a barrier to natural hydrogeological processes. Further effects on GWDTE are assessed in Technical Appendix 5.2: GWDTEs.
5.5.4 As illustrated by Figures 5.4a-c, out of the sixty towers proposed, two tower locations are proposed within the moderately GWDTE habitats M15 and M25. In addition, seven towers have been identified within 250 m of GWDTE habitats. A total of 60,987 m² moderately GWDTE habitat was recorded within the LOD to be applied to the Proposed Development. Without consideration of mitigation (i.e. assuming it is not possible to microsite tower foundations and access tracks out of the GWDTE habitat), permanent direct habitat loss would comprise 7,601 m² (12.5 %) of the total moderately GWDTE habitat within the LOD of the Proposed Development. However it is noted that effects associated with the tower foundation excavations would be of a short term nature during the construction works. There would be no long term hydrological and hydrogeological effects on the GWDTE habitat within 250 m of tower foundation excavations on the basis that following construction and reinstatement, the tower foundations would be an impermeable subsurface feature and would not create artificial preferential drainage pathways within the GWDTE habitat. There would be no indirect effects associated with the proposed access tracks on the basis that all tracks within 100 m of GWDTE habitat would be of floating construction. Overall, this represents a small area of habitat loss and low magnitude effect in the context of the wider (district) surrounding area. On this basis, effects on the moderately GWDTE are not considered to be significant.
5.5.5 Figure 5.3 shows the proposed access tracks and towers overlaid on the habitat mapped using the Phase 1 method.
5.5.6 Table 5.7 sets out the percentage habitat loss by habitat type within the LOD to be applied to the Proposed Development. Direct habitat loss during construction includes the working areas for each tower site (based on an area of 2500 m2 per tower) and the area of proposed new stone track within the LOD (conservatively assumed to be a 9 m wide working area). The table also provides the percentage habitat loss by habitat type during the operational phase, following the reinstatement of temporary construction working areas. No percentage is given where woodland would be removed as part of the construction phase, as these areas would need to remain free from trees during the operational life of the Proposed Development; however the table illustrates the relatively small footprint of the Proposed Development in the long term. Table 5.7: Habitat Loss
Habitat Type % Habitat Loss % Habitat Loss within LOD within LOD (Construction) (Operation)
A1.1.1 Semi-natural Broadleaved Woodland 51.46 -
B 3.2 Semi-improved Calcareous Grassland 0.00 0.00
D 2 Wet Dwarf Shrub heath 14.91 7.48
D6 Wet Heath / Acid Grassland Mosaic 6.49 6.49
E 1.6.1 Sphagnum Blanket Bog 8.31 4.51
E 2.1 Acid / Neutral Flush 3.05 3.05
E 3.1 Valley Mire 16.35 8.64
Chapter 5: Ecology 5-18 LT000019
Scottish Hydro Electric Transmission plc Knocknagael – Tomatin 275 kV OHL
5.5.7 Without application of mitigation, the direct loss of semi-natural broadleaved woodland is 51.46 % of the area mapped within the LOD. As a proportion of the total habitat resources in the LOD the effects are considered to be of medium magnitude over the medium term at the site level. While there is also the potential to impact on habitat network connectivity through fragmentation, it is noted that the existing areas of broadleaved woodland are subject to a relatively high level of fragmentation at the wider landscape level. The scale of fragmentation proposed (limited to 80 m in width) is considered to represent a negligible permanent effect on the basis that following reinstatement, the Proposed Development wayleave would be subject to a relatively low level of habitat modification, with scrub vegetation providing for species movement between habitat patches, maintaining functional connectivity. These effects are not considered to be significant.
5.5.8 Without application of mitigation, the direct losses of wet dwarf shrub heath and wet heath / acid grassland mosaic are 14.91 % and 6.49 % of the site respectively. As a proportion of the total habitat resources in the LOD, and the total habitat areas within the wider (district) area, the effects are considered to be of a low magnitude, short term effect during construction, with a negligible permanent effect remaining following reinstatement. These effects are not considered to be significant.
5.5.9 Without consideration of mitigation, the direct losses of blanket bog, acid/neutral flush and valley mire are 8.31 %, 3.05 % and 16.35 %of the site respectively. As a proportion of the total habitat resources in the LOD, and the total habitat areas within the wider 5 km study area, the effects are considered to be low magnitude, short term effect during construction, with a negligible permanent effect remaining following reinstatement. These effects are not considered to be significant. PAWS Habitat
5.5.10 Where the Proposed Development would pass through coniferous plantation woodland a minimum 80 m corridor would be required to be removed prior to construction (for further details see Chapter 2 Description of Proposed Development). As shown on Figure 5.2 Designated Sites the total area of PAWS habitat within the LOD to be applied to the Proposed Development is approximately 10.3 ha with areas north of Carr Ban, west of Tordarroch and south of Milton of Farr. A total of 9.5 ha of PAWS habitat would be lost to the OHL corridor, the tower foundations and access tracks would not take any of the habitat outwith this corridor. However, it should be noted that as shown on Figure 5.2 the Proposed Development affects a very small part of the PAWS habitat in the larger area, neither is it certain that any of these habitats would be chosen by the forestry commission for restoration, especially considering the small size of the PAWS habitat within the LOD compared to the wider area. The loss of PAWS habitat is therefore only considered to be significant at a local level, and not considered to have a significant effect with regards to EIA. Badger
5.5.11 Two badger setts were recorded near Tordarroch. Both setts are considered outlier setts and therefore not regularly used. Construction activities would likely have a localised, short term, low magnitude disturbance effect on this species depending on the proximity of towers and access tracks to the setts. Effects on badger during the construction phase of the Proposed Development is not considered to be significant.
Chapter 5: LT000019 5-19 Ecology
Scottish Hydro Electric Transmission plc Knocknagael – Tomatin 275 kV OHL
Otter
5.5.12 Otters are known to use the River Nairn and the River Farnack. However, as no otter holts or resting places were identified during the surveys, construction activity would likely only have a localised, low magnitude disturbance effect on this species. The disturbance would be short-term, affecting the species indirectly by disturbing otter habitat during the conductor stringing and construction of temporary scaffolding by the River Nairn and Farnack. Otherwise all tower construction activities would be a minimum of 30 m from the watercourses. Effects on otter during the construction phase of the Proposed Development is not considered to be significant. Pine Marten
5.5.13 Pine marten was recorded approximately 640 m east of Tower 60, and in the woodland west of Tordarroch where an occupied den of three pine martens was also identified, as shown on Figure 5.6a Protected Species. Construction activity would likely have a localised, medium magnitude disturbance effect on this species. While direct effects on the den would be avoided, short term effects on pine marten habitats are likely in the areas west of Tordarroch and approximately 640 m east of Tower 60during the construction activities. Effects on pine marten during the construction phase of the Proposed Development is not considered to be significant. Water Vole
5.5.14 No evidence of water vole was recorded during the surveys, though two records exists, identified in the desk study near Milton of Farr. With the exception of a small number of watercourse crossings, all construction activity would be more than 30 m from watercourse. As a result, effects during construction activity to this species are not considered to be significant. Red Squirrel
5.5.15 Red squirrel was recorded throughout the study area, and should be assumed to occupy dreys and forage throughout the plantation coniferous woodlands recorded within the study area. However, only six observations were recorded throughout the survey year and therefore it is likely that the species is present at a low density in the area. Construction activity would likely have a localised, medium magnitude effect on this species. Construction activities would have a direct effect on habitat loss to this species. As red squirrel activity is considered low in the area, and there is extensive plantation coniferous woodland habitat surrounding the Proposed Development a significant effect is not considered for this species. Operational Effects Maintenance
5.5.16 During the operational phase, maintenance activities will involve tower inspections every five years, insulators replacement etc. In all cases, maintenance activities would access the Proposed Development from access tracks established during construction. No activities giving rise to ecologically significant effects are identified. Water Crossings
5.5.17 Chapter 2: Description of Proposed Development identifies five new watercourse crossings required as part of the proposed access track construction. New watercourse crossings could act as a barrier to mammals such as otters, which use watercourses for feeding and passage. Such barriers could limit the movement of Chapter 5: Ecology 5-20 LT000019
Scottish Hydro Electric Transmission plc Knocknagael – Tomatin 275 kV OHL
otters along the water courses, especially upstream, and force the animals to cross the access track on foot and thereby exposing themselves to traffic. With low traffic on the access tracks during operation it is thought that this effect would have a localised medium impact on this species.
5.6 Mitigation and Additional Good Practice Environmental Management
5.6.1 The pre-mitigation assessment of effects includes all known elements of the design, as set out in Chapter 2: Proposed Development and the supporting technical appendices.
5.6.2 On the basis that no significant effects (in terms of the EIA regulations) are identified at the pre-mitigation assessment stage, there is no mitigation required. Nevertheless, the Applicant has proposed a number of good practice management measures in order to further reduce the effects identified and ensure legal compliance during the construction phase. General Good Practice Measures Construction Environmental Management Document
5.6.3 A suite of good practice measures would be set out in a Construction Environmental Management Document (see Technical Appendix 2.2: CEMD). The CEMD would be prepared following the determination of the application for s37 consent and would include an outline of the proposed approach to construction methods and environmental protection during all aspects of the construction work.
5.6.4 As set out in Technical Appendix 2.2, the CEMD would require the preparation of detailed Construction Environmental Management Plans (CEMPs), including as a minimum, details of ecological constraints and site surface water management during the construction phase.
5.6.5 A suitably qualified and experienced Environmental Clerk of Works (ECoW) would be employed to oversee the implementation of surface water management and ecological mitigation measures during construction. Micrositing
5.6.6 Micrositing of towers within the LOD would seek to avoid localised ecological sensitivities wherever possible. This would include, but would not be limited to: • maximising the distance of towers and tracks from watercourses, ensuring a minimum separation distance for towers of 30 m from a watercourse – this would require the following towers to be microsited: 5, 15, 25, 26, 28 and 49 (see Figure 2.1 a-e);
• micrositing would seek to minimise the extent of construction work within wetland and peatland habitat including GWDTE, considering both track and tower construction work;
• towers found within 250 m of GWDTEs are towers: 1, 2, 3, 4, 15, 51 and 52 (see Figure 2.1 a-e). Avoiding or reducing the Proposed Development footprint within habitats with increased sensitivity to disturbance such as moderately GWDTE, semi-improved calcareous grassland, wet dwarf shrub heath, wet dwarf shrub heath/acid grassland mosaic, sphagnum blanket bog, acid neutral flush, valley mire and M15 Molinia caerulea – Potentilla erecta mire;
Chapter 5: LT000019 5-21 Ecology
Scottish Hydro Electric Transmission plc Knocknagael – Tomatin 275 kV OHL
• badger sets would be protected with a 30 m protection zone from construction work (100 m from high noise or vibration); and
• active pine marten dens would be protected with a 30 m protection zone (marked out on-site). Where breeding is confirmed, the protection zone would be extended to 100 m.
5.6.7 Where it is not possible to microsite work areas away from habitat with the potential to support protected species, techniques would be used to decrease the attractiveness of the working area for protected species. For example, vegetation cutting and removal to reduce the attractiveness of the working are for common reptiles. Following vegetation removal, any remaining reptiles would be captured and released in a suitable location. Ground Water Dependent Ecosystems (GWDTE)
5.6.8 Where it is not possible to avoid routing access tracks through GWDTE habitats, or within a 100 m buffer zone of GWDTE habitats, a floating track construction would be used. The track design would have due regard to key principles set out in the joint SNH/FCS guide to floating roads on peat17: Track construction through GWDTE, where there is no clearly defined channel flow, would use a floating construction that incorporate measures such as a porous granular rock fill blanket, non-alkaline porous layer and perforated pipes to maintain the flow connectivity across the tracks. In addition, consideration would be given to the use of temporary tracks.
5.6.9 Where tower foundations are required within a 250 m buffer zone, upgradient of identified GWDTE, the Applicant would give consideration, subject to detailed geotechnical investigation and foundation design, to alternative tower foundation techniques such as mini-piles. This would involve less ground disturbance when compared to conventional foundations, potentially using a floated piling platform and no open excavation.
5.6.10 Where conventional foundation excavations are required within a 250 m buffer zone, upgradient of identified GWDTE, the quality and quantity of the groundwater that feeds the GWDTE downstream from the excavations would be maintained by overpumping and dewatering of excavations discharged to ground (via suitable pollution prevention measures) in a suitable location close to the excavation.
5.6.11 Greenfield run-off (i.e. non-silty surface water flow that has not yet passed over any disturbed construction areas) would be kept separate from potentially contaminated water from construction areas where possible. Where appropriate, interceptor ditches and other drainage diversion measures would be installed, immediately in advance of any excavation works, in order to collect and divert greenfield run-off around construction disturbed areas. All surface water within disturbed areas would be managed in accordance with Sustainable Drainage System techniques, using a multi-tiered approach to provide both flow attenuation and treatment through infiltration where possible and physical filtration prior to discharge.
5.6.12 In accordance with industry guidance18, ditches would follow the natural flow of the ground with a generally constant depth to ditch invert. They would have shallow longitudinal gradients and their purpose is to intercept any stormwater runoff and to allow clean water flows to be transferred independently through the works without
17 FCS and SNH (2010) Floating Roads on Peat 18 Scottish Renewables, SNH, SEPA, FCS (2010) Good Practice During Wind Farm Construction. Chapter 5: Ecology 5-22 LT000019
Scottish Hydro Electric Transmission plc Knocknagael – Tomatin 275 kV OHL
mixing with construction drainage. The regular interception and diversion of clean runoff around infrastructure would prevent significant disruption to shallow groundwater flow, flush areas and blanket bogs. This would also reduce the flow of water onto any exposed areas of rock and soil, thereby reducing the potential volume of silt-laden run off requiring treatment.
5.6.13 Greenfield run-off would be discharged into an area of vegetation for dispersion or infiltration, mimicking natural flows, so as not to alter downstream hydrology or soil moisture characteristics.
5.6.14 All earth moving works or similar operations would be carried out in accordance with BSI Code of Practice for Earth Works BS6031:1981. While it is acknowledged that best practice to minimise run-off would be to undertake construction during the driest period of the year, given the location of the Proposed Development, there are likely to be significant periods of rainfall throughout the year. Woodland Connectivity (Including PAWS)
5.6.15 An 80 m corridor would be required to make way for the Proposed Development. Plantation conifers would be removed to facilitate construction; however where present, scrub vegetation would be protected during construction as far as possible. Pre-construction Protected Species Survey
5.6.16 Prior to work commencing, a protected species survey, similar to the one undertaken during this assessment, would be undertaken along the route of the Proposed Development. This would identify any protected species using the habitats of the Proposed Development that were not present during previous surveys. A suitably qualified ecologist would be appointed to undertake this survey. A species protection plan (SPP) has been produced and included in the CEMD. This SPP would be followed during the construction phase of the Proposed Development. Pre-construction Bat Survey
5.6.17 Prior to work commencing, a bat roost survey must be conducted before felling any trees with the potential to support roosting bats to determine if the tree is used for roosting. Pre-construction Herptiles Survey
5.6.18 Prior to work commencing a survey of suitable habitat on-site where reptiles or amphibians may be found would be completed by a suitably qualified ecologist. If the work is undertaken outwith the active months for the species then the ecologist would search for suitable hibernation sites for relocation. If species are found, the SPP would be adhered to during construction. Additional Mitigation
5.6.19 Any excavations which remain uncovered overnight, where there would be the potential for mammals to become trapped, would have a slope at one end or mammal ladders deployed. This would prevent otters and other species from becoming trapped. Additionally all pipes would be capped and chemicals stored securely.
Chapter 5: LT000019 5-23 Ecology
Scottish Hydro Electric Transmission plc Knocknagael – Tomatin 275 kV OHL
Mitigation during Operation Water Crossings
5.6.20 It is proposed that two of the proposed new watercourse crossings as shown on Figure 2.5.1 (see Technical Appendix 2.5: Hydrology and Watercourses Crossing Design), one north of Farr House (WC2) and the other north-west of Carn Meadhonach (WC9), would have dry tunnels installed for mammals such as otters to move freely up and down the watercourses. These two watercourses are thought to be used by otters as indicated by the desk study, protected species survey and the surveyor’s professional judgment. The tunnels would consist of a 60 cm diameter pipe and otter fencing should be used on either side of the tunnels to guide the animals towards the tunnels. Woodland Connectivity (Including PAWS)
5.6.21 In order to reduce the potential for effects on species movement between the fragmented semi-natural or natural woodland habitats either side of the Proposed Development, the functional connectivity would be maintained by allowing a semi- natural habitat containing scrub vegetation to form in the Proposed Development corridor during the operation of the Proposed Development.
5.6.22 In addition, in completing routine maintenance of the overhead line wayleave, consideration would be given to promoting biodiversity in the woodland edge and connectivity across the Proposed Development corridor, through measures such as leaving felled, or standing deadwood. This would be especially important in the areas of PAWS habitat and broadleaved woodland as these can be hot spots for biodiversity.
5.7 Residual Effects
5.7.1 There would be no significant effects (pre-mitigation). Nevertheless, good practice management measures have been identified to further avoid and reduce effects. The residual effects on ecological receptors remain negligible or minor adverse (not significant).
5.7.2 Table 5.8 summarises the residual effects. Table 5.8: Residual Effects
Receptor Mitigation / Good Practice Residual Effect
GWDTE All construction work to comply In the context of the local area, with the CEMD with regards to a small proportion of the methods for track construction, GWDTE habitat would be lost. management of surface water Effects are not considered and excavation dewatering, significant. including measures proposed to maintain the condition of wetland habitats.
Phase 1 woodland - Semi- All construction work to comply In the context of the local area, natural broadleaved woodland with the CEMD with regards to a small proportion of the semi- management of vegetation natural broadleaved woodland removal, and the potential to would be lost. maintain semi-natural (low level
Chapter 5: Ecology 5-24 LT000019
Scottish Hydro Electric Transmission plc Knocknagael – Tomatin 275 kV OHL
Table 5.8: Residual Effects
Receptor Mitigation / Good Practice Residual Effect habitat modification) scrub Effects are not considered habitat in wayleave corridor. significant. Reinstatement to encourage connectivity between the fragmented habitats with scrub and deadwood.
Phase 1 heath - Wet dwarf All construction work to comply In the context of the local area, shrub heath and wet heath/acid with the CEMD with regards to a small proportion of the wet grassland mosaic control of pollution, waste and dwarf shrub heath and wet the protection of wildlife. heath/acid grassland mosaic would respectively be lost. Effects are not considered significant.
Phase 1 wetlands - Sphagnum All construction work to comply In the context of the local area, blanket bog, acid/neutral flush with the CEMD with regards to a small proportion of the and valley mire control of pollution, waste and sphagnum blanket bog, the protection of wildlife. acid/neutral flush and valley mire would respectively be lost. Effects are not considered significant.
PAWS All construction work to comply In the context of the local area, with the CEMD with regards to a small proportion of the PAWS management of vegetation habitat would be lost within the removal, and the potential to LOD. maintain semi-natural (low level Effects are not considered habitat modification) scrub significant. habitat in wayleave corridor. Reinstatement to encourage connectivity between the fragmented habitats with scrub and deadwood.
Badger sett disturbance Pre-construction surveys Minor disturbance to species. required. Species Protection Plan to be Effects are not considered development (if required). significant. Micrositing of access track and towers to avoid effects on badger.
Pine marten den disturbance Pre-construction surveys Minor disturbance to species. required. Species Protection Plan to be Effects are not considered development (if required). significant. Micrositing of access track and towers to avoid effects on pine marten.
Chapter 5: LT000019 5-25 Ecology
Scottish Hydro Electric Transmission plc Knocknagael – Tomatin 275 kV OHL
Table 5.8: Residual Effects
Receptor Mitigation / Good Practice Residual Effect
Disturbance to herptiles Pre-construction surveys Minor disturbance to species. required. Species Protection Plan to be Effects are not considered development (if required). significant. ECoW to oversee translocation of herptiles immediately before construction.
Otter movements on Install a dry tunnel and otter Minor disturbance to species. watercourses with proposed fencing on two of the water Effects are not considered water crossing crossings proposed for the significant. access track.
Residual Effects during Operation
5.7.3 By following the proposed mitigation measures for the operational phase, no residual operational effects are predicted.
5.8 Cumulative Effects
5.8.1 Figure 1.2 shows the cumulative developments in the area that could potentially have a cumulative effect along with the Proposed Development on sensitive ecological receptors such as protected species, habitats and GWDTE.
SUMMARY OF CUMULATIVE EFFECTS
5.8.2 The Proposed Development would have no significant effects on habitats or species. Cumulative effects are considered to be limited to those resulting from the addition of the Proposed Development to other proposed projects where there is the potential for similar effects to arise. The addition of the effects identified as a result of the Proposed Development are of a sufficiently low magnitude that the likely effects associated with other proposed development (mainly wind farms and the proposed Tomatin substation) are not considered likely to result in significant cumulative effects.
5.9 Summary
5.9.1 The Ecological Impact Assessment (EcIA) considered potential impacts on ecological receptors such as protected species and habitats in line with best practice guidance on EcIA from the CIEEM.
5.9.2 The study area was surveyed in 2014 to provide baseline information on habitats and species. Surveys included Phase 1 habitat survey, targeted NVC Survey, GWDTE, and protected species survey.
5.9.3 The dominant habitats from the Phase 1 habitat survey were blanket bog, planted coniferous woodland and dry heath. The targeted NVC surveys were conducted at the north-west end of the Proposed Development and identified as M25 Molinia caerulea – Potentilla erecta mire and M26b Molinia caerulea – Crepis paludosa mire with a Festuca rubra sub-community. Only moderately GWDTEs were identified through the surveys and identified as NVC M15, M25 and M26b habitats. The Chapter 5: Ecology 5-26 LT000019
Scottish Hydro Electric Transmission plc Knocknagael – Tomatin 275 kV OHL
protected species surveys identified a den of three pine martens, two badger sett and otter presence within the LOD, as well as red squirrel activity outwith the LOD. None of the receptors were valued above district level, except for wildcat (national). Surveys indicated that this species was not present on-site. No significant effects as a result of habitat loss, fragmentation or degradation have been identified.
5.9.4 With regards to protected species, both badger and red squirrels were recorded at low densities and abundances. To comply with legal obligations under the Wildlife and Countryside Act 1981 and the Natural Conservation (Scotland) Act 2004 legislation pre-construction surveys would be undertaken and site specific mitigation would be developed as required.
Chapter 5: LT000019 5-27 Ecology
Scottish Hydro Electric Transmission plc Knocknagael – Tomatin 275 kV OHL
Chapter 5: Ecology 5-28 LT000019
Scottish Hydro Electric Transmission plc Knocknagael – Tomatin 275 kV OHL
6 ORNITHOLOGY
6.1 Introduction
6.1.1 This chapter considers the likely significant effects on ornithological receptors associated with the construction and operation of the Proposed Development. The Proposed Development is described in Chapter 2: Description of the Proposed Development.
6.1.2 The specific objectives of the chapter are to: • identify sites designated for ornithological interests and habitats along the route which are considered to be of ornithological value;
• investigate the presence/possible presence of protected ornithological species and other species of particular conservation value;
• describe the likely potential impacts, including direct, indirect and secondary impacts as a result of the proposed works both during construction and once commissioned;
• calculate the risk of protected ornithological species and other species of particular value, colliding with the Proposed Development;
• describe the pre-construction mitigation measures that have been committed to in order to avoid or reduce impacts; and
• assess the significance of residual effects that are likely to remain following implementation of mitigation and restoration measures.
6.1.3 The assessment has been completed by Danny Oliver ACIEEM, of Ramboll Environ UK Ltd. Field surveys were carried out by Adam Fitchet MCIEEM, Espen Helland ACIEEM, Danny Oliver ACIEEM, Nadine Little Grad CIEEM, Rona Cooper and Matt Neale MCIEEM; all ecologists with Ramboll Environ UK Ltd.
6.1.4 The chapter is supported by: • Technical Appendix 6.1a – Ornithology Survey Information;
• Technical Appendix 6.1b – Vantage Point Survey Details;
• Technical Appendix 6.1c – Flight Information;
• Technical Appendix 6.1d – Collision Risk Assessment Calculations;
• Technical Appendix 6.2a – Report to Inform The Appropriate Assessment for Inner Moray Firth SPA;
• Technical Appendix 6.2b – Report to Inform The Appropriate Assessment for Loch Ruthven SPA;
• Technical Appendix 6.2c – Report to Inform The Appropriate Assessment for Loch Ashie SPA;
• Technical Appendix 6.3 – Confidential Annex on Protected Species Nest Locations;
• Technical Appendix 6.4 – Method and Summary of Collision Risk Assessment; and
Chapter 6: LT000019 6-1 Ornithology
Scottish Hydro Electric Transmission plc Knocknagael – Tomatin 275 kV OHL
• Technical Appendix 6.5 – Theoretical Slavonian Grebe Collision Risk Assessment (Confidential).
6.1.5 The Confidential Appendices (6.3 and 6.5) include details of nesting and roosting locations of species at risk from persecution and will be issued to the Scottish Ministers and Scottish Natural Heritage (SNH)) in accordance with the guidance provided by SNH1.
6.1.6 Figures 6.1 – 6.6 are referenced in the text where relevant.
6.2 Scope of Assessment Scoping and Consultation
6.2.1 A scoping opinion request was submitted to the Scottish Ministers in April 2015. Consultation with SNH and the Royal Society for the Protection of Birds Scotland (RSPB) was undertaken at that time. A formal scoping opinion was provided by the Scottish Ministers in August 2015. The list of consultees along with a summary of the consultation responses received is summarised in Technical Appendix 1.1: Consultation Register, which also describes how the ES addresses each issue raised.
6.2.2 Based on the consultation responses and the known environmental sensitivities, this assessment considers the following: • potential effects on the bird features of the Inner Moray Firth Special Protection Area (SPA), Loch Ashie SPA and the Loch Ruthven SPA;
• removal of habitat during construction activities;
• nest destruction during construction activities;
• disturbance during construction activities; and
• collision risk of birds with the Proposed Development, notably raptors, wildfowl and Slavonian grebe Podiceps auritus. Issues Scoped Out Operational Effects
BARRIER EFFECTS
6.2.3 The potential for the Proposed Development to result in a barrier effects was considered at the scoping stage. A barrier effect would be where the vertical configuration of wires and towers creates an actual or perceived barrier which bird species may not cross, or at the very least would need to habituate to crossing.
6.2.4 Both geese and swans have been observed modifying their flights to avoid the existing 132 kV OHL within the Limit of Deviation (LOD) during the period of Vantage Point (VP) surveys. This can be seen on Figure 6.4.1a and b which show flights crossing the 132kV OHL safely. This existing OHL runs for much of the length of the Proposed Development. This suggests that birds would habituate/have already habituated to the presence of an OHL and would not treat it as a barrier. Therefore the effect of this impact is of negligible significance.
1 Scottish Natural Heritage (2009). Guidance on Environmental Statements and Annexes of Environmentally Sensitive Bird Information. SNH Guidance Document. Chapter 6: Ornithology 6-2 LT000019
Scottish Hydro Electric Transmission plc Knocknagael – Tomatin 275 kV OHL
6.2.5 During the VP survey programme no key flyway across the OHL LOD was identified. This further supports the scoping out of this potential effect.
ELECTROCUTION
6.2.6 Bird electrocution on OHLs is possible either where a bird is able to touch a conductor while it is perched on an earthed tower, touch a conductor and the earth wire simultaneously or touch two conductor wires simultaneously. The configuration of the wires and towers of the Proposed Development means that none of those scenarios are possible as the gaps between conductors and perch points would be greater than any bird wingspan. No significant effect is predicted for this impact.
DISTURBANCE DURING OPERATION
6.2.7 When operational, the Proposed Development would require a low level of staffing and consequent activity by site personnel both on foot and in vehicles. The potential for the Proposed Development to result in disturbance effects arising from noise and visual effects associated with the wires was considered. While both of these factors have the potential to cause disturbance to birds the level of this effect is considered too low to be significant and as such is not considered further in the ES.
PERCHING AND NESTING LOCATIONS
6.2.8 Birds of prey were recorded during the surveys perched on the existing OHL, using it as a vantage point to hunt from or to advertise their territory. No birds were recorded nesting on the existing OHL but birds of prey such as osprey have been recorded nesting on OHL steel towers2.
6.2.9 While the existing 132 kV OHL would be removed between Knocknagael and the existing Farr substation, it would be replaced by the Proposed Development which would offer the same potential for perching and nesting, therefore this impact has been scoped out. Summary of Scope
6.2.10 The scope of this assessment takes account of the committed mitigation measures both incorporated into the design and those standard construction stage environmental management measures incorporated into the proposed development, as described in Chapter 2: Proposed Development, and Technical Appendix 2.2: Construction Environmental Management Document (CEMD). Table 6.1 summarises the issues scoped out of the assessment: Table 6.1: Issues scoped out of the EIA
Potential Effect Basis for scoping out
Barrier Effects Birds have habituated to existing 132 kV OHL and were observed during VPs avoiding power lines.
Electrocution Distance between conductors and earth wires is too great to be touched simultaneously by birds.
Operational Disturbance Maintenance levels and disturbance from wires are considered low enough to be scoped out.
2 Pers. comm. Chapter 6: LT000019 6-3 Ornithology
Scottish Hydro Electric Transmission plc Knocknagael – Tomatin 275 kV OHL
Table 6.1: Issues scoped out of the EIA
Potential Effect Basis for scoping out
Perching and Nesting Perching and nesting locations on the old 132 kV OHL would be Locations replaced by Proposed Development if removed.
Decommissioning Effects No impacts predicted as Proposed Development is considered to be a permanent installation.
6.3 Assessment Methodology Baseline Characterisation Desk Study
6.3.1 The Desk Study Area covered the OHL LOD plus a buffer of 20 km to cover protected sites where there is potential for connectivity between the Proposed Development and the qualifying bird features. This follows SNH connectivity guidance3 as 20 km is the general maximum foraging distance for SPA species. The study areas are shown on Figure 6.1.
6.3.2 The desk study looked at all sources available on the internet that could provide information relating to the important ornithological species and sites found within the desk study area.
6.3.3 The following sources were consulted during the desk study: • SNH Sitelink4;
• NBN Gateway5; and
• Environmental Statements from cumulative developments. Cumulative Assessment
6.3.4 The cumulative assessment was undertaken after the assessment of the residual effects that result from the Proposed Development. This assesses the additional effect from the Proposed Development when added to the effects from other proposed projects that have the potential to have similar effects. The assessment was undertaken following SNH guidance6. Field Survey
6.3.5 The Field Study Area for breeding bird survey, black grouse lek survey and goshawk nest survey covered the OHL LOD plus a buffer of 100 m, as shown in Figure 6.1. The vantage point survey work was completed from nine locations, shown in Figure 6.2.
BREEDING BIRD SURVEY
6.3.6 Breeding Bird Surveys (BBS) are a generic survey and were carried out following a methodology adapted from the Common Bird Census used by the British Trust for Ornithology (BTO)7. It also incorporated aspects of the Brown and Shepherd
3 SNH. Guidance: Assessing Connectivity with Special Protection Areas (SPAs). 2012 4 http://gateway.snh.gov.uk/sitelink/index.jsp 5 https://data.nbn.org.uk/ 6 SNH. Guidance: Assessing the Cumulative Impact of Onshore Wind Energy Developments. 2012 7 Bibby, C.J. et al. (2000) Bird Census Techniques. 2nd Ed. London: Academic Press. Chapter 6: Ornithology 6-4 LT000019
Scottish Hydro Electric Transmission plc Knocknagael – Tomatin 275 kV OHL
methodology8 by covering within 100 m of any point in the Field Study Area in upland habitats. The purpose of these surveys is to provide information on birds using the site that were not recorded during the vantage point surveys. Once the surveys were completed and the data analysed then the species breeding on site and their respective number of territories could be estimated.
6.3.7 The full field study area was walked to within 100 m of every point by experienced ornithologists who recorded any birds seen or heard using in-field mapping techniques. Each bird recorded was given a relevant behaviour code which was then used to discern if a bird was confirmed to be breeding, possibly breeding or not breeding. For the purposes of this assessment any bird displaying any territorial activity (e.g. singing, alarm calling, carrying food/nesting materials) was confirmed to be within its breeding territory. Those observed calling could not be confirmed to be breeding, but were potentially breeding. Any bird that was observed displaying no behaviour or simply flying over the field study area was classed as not breeding.
6.3.8 These surveys were carried out three times between April and June 2014; full survey details are provided in Technical Appendix 6.1. The data was analysed by using Geographic Information System (GIS) software9, through mapping all records from the three surveys for one species. By combining the data and discounting records that were thought to be the same bird, the number of territories for each species within the study area was estimated.
BLACK GROUSE LEK SURVEYS
6.3.9 Black grouse were observed during the VP surveys at the north of the route and anecdotal evidence suggested that there might also be a lek at the southern end. With this in mind, the Field Study Area was searched at dawn for potential lekking sites. This was repeated twice in April, in the middle of the lekking season.
6.3.10 On each occasion the route was driven with regular stopping points. At each stop surveyors waited for approximately 15 minutes and listened for the characteristic male lekking calls.
RAPTOR NEST SURVEYS
6.3.11 During the Vantage Point surveys raptors were observed behaving in ways that indicated the presence of nearby nests. Nest locations were identified where possible without additional survey, such as a merlin nest identified from VP location five. Some nests locations were identified during the Breeding Bird Survey, such as an osprey nest at the northern end of the route. If the presence of a nest was suspected but was not identified during the generic surveys then a specific survey was undertaken.
6.3.12 Goshawk were observed displaying during the vantage point surveys, which highlighted the need to conduct a Goshawk nest search within the study area.
6.3.13 Nest searches were carried out in May 2014, under licence from SNH (licence number 31702). More information on the methodologies used and the results of this survey are given in Technical Appendix 6.3 - Confidential Annex for Black Grouse and Goshawk Surveys, and Osprey and Merlin nests.
8 Brown, A.F. and Shepherd, K.B. (1993). A method for censusing upland breeding waders. Bird Study 40: 189-195. 9 Adapted from Bibby, C.J. et al. (2000) Bird Census Techniques. 2nd Ed. London: Academic Press Chapter 6: LT000019 6-5 Ornithology
Scottish Hydro Electric Transmission plc Knocknagael – Tomatin 275 kV OHL
FLIGHT ACTIVITY SURVEYS
6.3.14 Bird flight activity data was collected using a Vantage Point (VP) survey technique. Data on flight behaviour, direction and estimated height above ground level by key species was collected from strategically located vantage points. The information gathered was used to carry out a Collision Risk Assessment (CRA) to predict the potential for bird fatalities associated with the Proposed Developments.
6.3.15 The scope and methodology for the surveys was agreed with SNH in March 2013 prior to the surveys commencing10.
6.3.16 Data from nine VP locations has been used for this assessment, providing coverage of the Proposed Development and LOD. Each location was chosen to provide a good view of a large area of the OHL LOD and not to overlap significantly with any other VP location. VP locations and their corresponding viewsheds are shown on Figure 6.2.
6.3.17 Each VP location was watched for three hours on three occasions each month, with these being spread out across the month to provide even coverage. Each of these surveys was classed as either an early, middle or late survey to provide even coverage across times of day and to include dawn and dusk surveys in those months when species such as geese might be present. Surveys were organised wherever possible so as to avoid surveying at the same time of day over sequential months. This ran for 12 months from April 2013 to March 2014 amassing 108 hours of surveying per VP location; or 36 hours for each season (summer, winter and spring/autumn migration).
6.3.18 Flights were recorded as per the SNH best practice guidelines for onshore wind farms11; with this method adapted so as to suit an OHL. Each flight was split into 15 second sections and each section was assigned to a height band related to the configuration of wires on the OHL. These bands were defined as: • Band A – below collision risk height (0 – 5 m).
• Band B – at collision risk height (5 – 60 m).
• Band C – above collision risk height (>60 m).
6.3.19 All species of raptor, wader and wildfowl as well as notable species such as black grouse Tetrao tetrix were recorded as primary species. Other information, e.g. flights by gull species, were also recorded in a shortened form; just noting the species and whether it crossed the Proposed Development at collision risk height.
6.3.20 The CRA undertaken used a collision risk model developed by Ramboll Environ UK Ltd. Flight information and collision risk calculations are provided in Technical Appendix 6.1. A description of the methodology is provided in Technical Appendix 6.4. The collision risk model incorporates prescribed avoidance rates for the bird species considered, which accounts for the percentage of birds flying at collision risk height which are assumed to take action to avoid colliding with the Proposed Development.
10 Email from Mike Shepherd to Chris Meek entitled “RE: Tomatin VP Mtg/Powerline Guidance” dated 27/03/2013 11 Whitfield, P., Bullman, R. and Band, B. (2005) Survey Methods for use in Assessing the Impacts of Onshore Windfarms in Bird Communities. SNH Advisory Services and National Strategy. Chapter 6: Ornithology 6-6 LT000019
Scottish Hydro Electric Transmission plc Knocknagael – Tomatin 275 kV OHL
Survey Limitations
6.3.21 As can be seen on Figure 6.2 there are three notable gaps in coverage from the VP locations, these being to the south-west of VP location three, between VP locations five and six and between VP locations six and seven.
6.3.22 The gap to the south-west of VP location three resulted from changes to the OHL LOD during the design phase as it was originally to the east of the VP location. Sufficient flight line data was collected during the flight activity survey to assess collision risk in this area, as can be seen on Figure 6.4.9a.
6.3.23 The gaps between VP locations five, six and seven cover habitats the same as those observed from the VP locations, these being mainly blanket bog and heath. As the habitats are homogenous then the three VP locations were chosen to provide a representative sample of flight activity. Figures 6.4.4b and 6.4.9b show that flights were still recorded in these gaps. Method of Assessment
6.3.24 This assessment has been completed following CIEEM guidelines (2006)12. Receptor Evaluation
6.3.25 The receptors, designated sites, habitats and species, identified within the study area have been assigned ecological values using the standard set out by CIEEM. Table 6.2 gives examples of how the valuation of nature conservation features has been applied at different geographical scales and to different populations of species. Table 6.2: Geographic Conservation Values
Value Example
International Internationally designated sites including Special Protection Areas (SPA), Ramsar site, potential SPAs and potential Ramsar sites; discrete areas which meet the published selection criteria for international designation but which are not themselves designated as such, or smaller areas which are essential to maintain the viability of a larger whole. Important Bird Areas (IBA) fit in here as they are designations based on international population levels and trends though they are not statutory designations. Resident or regularly occurring populations of species which may be considered at an International / European level¹, the loss of which would adversely affect the conservation status or distribution of the species at an International / European level. Resident or regularly occurring populations that contribute >1% of the international (European or worldwide) population.
National Nationally designated sites including Sites of Special Scientific Interest (SSSI), National Nature Reserves (NNR), Marine Nature Reserve; discrete areas which meet the published selection criteria for national designation (e.g. SSSI selection guidelines) but which are not designated as such; or areas of a key habitat type identified in the UK Biodiversity Action Plan (BAP). Resident or regularly occurring populations of species which may be considered at the UK or National level², the loss of which would adversely affect the conservation status or distribution of the species across Britain or the Country. Resident or regularly occurring populations that contribute >1% of the national population.
12 CIEEM (2006) Guidelines for Ecological Impact Assessment in the United Kingdom. Chapter 6: LT000019 6-7 Ornithology
Scottish Hydro Electric Transmission plc Knocknagael – Tomatin 275 kV OHL
Table 6.2: Geographic Conservation Values
Value Example
Regional Areas of a key habitat type identified in the Regional BAPs such as the Cairngorms BAP or the Highland BAP; viable areas of key habitat identified as being of Regional value in the appropriate Natural Heritage Zone (NHZ); or smaller areas of such habitat which are essential to maintain the viability of a larger whole. Resident or regularly occurring populations of species which may be considered at the Regional level, the loss of which would adversely affect the conservation status or distribution of the species across the Region. Resident or regularly occurring populations that contribute >1% of the regional population.
County Designated sites at the local authority level in Scotland including statutory Local Nature Reserves and non-statutory Local Nature Conservation Sites; or discrete areas which meet the published selection criteria for designation but which are not designated as such. Resident or regularly occurring populations of species which may be considered at the local authority level, the loss of which would adversely affect the conservation status or distribution of the species across the local authority area.
District A population of a species or assemblage not considered to qualify for a local designation. Resident or regularly occurring populations of species, the loss of which would adversely affect the conservation status or distribution of the species within the local area (i.e. within 10 km radius of the proposed development).
Local A population of a species or assemblage considered locally important in the context of the immediate surrounding area. Resident or regularly occurring populations and supporting habitats of any bird species of conservation importance in the context of the immediate surrounding area.
Site Areas of habitat considered to appreciably enrich the habitat resource within the Proposed Development. Includes viable populations of species which are of importance within the Proposed Development.
Negligible Areas of heavily urbanised or intensively managed land with negligible value to wildlife.
Notes: ¹: Species protected at a European level means: bird species listed within the Birds Directive. ²: Species protected or which may be considered at the UK or National level means: birds listed within Wildlife and Countryside Act 1981 (as amended) Schedule 1 and / or listed for their principal importance for biodiversity in accordance with the Nature Conservation (Scotland) Act 2004 Section 2(4); species listed within the UKBAP or UK Red Data Books.
6.3.26 The assessment also considers the sensitivity of ornithological receptors to impacts associated with OHL development. In this context, sensitivity is defined by the relative vulnerability or susceptibility of a species to impacts. Receptors are considered to be of high, medium or low sensitivity with this being assessed by ornithologists using their judgement and experience. This is defined for ornithological receptors in section 6.5: Likely Significant Effects.
Chapter 6: Ornithology 6-8 LT000019
Scottish Hydro Electric Transmission plc Knocknagael – Tomatin 275 kV OHL
Impact Characterisation
6.3.27 In order to characterise an impact on a receptor the parameters set out in Table 6.3 have been considered. Table 6.3: Impact Characterisation
Parameter Description
Direction Impacts are either adverse (negative) or beneficial (positive).
Magnitude This is defined as high, moderate, low or negligible, with these being classified using the following criteria: • High: Total/near total loss of a bird population due to mortality or displacement or major reduction in the status or productivity of a bird population due to mortality or displacement or disturbance. • Medium: Partial reduction in the status or productivity of a bird population due to mortality or displacement or disturbance. • Low: Small but discernible reduction in the status or productivity of a bird population due to mortality or displacement or disturbance. • Negligible: Very slight reduction in the status or productivity of a bird population due to mortality or displacement or disturbance. Reduction barely discernible, approximating to the ‘no change’ situation.
Extent The area over which an impact occurs.
Duration The time for which the impact is expected to last prior to recovery of the receptor or replacement of the receptor by similar resource (in terms of quality and / or quantity). This is expressed as a short term, medium term, or long term effect relative to the ornithological feature that is impacted.
Reversibility Irreversible impacts: permanent changes from which recovery is not possible within a reasonable time scale or for which there is no reasonable chance of action being taken to reverse it. Reversible impact: temporary changes in which spontaneous recovery is possible or for which effective mitigation (avoidance / cancellation / reduction of effect) or compensation (offset / recompense / offer benefit) is possible.
Likelihood of The likelihood of an impact occurring. The following convention, adapted from the Impact Intergovernmental Panel on Climate Change (IPCC) , is adopted: Virtually certain > 99% probability of occurrence Extremely likely 96 - 99% Very likely 91 - 95% Likely 67 - 90% More likely than not 51 - 66% Possible 34 - 50% Unlikely 11 - 33% Very unlikely 6 - 10% Extremely unlikely < 5%
Chapter 6: LT000019 6-9 Ornithology
Scottish Hydro Electric Transmission plc Knocknagael – Tomatin 275 kV OHL
Significance Criteria
6.3.28 An assessment is then made of whether an impact acting on an ornithological receptor could result in an effect which would be ecologically significant, based on the outcome of the receptor evaluation and impact characterisation.
6.3.29 In this assessment an ecologically significant effect is defined following CIEEM (2006), as resulting from "an impact (beneficial or adverse) on the integrity of a defined site or ecosystem and/or the conservation status of habitats or species within a defined geographical area." The determination of ecological significance is based on professional judgement. In addition, the value of the receptor defines the geographical terms of reference at which a predicted impact may result in a significant effect. Where an impact of at least moderate magnitude and a likelihood of occurrence of possible (34 - 50%) or greater is identified on a receptor of greater than county level value and of moderate or higher sensitivity, this is considered to result in an ecologically significant effect.
6.3.30 For clarity, it is noted that some potential effects are not considered significant in EIA terms. Where such effects are identified no specific mitigation is required, however good practice would be to control these effects as far as practicable. Habitat Regulations Appraisal
6.3.31 Where the Proposed Development is considered likely13 to have a significant effect on an SPA (under the terms of the Conservation of Habitats and Species Regulations 2010 (Reg 2(2) (g) extends chapter 4 of Part 6 (electricity) to Scotland), there is a requirement for the Scottish Ministers to complete an Appropriate Assessment as part of the Habitats Regulations Appraisal (HRA) process. Where there is no potential connectivity with SPA qualifying bird species, Appropriate Assessment would not be required. A report to inform the Appropriate Assessment is provided in Technical Appendix 6.2 taking account of the potential for connectivity with SPAs (as outlined in Table 6.4). Limitations of Assessment
6.3.32 Where assumptions within the ornithological assessment have been made, these are identified and explained. Similarly, limitations in methods are identified and discussed, particularly where this is likely to affect the outcome of the assessments. As with any environmental assessment there will be elements of uncertainty. Where relevant, these are identified and reported, together with a statement on any implications on the assessment and conclusions.
6.3.33 Bird surveys are based on sampling techniques, not absolute censi. Results give an indication of numbers and activities of birds at the particular times that surveys were carried out. The surveys for the Proposed Development were distributed by time of day and by date throughout the year sufficient to give a representation of the range of activity, but were limited occasionally by inclement winter weather, though this did not compromise the overall survey effort. The full scope of the surveys was discussed and agreed with SNH in advance of commencement. No gaps were identified in the baseline data that would prevent assessments being undertaken for the purposes of determining likely significant effects as is required by the EIA Regulations.
13 ‘Likely’ is interpreted as ‘it cannot be excluded on the basis of objective information, that it will have a significant effect on the site’ (URL: http://www.snh.gov.uk/protecting-scotlands-nature/protected-areas/international-designations/natura-sites/hra- likely-significant-effect/) Chapter 6: Ornithology 6-10 LT000019
Scottish Hydro Electric Transmission plc Knocknagael – Tomatin 275 kV OHL
6.3.34 Due to the fact that the breeding bird survey was conducted prior to some changes to the Proposed Development, some of the records fall outwith the current LOD. However, the surrounding habitat where the surveys were undertaken consists of similar habitat to that within the LOD, and therefore serves as a good indication of the types of bird species and their relative abundances that are present within the current LOD and it is believed that an accurate baseline of the species present has been collected.
6.4 Baseline Conditions
6.4.1 This section sets out the current ornithological baseline within the Desk and Field Study Areas. Each receptor is then evaluated and assigned a value and sensitivity. Where this has not been done receptors have been assigned negligible value and low sensitivity. Current Baseline – Receptor Evaluation Designated Sites
6.4.2 Figure 6.3 shows the sites designated for ornithological importance that are located within the desk study area.
6.4.3 Statutory designated sites considered in this assessment include Special Protection Areas (SPA), designated under the EC Birds Directive (2009/147/EC), Ramsar sites, designated under the Convention on Wetlands of International Importance14 and Sites of Special Scientific Interest specific to birds, designated under the Nature Conservation (Scotland) Act 2004. Non-statutory designations considered include the RSPB/Birdlife International Important Bird Areas (IBA).
6.4.4 Table 6.4 identifies the designated sites within the study area (as shown on Figure 6.3) and the relevant connectivity distances for qualifying species. Where there is no connectivity, the designated sites are not considered any further. Table 6.4: Designated Sites
Site Name Designation Distance to Relevant Qualifying Proposed Species within Development Connectivity Distance
Inner Moray Firth SPA, SSSI, Ramsar, 7 km Greylag Goose (20 km) IBA and Osprey (20 km)
Loch Ruthven SPA, SSSI, IBA 6.5 km Slavonian grebe (N/A15)
Loch Ashie SPA, SSSI, IBA 3 km Slavonian grebe(N/A16)
North Inverness Lochs SPA, SSSI, IBA 16 km None
Loch Vaa SPA, SSSI, IBA 17 km None
Loch Flemington SPA, SSSI 20 km None
Kinveachy Forest SPA, SSSI, IBA 8 km None
14 http://jncc.defra.gov.uk/page-161 15 Slavonian grebes will spend all of the breeding season on the same water body and so do not have a foraging connectivity distance. Relevant flights and migration to and from lochs at start and end of breeding season and occasional flights to new breeding locations following a failed breeding attempt. These are assessed as part of this assessment. 16 Ibid. Chapter 6: LT000019 6-11 Ornithology
Scottish Hydro Electric Transmission plc Knocknagael – Tomatin 275 kV OHL
Table 6.4: Designated Sites
Site Name Designation Distance to Relevant Qualifying Proposed Species within Development Connectivity Distance
Monadhliath SSSI 17 km None
Alvie SSSI 19 km None
INNER MORAY FIRTH
6.4.5 The Inner Moray Firth is approximately seven km north of the northern limit of the Proposed Development. It is listed as a Ramsar site for its non-breeding waterfowl assemblage, as well as for non-breeding bar-tailed godwit Limosa lapponica, redshank Tringa totanus, greylag goose Anser anser and red-breasted merganser Mergus serrator. It is also classified as an SPA for its breeding common tern Sterna hirundo and as well as its importance as a foraging resource for nearby breeding osprey Pandion haliaetus. The wintering assemblage includes bar-tailed godwit, curlew Numenius arquata, goldeneye Bucephala clangula, greylag goose, redshank, wigeon Anas penelope, goosander Mergus merganser, teal Anas crecca, red- breasted merganser, cormorant Phylacrocorax carbo, oystercatcher Haematopus ostralegus and scaup Aythya marila17.
6.4.6 Table 6.5 provides the populations of these species within the SPA (as relevant to this assessment) at the time of its classification (March 1999) as well as the percentage that represented of the British/European population. Table 6.5: Inner Moray Firth SPA Populations for Species Within Connectivity Distance
Species Breeding/Non- Population Percentage of Breeding GB/European Population Common Tern Breeding 310 pairs 2% GB
Curlew Non-breeding 1,262 1% GB
Goldeneye Non-breeding 218 1% GB
Greylag Goose Non-breeding 2,651 3% Icelandic population
Teal Non-breeding 2,066 1% GB
6.4.7 There are also three biological SSSIs within the Ramsar/SPA. Beauly Firth which was notified for non-breeding greylag goose, red-breasted merganser and goosander. Longman and Castle Stuart Bays which was notified for non-breeding goldeneye, redshank, wigeon, cormorant and red-breasted merganser. Munlochy which was notified for non-breeding greylag geese and wigeon.
6.4.8 The Inner Moray Firth Ramsar/SPA is of international value due to its high numbers of wintering wildfowl and waders.
17 SNH - Special Protection Area (SPA) Citation: Inner Moray Firth, Highland (UK9001624) Chapter 6: Ornithology 6-12 LT000019
Scottish Hydro Electric Transmission plc Knocknagael – Tomatin 275 kV OHL
LOCH RUTHVEN
6.4.9 Loch Ruthven is located six and a half km west of the Proposed Development. It is classified as an SPA, and listed as a Ramsar site, for breeding Slavonian grebe. It is also notified as an SSSI for the breeding Slavonian grebe and the breeding bird assemblage.
6.4.10 The breeding population of Slavonian grebes in Western Europe is only found in the highlands of Scotland. There was an average of 14 pairs on Loch Ruthven in the five year period from 1988-92, accounting for 18% of the total European population at the time18. Loch Ruthven is also known as an important autumn moult site for Slavonian grebe.
6.4.11 Loch Ruthven and Loch Ashie are both included in the Loch Ruthven and Nearby Lochs Important Bird Area (IBA) which is designated for the breeding population of Slavonian grebes. This designation is shown as extending to within one and a half km of the Proposed Development, however none of the relevant lochs are within three km.
6.4.12 Loch Ruthven is of international value as it has the largest population of breeding Slavonian grebe in Western Europe.
LOCH ASHIE
6.4.13 Loch Ashie is also classified as an SPA and notified as a SSSI for breeding and non- breeding Slavonian grebe. It is located approximately three km from the LOD of the Proposed Development.
6.4.14 Loch Ashie has been an important autumn moult site for Slavonian grebes. A gathering of 30 – 60 birds was supported, representing 7.5 – 15 % of the British wintering population19, “a large percentage”20 of the total Scottish breeding population and their fledged offspring. Recently this moulting flock has not been observed using Loch Ashie, with this thought to be due to pike Esox lucius and perch Perca sp. being introduced into the loch21.
6.4.15 Loch Ashie is of international value as it has the potential to support a large moulting flock. Vantage Point Surveys
WHOOPER SWAN
6.4.16 Whooper swan Cygnus cygnus flights are shown on Figure 6.4.1a – c with flights labelled by their BTO code, WS. Two flights were recorded on the fourth of November 2013 during a dusk survey at VP location two. These flights consisted of eight and three birds with the former recorded at collision risk height and the latter above collision risk height. Both flights were seen flying in the direction of the OHL LOD over Loch Bunachton but transits across the OHL LOD were not recorded.
6.4.17 Approximately 4,142 whooper swans winter in Scotland, 16% of the total Icelandic population. While whooper swan is listed on Annex 1 of the Birds’ Directive, the
18 SNH Special Protection Area (SPA) Citation: Loch Ruthven, Highland. 19 SNH Special Protection Area (SPA) Citation: Loch Ashie, Highland (UK9001554) 20 Forrester, R.W., Andrews, I.J., McInerny, C.J., Murray, R.D., McGowan, R.Y., Zonfrillo, B., Betts, M.W., Jardine, D.C. and Grundy, D.S. (2007) The Birds of Scotland. The Scottish Ornithologists’ Club, Aberlady. 21 Pers. comm. Chapter 6: LT000019 6-13 Ornithology
Scottish Hydro Electric Transmission plc Knocknagael – Tomatin 275 kV OHL
population within the study area is considered to be of regional value on the basis that it is part of large population, with wide distribution across Scotland. The Icelandic population is growing steadily (currently at 26,366) while the percentage of these birds wintering in Scotland has increased since 2000 after decreasing from 1986 to 200022.
PINK-FOOTED GOOSE
6.4.18 Pink-footed goose Anser brachyrhynchus flights are shown on Figure 6.4.1a – c with flights labelled by their BTO code, PG. Fourteen flights were recorded during the VP surveys, with six of these crossing the OHL LOD at collision risk height. Two flights were recorded in March 2014 with a flight of 90 birds crossing the OHL LOD south- east of Loch Bunachton and a single bird crossing to the west of Torrdarroch. The other four flights were recorded in September 2013 from VP location four. Two flights, of four and 46 birds, flew east over the VP and then two flights, of 100 and 65 birds, flew north-east over the VP and Milton of Farr respectively.
6.4.19 The wintering populations of pink-footed goose in Scotland peak at 200,000 birds (66% of the world population) in October before stabilising to between 100,000 and 150,000 birds (50% of the world population) through winter and spring. These counts increased steadily from 1960 (approximately 50,000) to 1985 (approximately 70,000) and have been growing faster since then23. The population using the Field Study Area is made up of migrating birds and is of county value on the basis of the large population and wide distribution.
GREYLAG GOOSE
6.4.20 Greylag goose flights are shown on Figure 6.4.1a – c with flights labelled by their BTO code, GJ. Forty greylag flights were recorded during the VP surveys, with 12 of these crossing the OHL LOD at collision risk height; these are described here. Three of these flights were observed to the north of VP location one. A flight of seven birds was recorded flying south-east in April 2013 and two flights were recorded flying north-east in August 2013 (16 birds) and October 2013 (27 birds). Five flights were recorded around VP location three, all heading north cross the OHL LOD. These consisted of 12 birds in September 2013, two flights of ten birds in October 2013, four birds in December 2013 and two birds in February 2014. Two flights were recorded flying south-east across the OHL LOD north of VP location four, 21 birds in September 2013 and 49 birds and December 2013. Two flights were recorded crossing the OHL LOD heading south-west north of VP location five. Both of these flights consisted of two birds and were recorded in March 2014. A single flight of 18 birds was recorded crossing the OHL LOD to the west of Loch nan Stuirteag in September 2013.
6.4.21 The wintering population of greylag goose comprises of approximately 85,000 winter migrants on top of 20,000 native breeding birds and 5,000 naturalised breeding birds. The number of Icelandic birds wintering in Scotland increased from approximately 30,000 in 1960 to a peak of over 115,000 in 1990. Since then populations have decreased slightly to their current number24. The greylag geese within the study form a qualifying component of the Inner Moray Firth SPA. The population is large
22 Forrester, R.W., Andrews, I.J., McInerny, C.J., Murray, R.D., McGowan, R.Y., Zonfrillo, B., Betts, M.W., Jardine, D.C. and Grundy, D.S. (2007) The Birds of Scotland. The Scottish Ornithologists’ Club, Aberlady. 23 Ibid. 24 Forrester, R.W., Andrews, I.J., McInerny, C.J., Murray, R.D., McGowan, R.Y., Zonfrillo, B., Betts, M.W., Jardine, D.C. and Grundy, D.S. (2007) The Birds of Scotland. The Scottish Ornithologists’ Club, Aberlady. Chapter 6: Ornithology 6-14 LT000019
Scottish Hydro Electric Transmission plc Knocknagael – Tomatin 275 kV OHL
and has a wide distribution. On this basis, the population is considered to be of regional value.
TEAL
6.4.22 Teal flights are shown on Figure 6.4.2a – b with flights labelled by their BTO code, T. Three teal flights were recorded during the VP surveys. Two of these were from VP location two in June 2013, one flight of two birds and the other a single female, flying from Loch Bunachton to the pool west of Mains of Bunachton. A single flight was recorded from VP location three in April 2013 flying between River Nairn and River Farnack. No flights crossed the OHL LOD.
6.4.23 The population of wintering teal in Scotland was estimated at about 37,500 birds in 2007 and has been steadily increasing since the 1960s25. Teal is a qualifying interest species of the Inner Moray Firth SPA. The wintering population, as described in Table 6.5, is sufficiently large (2,066) that the population is considered to be of regional value.
GOLDENEYE
6.4.24 Goldeneye flights are shown on Figure 6.4.2a – b with flights labelled by their BTO code, GN. Three goldeneye flights were recorded during the VP surveys with two of these crossing the OHL LOD at collision risk height. Six birds crossed the OHL LOD flying south passed VP location three in April 2013. This flight crossed the OHL LOD and was associated with the River Nairn. In February 2014 two birds were recorded crossing the OHL LOD at collision risk height as they flew south-west into Loch Bunachton. They joined another two birds and were later disturbed by walkers and flew away south-west.
6.4.25 The population of wintering goldeneye in Scotland was estimated at between 10,000 and 12,000 birds in 2007 with this increasing very slowly since the 1970s26. Goldeneye is a qualifying interest species of the Inner Moray Firth SPA The wintering population, as described in Table 6.5, is sufficiently large (218) to be considered of regional value.
BLACK GROUSE
6.4.26 Black grouse Tetrao tetrix flights are shown on Figure 6.4.3a – b with flights labelled by their BTO code, BK. A total of 31 black grouse flights were recorded during the VP surveys, with all but one of these recorded from VP location one. The exception was a single bird recorded at VP location nine. The other 30 flights were associated with the lek that was recorded to the north-west of VP location one. One of these flights, recorded in January and consisting of five males, crossed the OHL LOD at collision risk height. Two other flight were recorded at collision risk height and not crossing the OHL LOD, while the rest of the flights were all below collision risk height.
6.4.27 Black grouse population in Scotland was estimated at between 5,500 and 14,000 birds in Scotland in 2007 and is decreasing. The number of lekking males recorded, a survey measure used to estimate population, has decreased by a 29% across Scotland from 1995 to 200527. Black grouse are listed on Annex 1 of the Birds’ Directive. The Proposed Development lies at the north of the core black grouse population stronghold that stretches from Perth and Kinross north to Badenoch and
25 Ibid. 26 Forrester, R.W., Andrews, I.J., McInerny, C.J., Murray, R.D., McGowan, R.Y., Zonfrillo, B., Betts, M.W., Jardine, D.C. and Grundy, D.S. (2007) The Birds of Scotland. The Scottish Ornithologists’ Club, Aberlady. 27 Ibid. Chapter 6: LT000019 6-15 Ornithology
Scottish Hydro Electric Transmission plc Knocknagael – Tomatin 275 kV OHL
Strathspey28. Considering these factors, the local populations are assessed as being of regional value.
RED-THROATED DIVER
6.4.28 The red-throated diver Gavia stellata flight is shown on Figure 6.4.2a – b with flights labelled by their BTO code, RT. A single red-throated diver flight was recorded to the north-east of Garbole. This flight consisted of a single bird flying east in April 2013 and did not cross the OHL LOD.
6.4.29 There were between 935 and 1,500 breeding pairs of red-throated diver in Scotland in 2007 and this population has remained relatively stable since the 1960s29. Red- throated diver are listed on Annex 1 of the Birds’ Directive. The Proposed Development lies away from the core breeding range of red-throated diver in Scotland1630 so the population is of regional value.
BLACK-THROATED DIVER
6.4.30 The only black-throated diver Gavia arctica flight is shown on Figure 6.4.2a – b with flights labelled by their BTO code, BV. This single flight of a single bird was recorded flying into Loch Bunachton in April 2013.
6.4.31 There were approximately 200 pairs of black-throated diver breeding in Scotland in 2007. This population is thought to be growing slowly in the north of Scotland31. Black-throated diver are listed on Annex 1 of the Birds’ Directive. The Proposed Development lies away from the core breeding range of black-throated diver in Scotland1632 so populations are of regional value.
GREY HERON
6.4.32 Heron Ardea cinerea flights are shown on Figure 6.4.2a – b with flights labelled by their BTO code, H. 20 heron flights were recorded during the VP surveys, with one of these crossing the LOD at collision risk height. A single bird crossed the OHL LOD at collision risk height to the south-west of VP location three in May 2013. This bird was flying south down the River Nairn.
6.4.33 There are estimated to be over 10,000 grey herons in Scotland with this rising to 17,000 in summer after young have fledged. This population was recorded steadily improving from 1983 to 2003 by a rate of about 7% each year33. The local population of grey heron is of site value.
SLAVONIAN GREBE
6.4.34 No Slavonian grebe flights were recorded during the VP surveys. VP location two was chosen for its clear view of Loch Bunachton and no birds were seen on or flying to/from the loch. Anecdotal evidence from locals suggests that the loch contains many pike Esox lucius. Where these are present then Slavonian grebes are
28 Ibid. 29 Ibid. 30 Ibid. 31 Forrester, R.W., Andrews, I.J., McInerny, C.J., Murray, R.D., McGowan, R.Y., Zonfrillo, B., Betts, M.W., Jardine, D.C. and Grundy, D.S. (2007) The Birds of Scotland. The Scottish Ornithologists’ Club, Aberlady. 32 Ibid. 33 Ibid. Chapter 6: Ornithology 6-16 LT000019
Scottish Hydro Electric Transmission plc Knocknagael – Tomatin 275 kV OHL
generally absent as the pike reduce the population levels of small fish to a level below that required by the grebes34.
6.4.35 Slavonian grebe are listed on Annex 1 of the Birds’ Directive and Schedule 1 of the Wildlife and Countryside Act 1981. They are also qualifying interests for Loch Ruthven and Loch Ashie SPAs and are migratory. Populations have varied from highs of 60 – 80 breeding pairs down to 22 in 2010 with causes for this variation currently unknown35. The local population is of international value as it is one of the biggest European breeding population outside of Scandinavia, Iceland and Eastern Europe.
RED KITE
6.4.36 Red kite Milvus flights are shown on Figure 6.4.4a – c with flights labelled by their BTO code, KT. 122 red kite flights were recorded during the VP surveys with 29 of these crossing the OHL LOD at collision risk height. Two of these flights were recorded to the south-west of VP location three and four were recorded to the north of VP location four, all flights over farmland. Another of these flights was recorded just to the east of VP location seven over moorland and another was recorded around VP location eight over Scots’ pine Pinus sylvestris forest. The remaining 21 flights were all recorded from VP locations five and six over the open moorland that characterises this large area.
6.4.37 Given the nature of the red kites’ flight, which spiral and double back on themselves frequently, the 29 flights resulted in 77 crossings of the OHL LOD.
6.4.38 Red kites are listed in Annex 1 of the Birds’ Directive. The species has been successfully reintroduced into Scotland36, though the populations are still discrete and small enough to be of medium sensitivity. The birds using the Field Study Area are from the population centred on the Black Isle which contained approximately 5537 breeding pairs in 2011, a large proportion of the Scottish population of 21838 breeding pairs in 2012, and so is of national value. Of the 103 red kites found dead in the North of Scotland from 1989 to 2006, 40% were concluded to have been killed illegally. This high rate of persecution is greatly reducing population and range growth, though both are still increasing39.
WHITE-TAILED EAGLE
6.4.39 White-tailed eagle Haliaetus albicilla flights are shown on Figure 6.4.5a – b with flights labelled by their BTO code, WE. There were 11 flights of white-tailed eagle recorded during the VP surveys. Two of these crossed the OHL LOD at collision risk height. These flights of single birds were recorded in November 2013 from VP location five crossing the line four and two times. These flights were recorded over the moorland that covers the field study area between VP location five and seven.
6.4.40 White-tailed eagles are listed in Annex 1 of the Birds’ Directive and were reintroduced to Scotland in 1975. The Scottish breeding population has grown steadily since then
34 Summers, R.W., Mavora, R.A., Hogg, S. & Harriman, R. (2011) Lake characteristics and their selection by breeding Slavonian Grebes Podiceps auritus in Scotland. Bird Study. 58 (3) p.349-356. 35 Forrester, R.W., Andrews, I.J., McInerny, C.J., Murray, R.D., McGowan, R.Y., Zonfrillo, B., Betts, M.W., Jardine, D.C. and Grundy, D.S. (2007) The Birds of Scotland. The Scottish Ornithologists’ Club, Aberlady. 36 www.rspb.org.uk 37 Forrester, R.W., Andrews, I.J., McInerny, C.J., Murray, R.D., McGowan, R.Y., Zonfrillo, B., Betts, M.W., Jardine, D.C. and Grundy, D.S. (2007) The Birds of Scotland. The Scottish Ornithologists’ Club, Aberlady. 38 http://www.scottishraptorstudygroup.org/redkite.html 39 Smart, J., et al. Illegal killing slows population recovery of a re-introduced raptor of high conservation concern – The red kite Milvus milvus. Biol. Conserv. (2010) Chapter 6: LT000019 6-17 Ornithology
Scottish Hydro Electric Transmission plc Knocknagael – Tomatin 275 kV OHL
but remains small, about 52 pairs in 201040, and is moderately sensitive. Illegal persecution, such as from poisoning, is still a threat to the species. White-tailed eagle have not been recorded breeding locally so the birds that could potentially be affected by the Proposed Development are those migrating over land. These birds are of national value.
HEN HARRIER
6.4.41 Hen Harrier Circus cyaneus flights are shown on Figure 6.4.6a – c with flights labelled by their BTO code, HH. There were 11 hen harrier flights recorded during the VP surveys, with one of these crossing the OHL LOD at collision risk height. This flight was recorded over Scots’ pine forest from VP location seven in April 2013 when a single bird crossed the OHL LOD at collision risk height. The rest of the flights were associated with moorland habitats.
6.4.42 Hen harriers are listed in Annex 1 of the Birds’ Directive. The Scottish breeding population was approximately 662 pairs in 201041, but significant limiting factors still exist. The hen harrier population is spread across Scotland so local populations are of regional value.
NORTHERN GOSHAWK
6.4.43 Goshawk Accipiter gentilis flights are shown on Figure 6.4.7a - b with flights labelled by their BTO code, GI. There were 17 goshawk flights recorded during the VP surveys with eleven of these crossing the OHL LOD at collision risk height. A single bird was recorded crossing the OHL LOD at collision risk height north of VP location four during March 2014. All of the other transits were recorded from VP location eight. In November 2013 a flight of a single bird crossed the OHL LOD twice. In March 2014, at the peak of goshawk displaying season, nine flights of 18 birds were recorded crossing the OHL LOD at collision risk height. These flights were all associated with coniferous woodland.
6.4.44 Goshawk is listed on Schedule 1 of the Wildlife and Countryside Act. There were approximately 130 breeding pairs in Scotland in 2004 with only five of these recorded in Highland42. Given that the Proposed Development lies at the edge of the known range for this species and that the local population represents a large proportion of the small regional population, the population is considered to be of Regional value.
SPARROWHAWK
6.4.45 Sparrowhawk Accipiter nisus flights are shown on Figure 6.4.8a - b with flights labelled by their BTO code, SH. 46 sparrowhawk flights were recorded during the VP surveys with five of these crossing the OHL LOD at collision risk height. One of these flights was recorded from VP location three in September 2013, another from VP location four in February 2014 and another from VP location seven in February 2014. The remaining two flights were recorded from VP location eight where a sparrowhawk nest was suspected nearby. That these flights were recorded in the breeding season (both in July 2013), along with other flights at VP location eight into the same part of woodland, supports this theory. All of these flights were of birds flying into areas of coniferous woodland.
40 Balmer, D.E., Gillings, S., Caffrey, B.J., Swann, R.L., Downie, I.S. and Fuller, R.J. (2013) Bird Atlas 2007-2011: the breeding and wintering birds of Britain and Ireland. BTO Books, Thetford. 41 Forrester, R.W., Andrews, I.J., McInerny, C.J., Murray, R.D., McGowan, R.Y., Zonfrillo, B., Betts, M.W., Jardine, D.C. and Grundy, D.S. (2007) The Birds of Scotland. The Scottish Ornithologists’ Club, Aberlady. 42 Forrester, R.W., Andrews, I.J., McInerny, C.J., Murray, R.D., McGowan, R.Y., Zonfrillo, B., Betts, M.W., Jardine, D.C. and Grundy, D.S. (2007) The Birds of Scotland. The Scottish Ornithologists’ Club, Aberlady. Chapter 6: Ornithology 6-18 LT000019
Scottish Hydro Electric Transmission plc Knocknagael – Tomatin 275 kV OHL
6.4.46 The Scottish breeding population of sparrowhawk was between 8,000 and 12,000 birds in 200743. Local populations are stable and so are of site value.
BUZZARD
6.4.47 Buzzard Buteo buteo flights are shown on Figure 6.4.9a – c with flights labelled by their BTO code, BZ. 336 Buzzard flights were recorded during the VP surveys with 82 of these crossing the OHL LOD at collision risk height. These flights involved 96 birds crossing the OHL LOD 194 times and the flights were evenly distributed across the habitats of the OHL LOD and throughout the year.
6.4.48 The Scottish breeding population of buzzard was between 15,000 and 20,000 breeding pairs in 200744. Local populations are stable and so are of site value.
GOLDEN EAGLE
6.4.49 Golden eagle Aquila chrysaetos flights are shown on Figure 6.4.5a – b with flights labelled by their BTO code, EA. There were 16 golden eagle flights recorded during the VP surveys with four of these crossing the OHL LOD at collision risk height. One flight was recorded from VP location six in May 2013, two were recorded from VP location five in November 2013 and the other was recorded from VP location six also in November 2013. These flights were all recorded over the moorland between VP locations five and seven.
6.4.50 Golden eagles are listed in Annex 1 of the Birds’ Directive. The population was 442 pairs at last estimate, in 200345, a large, stable population. Local populations are of regional value. Human persecution remains as a key threat to this species, evidenced by the fact that large areas of suitable eagle habitat on managed grouse moors are unoccupied.
OSPREY
6.4.51 Osprey Pandion haliaetus flights are shown on Figure 6.4.6a – c with flights labelled by their BTO code, OP. There were a total of 23 osprey flights recorded during the VP surveys with one of these crossing the OHL LOD at collision risk height. This was a juvenile recorded hunting over Loch Bunachton from VP location two in May 2013 then flying east.
6.4.52 Osprey are listed in Annex 1 of the Birds’ Directive. Their range and population continues to grow in Scotland, 211 breeding pairs in 201046, so this population has a regional value.
6.4.53 A single osprey nest was recorded approximately 570 m from the Proposed Development. This fits into the upper limit for disturbance distance for this species47. This nest is a receptor with a high sensitivity and has value at the county level.
43 Ibid. 44 Ibid. 45 Balmer, D.E., Gillings, S., Caffrey, B.J., Swann, R.L., Downie, I.S. and Fuller, R.J. (2013) Bird Atlas 2007-2011: the breeding and wintering birds of Britain and Ireland. BTO Books, Thetford. 46 Forrester, R.W., Andrews, I.J., McInerny, C.J., Murray, R.D., McGowan, R.Y., Zonfrillo, B., Betts, M.W., Jardine, D.C. and Grundy, D.S. (2007) The Birds of Scotland. The Scottish Ornithologists’ Club, Aberlady. 47 Ruddock, M & Whitfield D.P. (2007) A Review of Disturbance Distances in Selected Bird Species. Natural Research Ltd. for SNH Chapter 6: LT000019 6-19 Ornithology
Scottish Hydro Electric Transmission plc Knocknagael – Tomatin 275 kV OHL
LAPWING
6.4.54 Lapwing Vanellus vanellus flights are shown on Figure 6.4.10a – c with flights labelled by their BTO code, L. There were 16 lapwing flights recorded during the VP surveys with two of these crossing the OHL LOD at collision risk height. Both of these flights were recorded from VP location three, three birds in June 2013 and a bird in July 2013, flying over upland grazing farmland.
6.4.55 Lapwing are a UK BAP priority species. Lapwing have undergone a dramatic population decline with the breeding and wintering numbers, 71,500 – 105,600 pairs and 65,000 – 69,000 respectively48. The local population within and surrounding the Field Study Area is small, judged by how few flights were recorded through the breeding season, and so is considered to be of local value.
CURLEW
6.4.56 Curlew Numenius arquata flights are shown on Figure 6.4.10a – c with flights labelled by their BTO code, CU. There were 103 curlew flights recorded during the VP surveys with six of these crossing the OHL LOD at collision risk height. Three of these flights were recorded during April 2013, one from VP location one and two from VP location seven. These flights and another from VP location five in May 2013 were all recorded over moorland. The other two flights were recorded were recorded from VP location three in June 2013 and in March 2014 over upland grazing fields.
6.4.57 Curlew are a UK BAP priority species. Though they have also undergone a dramatic population decline, the breeding and wintering numbers are sufficiently large, 58,600 pairs and 85,700 respectively49. The local population within and surrounding the Field Study Area is of moderate size, judged by how many flights were recorded through the breeding season, and so is considered to be of regional value.
WOODCOCK
6.4.58 Woodcock Scolopax rusticola flights are shown on Figure 6.4.10a – c with flights labelled by their BTO code, WK. There were three woodcock flights recorded during the VP surveys with none of these crossing the OHL LOD at collision risk height. All three records were of short flights at dusk when the birds forage and patrol their territories. These flights were recorded at VP location three in November 2013, VP location nine in January 2014 and VP location four in February 2014.
6.4.59 The population of woodcock in Scotland was estimated at 78,000 birds in 200750. Local populations are small and stable and so are of site value.
SNIPE
6.4.60 Snipe Gallinago gallinago flights are shown on Figure 6.4.10a – c with flights labelled by their BTO code, SN. Three snipe flights were recorded during the VP surveys with one of these crossing the OHL LOD at collision risk height. This was recorded from VP location three in September 2013 over upland grazing fields.
48 Forrester, R.W., Andrews, I.J., McInerny, C.J., Murray, R.D., McGowan, R.Y., Zonfrillo, B., Betts, M.W., Jardine, D.C. and Grundy, D.S. (2007) The Birds of Scotland. The Scottish Ornithologists’ Club, Aberlady. 49 Forrester, R.W., Andrews, I.J., McInerny, C.J., Murray, R.D., McGowan, R.Y., Zonfrillo, B., Betts, M.W., Jardine, D.C. and Grundy, D.S. (2007) The Birds of Scotland. The Scottish Ornithologists’ Club, Aberlady. 50 Ibid. Chapter 6: Ornithology 6-20 LT000019
Scottish Hydro Electric Transmission plc Knocknagael – Tomatin 275 kV OHL
6.4.61 The Scottish population of snipe was estimated at between 34,000 and 40,000 pairs in 200751. Local populations are small and stable and so are of site value.
SHORT-EARED OWL
6.4.62 Short-eared owl Asio flammeus flights are shown on Figure 6.4.3a – b with flights labelled by their BTO code, SE. Five short-eared owl flights were recorded with none of these crossing the OHL LOD at collision risk height. All of these flights were recorded from VP location nine with no flights within one km of the OHL LOD.
6.4.63 Short-eared owl are listed in Annex 1 of the Birds’ Directive. There were thought to be between 125 and 1,250 breeding pairs in the UK in 200752 with the Proposed Development lying at the edge of its known range. Using the precautionary approach and using the lower population estimate then locally breeding birds would be of national value.
KESTREL
6.4.64 Kestrel Falco tinnunculus flights are shown on Figure 6.4.11a – c with flights labelled by their BTO code, K. There were 93 kestrel flights during the VP surveys with ten of these crossing the OHL LOD at collision risk height. These were spread evenly across the habitats in the field study area throughout the year: two in April 2013 from VP location four, one in May 2013 from VP location four, one in June 2013 from VP location one, one in July 2013 from VP location six, two in August 2013 from VP locations five and six and three in March 2014 from VP location one.
6.4.65 The Scottish breeding population of kestrel was between 7,500 and 7,800 in 200753. Local populations are small and stable and so are of site value.
MERLIN
6.4.66 Merlin Falco columbarius flights are shown on Figure 6.4.11a – c with flights labelled by their BTO code, ML. There were 14 merlin flights recorded during the VP surveys with 11 of these crossing the OHL LOD at collision risk height. All of these flights were recorded in the moorland around VP locations five and six. Two flights were recorded from VP location five in May 2013, one flight was recorded from VP location five in June 2013, four flights were recorded in July 2013 from VP location and three flights were recorded in August 2013, two from VP location five and one from VP location six.
6.4.67 Merlin are listed in Annex 1 of the Birds’ Directive. Populations are large and stable enough, 800 pairs54, to be of county value.
6.4.68 Bird behaviour, acting aggressively towards other birds of prey, suggested the presence of a nest approximately within 300 m of the Proposed Development. This falls within the limits of disturbance distance for this species55. This nest is a highly sensitive receptor of county value.
51 Ibid. 52 Ibid. 53 Forrester, R.W., Andrews, I.J., McInerny, C.J., Murray, R.D., McGowan, R.Y., Zonfrillo, B., Betts, M.W., Jardine, D.C. and Grundy, D.S. (2007) The Birds of Scotland. The Scottish Ornithologists’ Club, Aberlady. 54 Ibid. 55 Ruddock, M & Whitfield D.P. (2007) A Review of Disturbance Distances in Selected Bird Species. Natural Research Ltd. for SNH Chapter 6: LT000019 6-21 Ornithology
Scottish Hydro Electric Transmission plc Knocknagael – Tomatin 275 kV OHL
PEREGRINE
6.4.69 Peregrine Falco peregrinus flights are shown on Figure 6.4.11a – c with flights labelled by their BTO code, PE. There were 14 peregrine flights recorded during the VP surveys with one of these crossing the OHL LOD at collision risk height. This flight was recorded from VP location seven in September 2013 over moorland.
6.4.70 Peregrine are listed in Annex 1 of the Birds’ Directive. Populations are large and stable enough, approximately 600 pairs56, to be of low sensitivity and county value. Breeding Bird Surveys
6.4.71 There were 67 species of bird recorded during the BBS with 31 of these confirmed to be breeding within the LOD of the Proposed Development. Table 6.6 shows the results of the BBS for the Proposed Development. The results of the BBS are shown on Figures 6.5a – f. Table 6.6 – Breeding Bird Survey Results
BTO Species Total Number of Confirmed BOCC Code Number Confirmed Breeding Classification57; of Breeding Records Schedule 1 Records Records Within LOD B. Blackbird 21 13 3 Green
BC Blackcap 1 1 0 Green
BF Bullfinch 3 0 0 Amber
BH Black-headed Gull 5 0 0 Amber
BK Black Grouse 4 1 1 Red
BT Blue Tit 11 3 3 Green
BZ Buzzard 7 1 1 Green
C. Carrion Crow 14 0 0 Green
CC Chiffchaff 2 2 0 Green
CG Canada Goose 1 0 0 N/A
CH Chaffinch 148 79 36 Green
CK Cuckoo 5 1 1 Red
CM Common Gull 5 0 0 Amber
CR Common Crossbill 12 0 0 Green; Schedule 1
CT Coal Tit 88 50 20 Green
CU Curlew 19 13 4 Amber
D. Dunnock 11 7 4 Amber
56 Forrester, R.W., Andrews, I.J., McInerny, C.J., Murray, R.D., McGowan, R.Y., Zonfrillo, B., Betts, M.W., Jardine, D.C. and Grundy, D.S. (2007) The Birds of Scotland. The Scottish Ornithologists’ Club, Aberlady. 57 Eaton, M.A., Brown, A.F., Noble, D.G., Musgrove, A.J., Hearn, R., Aebischer, N.J., Gibbons, D.W., Evans, A. and Gregory, R.D. (2009) Birds of Conservation Concern 3: the population status of birds in the United Kingdom, Channel Islands and the Isle of Man. British Birds 102, pp296–341. Chapter 6: Ornithology 6-22 LT000019
Scottish Hydro Electric Transmission plc Knocknagael – Tomatin 275 kV OHL
Table 6.6 – Breeding Bird Survey Results
BTO Species Total Number of Confirmed BOCC Code Number Confirmed Breeding Classification57; of Breeding Records Schedule 1 Records Records Within LOD
DI Dipper 1 0 0 Green
GC Goldcrest 91 48 23 Green
GJ Greylag Goose 2 0 0 Amber
GK Greenshank 1 1 1 Green
GO Goldfinch 4 1 1 Green
GR Greenfinch 3 0 0 Green
GS Great-spotted Woodpecker 7 0 0 Green
GT Great Tit 11 6 2 Green
H. Grey Heron 1 0 0 Green
HC Hooded Crow 2 0 0 Green
HM House Martin 1 0 0 Amber
J. Jay 1 0 0 Green
JD Jackdaw 4 0 0 Green
K. Kestrel 1 1 0 Amber
KT Red Kite 3 0 0 Amber
L. Lapwing 2 0 0 Red
LR Lesser Redpoll 17 7 3 Red
LT Long-tailed Tit 3 0 0 Green
M. Mistle Thrush 17 5 2 Amber
MA Mallard 1 0 0 Amber
MP Meadow Pipit 103 24 16 Amber
OC Oystercatcher 7 3 2 Amber
OP Osprey 2 1 0 Amber
P. Grey Partridge 1 0 0 Red
PG Pink-footed Goose 5 0 0 Amber
PH Pheasant 9 1 1 N/A
PW Pied Wagtail 3 0 0 Green
R. Robin 88 54 21 Green
RB Reed Bunting 1 1 0 Amber
Chapter 6: LT000019 6-23 Ornithology
Scottish Hydro Electric Transmission plc Knocknagael – Tomatin 275 kV OHL
Table 6.6 – Breeding Bird Survey Results
BTO Species Total Number of Confirmed BOCC Code Number Confirmed Breeding Classification57; of Breeding Records Schedule 1 Records Records Within LOD
RG Red Grouse 52 16 9 Amber
RL Red-legged partridge 1 0 0 N/A
S. Skylark 9 7 5 Red
SC Stonechat 7 3 1 Green
SG Starling 4 0 0 Red
SK Siskin 25 8 4 Green
SL Swallow 7 0 0 Amber
SM Sand Martin 3 0 0 Amber
ST Song Thrush 37 32 10 Red
T. Teal 4 0 0 Amber
TC Treecreeper 1 0 0 Green
TP Tree Pipit 13 12 6 Red
W. Wheatear 4 2 1 Amber
WC Whinchat 1 0 0 Amber
WH Whitethroat 1 1 1 Amber
WK Woodcock 2 0 0 Amber
WO Wood Warbler 4 1 0 Red
WP Woodpigeon 33 11 2 Green
WR Wren 85 79 31 Green
WW Willow Warbler 94 90 40 Amber
Y. Yellowhammer 6 2 1 Red
6.4.72 There were 11 species of high conservation concern in Birds of Conservation Concern (BOCC) 3 recorded during the BBS for the Proposed Development, these are listed below: • black grouse;
• cuckoo Cuculus canorus;
• lapwing;
• lesser redpoll Carduelis cabaret;
• grey partridge Perdix perdix;
• skylark Alauda arvensis;
• starling Sturnus vulgaris; Chapter 6: Ornithology 6-24 LT000019
Scottish Hydro Electric Transmission plc Knocknagael – Tomatin 275 kV OHL
• song thrush Turdus philomelos;
• tree pipit Anthus trivialis;
• wood warbler Phylloscopus sibilatrix; and
• yellowhammer Emberiza citrinella.
6.4.73 Out of these black grouse, cuckoo, lesser redpoll, skylark, song thrush, tree pipit and yellowhammer were recorded breeding within the LOD of the Proposed Development. Black grouse are listed on Annex 1 of the Birds’ Directive while the other species are UK BAP priorities. Populations of these species are of regional value.
6.4.74 There were 25 species of medium conservation in the BOCC 3 recorded during the BBS for the Proposed Development, these are listed below: • bullfinch Pyrrhula pyrrhula;
• black-headed gull Chroicocephalus ridibundus;
• common gull Larus canus;
• curlew;
• dunnock Prunella modularis;
• greylag goose;
• house martin Delichon urbica;
• kestrel;
• red kite;
• mistle thrush Turdus viscivorus;
• mallard Anas platyrhynchos;
• meadow pipit;
• oystercatcher Haematopus ostralegus;
• osprey;
• pink-footed goose;
• reed bunting Emberiza schoeniclus;
• red grouse;
• swallow Hirundo rustica;
• sand martin Riparia riparia;
• teal;
• wheatear;
• whinchat Saxicola rubetra;
• whitethroat Sylvia communis;
• woodcock; and
• willow warbler Phylloscopus trochilus.
Chapter 6: LT000019 6-25 Ornithology
Scottish Hydro Electric Transmission plc Knocknagael – Tomatin 275 kV OHL
6.4.75 Out of these curlew, dunnock, mistle thrush, meadow pipit, oystercatcher, red grouse, wheatear, whitethroat and willow warbler were confirmed as breeding within the LOD for the Proposed Development. Black Grouse Lek Survey
6.4.76 The black grouse lek survey did not identify any leks within the LOD for the Proposed Development. Two leks were identified during the surveys, one 1.3 km south-west of the Proposed Development at the northern end and the other was recorded two km east of the Proposed Development at the southern end. The lek locations are discussed in Confidential Technical Appendix 6.3.
6.4.77 Black grouse lek locations are vulnerable to disturbance. Black grouse leks are a moderately sensitive receptor for a regionally important species. Goshawk Nest Survey
6.4.78 As goshawk is protected as a schedule 1 species details of the goshawk nest surveys are given in the confidential Technical Appendix 6.3. No nest was identified within the Field Study Area. Future Baseline
6.4.79 The future baseline under the “do nothing” scenario is likely to remain similar to the current baseline. Outside of natural population fluctuations and nationwide population trends the suite of ornithological species using the study area is expected to remain constant. The main factor dictating the species present is the land use of the habitats in the study area. The main land uses are heathland for grouse shooting, upland grazing and forestry with these set to continue in the future.
6.5 Likely Significant Effects Construction Effects Removal of habitat
6.5.1 Both permanent and temporary habitat loss are predicted as a result of the construction of the Proposed Development. Permanent loss would occur from felling a wayleave corridor for the Proposed Development and from the construction of new stone access tracks. Temporary, short-term habitat loss would occur at tower bases that would be reinstated after construction. These impacts would be adverse and virtually certain and would vary in magnitude and extent. The surrounding habitats have a low sensitivity and it is unlikely they would be affected by the construction of the Proposed Development.
6.5.2 The breeding and foraging habitats of the key species of high conservation concern that were recorded during the BBS are listed on Table 6.7.
Chapter 6: Ornithology 6-26 LT000019
Scottish Hydro Electric Transmission plc Knocknagael – Tomatin 275 kV OHL
Table 6.7: Species of High Conservation Concern and Their Habitat Requirements
Species Habitat Requirement Estimate of Amount of Habitat to be Removed
Black grouse Open woodland and woodland edge 2.33 ha permanent
Song thrush Open woodland and woodland edge 2.33 ha permanent
Tree pipit Open woodland and woodland edge 2.33 ha permanent
Cuckoo Only absent from mountains, city centres and 11.31 ha permanent / 13.95 intensely managed farmland ha temporary
Lesser redpoll Broadleaved and coniferous woodland 39.73 ha permanent
Skylark Any open terrain 11.31 ha permanent / 13.95 ha temporary
Yellowhammer Hedges and scrub borders 0.04 ha permanent / 0.47 ha temporary
6.5.3 The habitats removed are common in the wider area around the Proposed Development. Areas removed are insignificant compared with the larger habitats remaining therefore no ornithologically significant impacts are predicted. Nest destruction
6.5.4 During the construction of the Proposed Development nests could be destroyed by direct construction activities and some may be abandoned due to disturbance from construction vehicles.
6.5.5 This has the potential to be an adverse, short-term, irreversible, likely effect wherever construction activities are required. Bird nest conservation value varies dependent on the species and all nests are highly sensitive.
6.5.6 Crossbill species follow different breeding cycles from the majority of other breeding birds. Their breeding cycles are synchronised with cone production from coniferous trees such as Sitka spruce Picea sitchensis and Scots’ pine. Common crossbill Loxia curvirostra can start breeding in late August and continue throughout the year, adapting to different conifer species’ cones as they fruit58. All crossbill species are listed on Schedule 1 and are of national value. Removal of their nests would be an adverse, medium term, irreversible, virtually certain effect on a nationally important receptor. This has the potential to be an ornithologically significant effect. Disturbance
6.5.7 Disturbance has the potential to provide adverse, short-term, irreversible, possible effects on the ornithological suite of species occupying the LOD of the Proposed Development and the surrounding area. Birds can be disturbed by the activities of personnel and vehicles during the construction of the Proposed Development.
6.5.8 Construction activities have the potential to result in an adverse, short-term, irreversible, possible effect on the osprey, goshawk and merlin nests recorded near the Proposed Development. These receptors have a high sensitivity to disturbance
58 Forrester, R.W., Andrews, I.J., McInerny, C.J., Murray, R.D., McGowan, R.Y., Zonfrillo, B., Betts, M.W., Jardine, D.C. and Grundy, D.S. (2007) The Birds of Scotland. The Scottish Ornithologists’ Club, Aberlady. Chapter 6: LT000019 6-27 Ornithology
Scottish Hydro Electric Transmission plc Knocknagael – Tomatin 275 kV OHL
and are of county value. Disturbance distance guidance is variable, but is generally above 300 m for all species59. Creation of Edge Habitat
6.5.9 The felling of the wayleave corridor for the Proposed Development would result in the creation of approximately 12.5 km of additional woodland edge habitat. Woodland edge is an important habitat for many species as it provides a refuge in the woodland near to an open habitat that can be used for foraging. As seen in Table 6.6 it is also a habitat that benefits three species of high conservation concern in black grouse, song thrush and tree pipit.
6.5.10 This is a beneficial, permanent, virtually certain effect on these areas and would be beneficial to regionally important species with low sensitivity. Operational Effects Collision risk
6.5.11 Bird species using the airspace around the Proposed Development are vulnerable to colliding with wires. For the purposes of the assessment it is assumed that all collisions would result in the death of the bird. Birds of prey and waterfowl are known to be particularly vulnerable to this collision risk60. A Collision Risk Assessment (CRA) has been undertaken for all vulnerable species. This has been undertaken using an adapted model to predict annual collision mortality for each species. The workings of the CRA for each species are supplied in Technical Appendix 6.1d: Collision Risk Assessment.
6.5.12 Any predicted collision events would be adverse and irreversible effects. The likelihood of collision event, magnitude of effect and duration of effect on the species would vary by species.
6.5.13 A summary of the results for the CRA are given in Table 6.8 below with only percentage losses of more than 0.05% shown. Full details of the assessment given in Technical Appendix 6.4.
59 Ruddock, M & Whitfield D.P. (2007) A Review of Disturbance Distances in Selected Bird Species. Natural Research Ltd. for SNH 60 Desholm, M. (2009). Avian sensitivity to mortality: Prioritising migratory bird species for assessment at proposed wind farms. Journal of Environmental Management. 90: 2672-2679. Chapter 6: Ornithology 6-28 LT000019
Scottish Hydro Electric Transmission plc Knocknagael – Tomatin 275 kV OHL
Table 6.8: Summary of Collision Risk Assessment Results
Species Collision Risk Relevant % Loss Loss Required for Significant Estimate (birds Population Effect64 (birds per year) per year) Estimate61,62, 63
Greylag Goose 2.18 2,651 0.08 26.51
Red kite 8.62 275 3.13 2.75
White-tailed 1.95 406 0.48 4.06 eagle
Goshawk 5.93 350 1.69 3.5
Golden eagle 0.88 1000 0.09 10
GREYLAG GOOSE
6.5.14 The CRA for greylag goose produced an estimate of 2.18 bird collisions per year, which is 0.08% of the estimated of the Inner Moray Firth SPA wintering population. This would result in a low magnitude, short term effect on a regionally important population. Prescribed avoidance rates for geese species are 99.8%65 which suggests a low vulnerability to collision. This is not predicted to be an ecologically significant effect.
RED KITE
6.5.15 The CRA for red kite produced an estimate of 8.62 bird collisions per year, which is 3.13% of the estimated Black Isle population (estimated from breeding pair numbers and national population estimates). This would result in a medium magnitude, medium term effect on a nationally important receptor. Red kites are assessed to have a medium sensitivity as their flight pattern involves lots of circling flights while searching the ground for carrion. The prescribed avoidance rate used here is 98%66. This has the potential to be an ecologically significant effect.
WHITE-TAILED EAGLE
6.5.16 The CRA for white-tailed eagle produced an estimate of 1.95 bird collisions per year, which is 0.48% of the estimated Scottish population. Given that the small national population, 406 birds, is increasing slowly and is still facing threats like illegal persecution the magnitude of this effect is moderate. This would result in a medium magnitude, long term effect on a nationally important receptor. White-tailed eagles are assessed to have a medium sensitivity as they are large birds which lack the agility to take avoiding action; the prescribed avoidance rate of 95%67 reflects this. As the magnitude is predicted to be moderate then this has the potential to be an ecologically significant effect.
61 SNH - Special Protection Area (SPA) Citation: Inner Moray Firth, Highland (UK9001624) 62 Balmer, D.E., Gillings, S., Caffrey, B.J., Swann, R.L., Downie, I.S. and Fuller, R.J. (2013) Bird Atlas 2007-2011: the breeding and wintering birds of Britain and Ireland. BTO Books, Thetford. 63 Forrester, R.W., Andrews, I.J., McInerny, C.J., Murray, R.D., McGowan, R.Y., Zonfrillo, B., Betts, M.W., Jardine, D.C. and Grundy, D.S. (2007) The Birds of Scotland. The Scottish Ornithologists’ Club, Aberlady. 64 The number of collisions required to reduce the relevant population by 1%. 65 SNH. Guidance: Avoidance Rates for Wintering Species of Geese in Scotland at Onshore Wind Farms. (2013) 66 SNH. Use of Avoidance Rates in the SNH Wind Farm Collision Risk Model. (2010). 67 Ibid. Chapter 6: LT000019 6-29 Ornithology
Scottish Hydro Electric Transmission plc Knocknagael – Tomatin 275 kV OHL
GOSHAWK
6.5.17 The CRA for goshawk produced an estimate of 5.93 bird collisions per year, which is 1.69% of the estimated Scottish population.
6.5.18 Collision risk would result in a medium magnitude, medium term effect on a nationally important receptor. In a breeding territory, birds undertake display flights which would result in them crossing the Proposed Development many times. The prescribed avoidance rate used here is 98%68,66.
6.5.19 It should be noted that this collision risk is based on the flights of only four birds, a pair of birds suspected of nesting nearby and two suspected intruders. It is considered very likely that Proposed Development in combination with the Proposed Tomatin Substation, would displace the Goshawk territory away from the Proposed Development, the birds seeking to avoid construction and operational disturbance. This would result in a reduction in the number of goshawk flights crossing the OHL LOD. Nevertheless, the CRA results suggest the potential for an ecologically significant effect.
GOLDEN EAGLE
6.5.20 The CRA for golden eagle produced an estimate of 0.88 bird collisions per year, which is 0.09% of the estimated Scottish population. While this falls below the 1% yearly reduction required for a significant effect, the yearly growth rate is very low and illegal persecution still presents a serious threat. For these reasons it is still possible that collision risk would result in a moderate magnitude, long term effect on a regionally important receptor. The sensitivity for golden eagle is assessed to be low as suggested by the prescribed avoidance rate of 99%69,66. As the magnitude is predicted to be moderate then this has the potential to be an ecologically significant effect.
SLAVONIAN GREBE
6.5.21 No Slavonian grebe flights were recorded during the VP surveys as they typically fly at night. Therefore to assess the collision risk for Slavonian grebe of the Proposed Development, a theoretical CRA was undertaken. The scope and methodology used to complete the theoretical CRA was agreed through consultation with SNH. The CRA utilised sensitive RSPB data on nesting locations and information on behavioural traits obtained from literature to predict the number of Slavonian grebe transits of the Proposed Development. This information was then entered into the Collision Risk Model to provide an estimate of mortality.
6.5.22 The collision risk estimate for Slavonian grebe is 0.038 birds per year if grebes moult at Loch Ruthven or 0.009 birds per year is grebes moult on their breeding lochs. Full details of how this has been calculated is given in Technical Appendix 6.5.
6.5.23 A study of European grebe survival rates concluded that the survival rate of black- necked grebe Podiceps nigricollis was 0.63 with a 95% confidence interval of 0.55 – 0.7070. Black-necked grebes are again used here as a proxy for Slavonian grebes as they have a similar breeding cycle and ecological niche. Using this survival rate with the five year Slavonian grebe population estimate used previously results in an estimate of 20.2 bird deaths annually from natural causes. The collision estimates
68 Ibid. 69 Ibid. 70 Abt K. & Konter A. (2009) Survival rates of adult European grebes (Podicipedidae). Ardea 97(3) p. 313–321. Chapter 6: Ornithology 6-30 LT000019
Scottish Hydro Electric Transmission plc Knocknagael – Tomatin 275 kV OHL
of 0.038 and 0.009 birds per year represent increases of 0.19% and 0.04% to the natural bird death estimate, which is considered to be an adverse, low magnitude effect. The effect is considered to be a possible, medium term and irreversible effect on an internationally important receptor. This is not predicted to be an ecologically significant effect.
6.5.24 There is no current guidance for how to undertake a CRA for Slavonian grebe. The assumptions and limitations of this assessment are given in the technical appendix with these being based on scientific research where this has been possible. Where parameters could not be confirmed by through literature review then estimates used are conservative. The parameters used in the assessment have been agreed through consultation with SNH and RSPB Scotland.
INNER MORAY FIRTH SPA
6.5.25 The Proposed Development could affect the Inner Moray Firth SPA by being a collision risk for its component species. SNH connectivity guidance71 suggests that osprey and greylag goose could travel up to 20 km while foraging therefore birds using the SPA could also use the airspace around the Proposed Development.
6.5.26 Greylag goose collision risk is estimated to be 2.18 birds per year which is 0.08% of the Inner Moray Firth SPA wintering population. This would be an adverse, low magnitude, short term, irreversible and possible effect.
6.5.27 Osprey collision risk is estimated at 0.09 birds per year which is 0.02% of the estimated population (at least 422 birds). This would be an adverse, low magnitude, short term, irreversible and possible effect.
6.5.28 It is not predicted that the Proposed Development would result in a significant effect on the qualifying features for the Inner Moray Firth SPA. More information on this assessment is given in Technical Appendix 6.2a – Report to Inform the Appropriate Assessments for Inner Moray Firth SPA.
LOCH RUTHVEN AND LOCH ASHIE SPAS
6.5.29 The Proposed Development has the potential to affect the qualifying interests of Loch Ruthven and Loch Ashie SPAs by providing a collision risk. Both sites are classified as SPAs as they are used by Slavonian grebe. These birds do not fly during the day however and so cannot be surveyed for using a standard vantage point survey.
6.5.30 A theoretical collision risk assessment was undertaken to assess Slavonian grebe collision risk from the Proposed Development. There is no collision risk associated with grebes breeding at Loch Ruthven or Loch Ashie as their access routes from and back to the sea do not cross the Proposed Development.
6.5.31 Loch Ashie is also classified as a SPA for moulting Slavonian grebes however recently this moulting flock has no longer been observed on the loch. It is therefore considered unlikely that it would be used as a moulting site. If it were used then it is predicted that there would be 14.87 flights of birds flying to the SPA to moult crossing the Proposed Development. After applying probability of collision and the avoidance rate of 90% then this results in 0.065 collisions per year, which is assessed to be an adverse, low magnitude, medium term, irreversible and possible effect on an internationally important receptor.
71 SNH. Guidance: Assessing Connectivity with Special Protection Areas (SPAs). 2012 Chapter 6: LT000019 6-31 Ornithology
Scottish Hydro Electric Transmission plc Knocknagael – Tomatin 275 kV OHL
6.6 Mitigation Mitigation during Construction Nest destruction
6.6.1 Vegetation due to be removed to facilitate construction (such as within the associated works to accommodate access tracks and at the tower footprints) would be removed ahead of the bird breeding season (March-August) to avoid nest destruction. Technical Appendix 2.2: Construction Environmental Management Document (CEMD) described the approach taken to ensuring good environmental management practices are implemented during the construction work. The CEMD would include procedures for the timing and methods of vegetation removal. In this way, birds on site would be discouraged from using those areas where construction activity would be occurring. This procedure is considered to reduce the effect on the bird species present by giving the birds which previously used the areas the opportunity to find alternative nesting locations elsewhere.
6.6.2 Where the felling of coniferous trees is required, these should first be surveyed by an ornithologist to ensure that no crossbills are nesting in them. This would be required before felling was undertaken at any time of year as crossbill have the potential to be nesting year round.
6.6.3 Once the vegetation has been cleared, birds could still nest within the construction area. To prevent this deterrence methods could be used including: • iridescent tape across the construction areas prior to construction;
• bird deterring machines which produce intermittent loud noises; and
• walking of the cleared areas by people on a regular basis to prevent birds settling and to monitor if any birds are settling to nest on areas close to planned construction activity. Disturbance
6.6.4 If construction activities are planned for during the breeding bird season then a pre- construction survey would be required to check for any Annex 1 or Schedule 1 species nesting close to the Proposed Development. Species Protection Plans (SPP) as detailed within the CEMD would be implemented during the construction phase.
6.6.5 Works required within 750 m of the osprey nest would require a watching brief from an ornithologist if they need to be undertaken within the breeding season. This would involve observing the ospreys from a safe distance, as far away as possible while still having a clear view of the birds on the nest, and giving the order to stop work if the birds show any signs of distress.
6.6.6 Prior to any felling operations to create the wayleave for the Proposed Development in the vicinity of the goshawk territory, a nest search should be undertaken. Ideally this would be completed in the January/February period to maximise the chance of observing displaying birds. In the event that a nest is identified then this would need to be monitored by a watching brief while construction operations are being undertaken.
6.6.7 Prior to works in the vicinity of the potential merlin nest recorded here then the pre- construction survey would identify if any merlin nest is still present. It is
Chapter 6: Ornithology 6-32 LT000019
Scottish Hydro Electric Transmission plc Knocknagael – Tomatin 275 kV OHL
recommended that works be undertaken outwith the bird breeding season to minimise disturbance. If works have to be undertaken within the breeding bird season and a merlin nest is recorded within 500 m72 of the OHL LOD then a watching brief, the same as that described above, would be required. Mitigation during Operation Collision risk
6.6.8 Collision risk can be decreased by the use of line marking. This has the effect of improving the visibility of the OHL cables which reduces the chances of a collision taking place. Studies have shown that by marking the earth wire only collision risk can be decreased by between 60% and 97%73,74,75,76. A reduction in collision risk of 78% has been adopted here77. Table 6.9 shows the effect this would have on the collision risk for the species that could otherwise result in an ecologically significant effect. Table 6.9: Collision Risk Assessment with Line Marking
Species Collision Risk Corrected for Line % Reduction of Population Estimate (birds per Marking (birds per year) with Line Marking year) Red Kite 8.62 2.49 0.91
White-tailed 1.95 0.43 0.11 Eagle
Goshawk 5.93 1.37 0.39
Golden Eagle 0.88 0.19 0.02
6.6.9 For all four species this would reduce the magnitude of the potential collision risk from medium to low. This would in turn remove the potential for there to be an ecologically significant effect from collision risk.
6.6.10 The line marking would be employed between Tower 35 and Tower 60 over the open moorland south of Farr to the conifer woodland around the Proposed Tomatin Substation. This would involve approximately 7.7 km of line marking, shown on Figure 6.6. The line marking would involve placing bird diverters on the earth wire of the Proposed Development to make it more obvious and prevent collision. This is thought to be because birds notice the conductor lines and fly over them, but do not notice the thinner earth wire and can collide with it. Marking it will significantly reduce this risk.
6.6.11 Line marking for this stretch would effectively mitigate the majority of red kite, white- tailed eagle, goshawk and golden eagle collision risk. Additionally this would potentially reduce the number of red grouse that collide with the Proposed
72 Ruddock, M & Whitfield D.P. (2007) A Review of Disturbance Distances in Selected Bird Species. Natural Research Ltd. for SNH 73 Alonso, J.C., Alonso, J.A. and Munoz-Pulido R. (1994) Mitigation of bird collisions with transmission lines through groundwire marking. Biological Conservation 67 (2), p. 129-134. 74 Guyonne, F.E and Ferrer, M. (1998) Rate of Bird Collision with Power Lines: Effects of Conductor-Marking and Static Wire- Marking. Journal of Field Ornithology 69 (1) p. 8-17. 75 Frost, D. (2008) The use of ‘flight diverters’ reduces mute swan Cygnus olor collision with power lines at Abberton Reservoir, Essex, England. Conservation Evidence 5 p. 83-91. 76 Barrientos, R., Alonso, J.C., Ponce, C. and Palacin, C. (2011) Meta-Analysis of the Effectiveness of Marked Wire in Reducing Avian Collisions with Power Lines. Conservation Biology 25 (5), p 893-903 77 78% agreed with SNH as a suitable number to use in recent collision risk assessments for OHLs in Scotland. Chapter 6: LT000019 6-33 Ornithology
Scottish Hydro Electric Transmission plc Knocknagael – Tomatin 275 kV OHL
Development. While they are not a species of conservation concern, driven red grouse shoots are important to the local economy.
6.7 Residual Effects Construction Effects Removal of Habitat
6.7.1 The appropriate mitigation to reduce the effect of habitat removal from the Proposed Development on ornithological species has been undertaken during the design stage. This would result in a decrease in the amount of key habitats removed, particularly those used by species of high conservation concern.
6.7.2 The residual effect would be an adverse, low magnitude, likely effect that may be permanent or short-term and reversible. This is not predicted to be an ecologically significant effect. Nest Destruction
6.7.3 Once the appropriate mitigation has been undertaken, as outlined in section 6.6 of this chapter, then the residual effect of nest destruction resulting from the construction of the Proposed Development is not predicted to be ecologically significant. The residual effect would be adverse, low magnitude, short-term, irreversible and possible. Disturbance
6.7.4 Once the appropriate mitigation has been undertaken, as outlined in section 6.6 of this chapter, then the residual effect of disturbance to birds from the construction of the Proposed Development is not predicted to be ecologically significant. The residual effect would be adverse, low magnitude, short-term, irreversible and unlikely. Creation of Edge Habitat
6.7.5 The creation of additional edge habitat through the felling of the wayleave corridor for the Proposed Development is a beneficial, permanent, virtually certain effect on these areas and would be beneficial to regionally important species of low sensitivity. Operational Effects Collision Risk
6.7.6 The residual effect of collision risk on birds from the Proposed Development is not predicted to be ecologically significant. The use of line marking along a 7.7 km stretch of the Proposed Development would result in an adverse, low magnitude, short to medium term, irreversible, possible effect.
6.8 Cumulative Effects
6.8.1 The cumulative assessment assesses the effects from the Proposed Development when added to the effects from other projects that have the potential to have similar effects. Environmental statements for nearby infrastructure projects were consulted with the information provided on collision risk summed and presented below in Table 6.10. Cumulative collision risk estimates are given in Table 6.10 only for species for which impacts were predicted in these additional environmental statements.
Chapter 6: Ornithology 6-34 LT000019
Scottish Hydro Electric Transmission plc Knocknagael – Tomatin 275 kV OHL
Moy Wind Farm
6.8.2 The proposed Moy wind farm lies approximately 8 km to the north-east of the Proposed Developments. The key ornithological constraints identified were red kite, golden plover and curlew. The effects on golden plover and curlew from both the Proposed Development and Moy wind farm are not considered to be significant. Dunmaglass Wind Farm
6.8.3 The proposed Dunmaglass wind farm lies approximately 10 km to the south-west of the Proposed Development. As part of the ornithological assessment collision risk analysis was carried out for golden eagle, golden plover, dunlin, peregrine, merlin and hen harrier. Corriegarth Wind Farm
6.8.4 The proposed Corriegarth wind farm lies approximately 19 km to the south-east of the Proposed Development. Slight adverse effects are predicted for collision risk on golden eagle, kestrel, raven, golden plover and peregrine. Glen Kyllachy Wind Farm
6.8.5 At its closest point the boundary of the proposed Kyllachy wind farm lies within 50 m of the Proposed Development. Collision risk was assessed for red kite, golden eagle and peregrine. Tom Nan Clach
6.8.6 The proposed Tom nan Clach wind farm lies about 13 km east of the Proposed Development. Collision risk was assessed for curlew, golden eagle, golden plover, greylag goose, hen harrier and red kite. Druim Ba
6.8.7 The proposed Druim Ba wind farm lies approximately 13 km from the Proposed Development. This project was refused by Scottish ministers and is now currently at appeal. No significant ornithological effects are predicted. Aberarder
6.8.8 The proposed Aberarder wind farm lies approximately 8 km from the Proposed Development. No significant effects on ornithology are predicted. Corriegarth to Farigaig 132 kV OHL
6.8.9 The Corriegarth to Farigaig grid connection collision risk assessment followed a different methodology from that used here so an additive cumulative assessment is not possible. The assessment resulted in no predicted significant effect on the bird species seen. The main species assessed were golden eagle, red kite and merlin all of which were assessed to have low magnitude effects from the proposed development. Dunmaglass to Torness 132 kV OHL
6.8.10 The Dunmaglass to Torness grid connection collision risk assessment followed the same methodology as that used at Corriegarth to Farigaig so an additive cumulative assessment is not possible. The assessment resulted in no predicted significant effect on the bird species seen. The main species assessed were golden eagle and Chapter 6: LT000019 6-35 Ornithology
Scottish Hydro Electric Transmission plc Knocknagael – Tomatin 275 kV OHL
red kite all of which were assessed to have low magnitude effects from the proposed development. Table 6.10: Cumulative Collision Risk
Species Proposed Sum of Other Total Loss Required Development Projects Collision Cumulative for Significant Collision Risk Risk (birds per Collision Risk Effect (With Line Marking) year) (birds per in birds per year year) Red Kite 2.49 1.26 3.75 2.75
Golden Eagle 0.19 0.21 0.40 10
Osprey 0.09 0 0.09 2.11
6.8.11 Adding the collision risk estimates for the Proposed Development to those estimated for nearby infrastructure projects results in low magnitude results for all species apart from red kite. The results for red kite are above the threshold required for a potential significant effect though this would be reduced once mitigation/compensation methods of other proposed schemes are included. That this population is steadily increasing also supports the idea that cumulative collision risk is not predicted to result in an ecologically significant effect for any species. Dunmaglass and Farigairg Substations and Proposed Tomatin Substation
6.8.12 The Proposed Development would not contribute any cumulative ornithological effects to those identified for the Proposed Dunmaglass and Farigaig Substations.
6.8.13 As discussed in this chapter, the Proposed Development and Proposed Tomatin substation are located in area thought to be supporting a local Goshawk population (although no nest was located within the study area). It is not considered that there would be any additional cumulative effect on Goshawk associated with the addition of the Proposed Development to the Proposed Tomatin substation. Forestry clearance and line marking would reduce effects to an adverse, low magnitude, short to medium term, irreversible, possible effect.
6.9 Summary
6.9.1 This chapter reports on the ornithological effects resulting from the Proposed Development. Baseline conditions were established through a desk study and a series of field studies to identify the relevant ornithological receptors. Table 6.11 provides a summary of the residual effects.
6.9.2 In particular the impacts resulting from collision risk on raptors and Slavonian grebes are not predicted to be ornithologically significant; this is supported by Technical Appendices 6.4 and 6.5. No significant ornithological impacts are predicted on the SPAs within the Study Area.
Chapter 6: Ornithology 6-36 LT000019
Scottish Hydro Electric Transmission plc Knocknagael – Tomatin 275 kV OHL
Table 6.11: Summary of Residual Effects
Likely Significant Mitigation Residual Effect Effect
Construction – Nest Vegetation would be removed outside of bird Not predicted to be an Destruction breeding season. Following vegetation removal ecologically significant deterrence methods would be used including: effect • iridescent tape across the construction areas prior to construction; • bird deterring machines which produce intermittent loud noises; and • walking of the cleared areas by people on a regular basis to prevent birds settling and to monitor if any birds are settling to nest on areas close to planned construction activity. Pre-felling surveys would be completed in habitat suitable for crossbill.
Construction – Pre-construction survey would be required to Not predicted to be an Disturbance effects check for any Annex 1 or Schedule 1 species ecologically significant nesting close to the Proposed Development. effect Species Protection Plans (SPP) would be implemented during the construction phase. Works required within 750 m of the osprey nest during the breeding season would require a watching brief from an ornithologist. A nest search would be undertaken for goshawk in the area within 500 m of Towers 58, 59 and 60. In the event that a nest is identified then this would need to be monitored by a watching brief while construction operations are being undertaken during the breeding season. A nest search would be undertaken for merlin in the area within 500 m of relevant towers (next location in confidential annex). In the event that a nest is identified then this would need to be monitored by a watching brief while construction operations are being undertaken during the breeding season.
Operational – Operation – Line marking of sections of the OHL Not predicted to be an Collision Risk route between Tower 35 and 60. ecologically significant effect
Chapter 6: LT000019 6-37 Ornithology
Scottish Hydro Electric Transmission plc Knocknagael – Tomatin 275 kV OHL
Chapter 6: Ornithology 6-38 LT000019
Scottish Hydro Electric Transmission plc Knocknagael – Tomatin 275 kV OHL
7 CULTURAL HERITAGE
7.1 Introduction
7.1.1 This chapter considers the likely effects of the Proposed Development on archaeology and cultural heritage interests (hereafter referred to as ‘heritage assets’). The specific objectives of the assessment were to: • identify the cultural heritage baseline within the study area;
• assess the study area in terms of its archaeological potential;
• consider the potential direct, indirect and cumulative effects of the Proposed Development on heritage assets; and
• identify measures, where appropriate, to mitigate any predicted significant adverse effects and to assess residual effects taking this mitigation into account.
7.1.2 This chapter and impact assessment (comprising a desk-based assessment and walk-over field survey) was undertaken by CFA Archaeology Ltd, using information provided by Historic Scotland (HS) and The Highland Council Historic Environment Team (HET).
7.1.3 The chapter is supported by: • Technical Appendix 7.1: Cultural Heritage Assets identified within the Proposed Development (LOD).
• Technical Appendix 7.2: Characterisation of the Settings of Heritage Assets within 10 km of the Proposed Development where there is Predicted Visibility of one or more element of the Proposed Development ‘With-Screening’ (excluding Category B and C Listed Buildings between 5 km and 10 km).
• Technical Appendix 7.3: Assessment of the Effects of the Proposed Development on the Setting of Heritage Assets within 10 km predicted to have visibility of one or more elements of the Proposed Development ‘With- Screening’.
• Technical Appendix 7.4: Heritage Assets within 10 km of the Proposed Development predicted to have no visibility ‘With-Screening’.
7.1.4 Figures 7.1 -7.8 are referenced in the text where appropriate.
7.2 Scope of Assessment
7.2.1 The assessment evaluates the effects of the Proposed Development on Scheduled Monuments and other archaeological features, Listed Buildings and other buildings of historic or architectural importance, Inventory Gardens and Designed Landscapes, Inventory Historic Battlefields and Conservation Areas. There are no World Heritage Sites that would be affected by the Proposed Development.
7.2.2 The primary planning guidance relevant to this chapter comprises the Scottish Historic Environment Policy document (SHEP) (December 2011) 1, Scottish Planning Policy (SPP) (June 2014)2 and Planning Advice Note (PAN) 2/2011 (July 2011) 3 at
1 Historic Scotland (2011) Scottish Historic Environment Policy, Edinburgh. 2 The Scottish Government (2014) Scottish Planning Policy, Edinburgh. 3 The Scottish Government (2011) Planning Advice Note 2/2011, Planning and Archaeology, Edinburgh. Chapter 7: LT000019 7-1 Cultural Heritage
Scottish Hydro Electric Transmission plc Knocknagael – Tomatin 275 kV OHL
national level, and at the regional and local level the Highland-wide Local Development plan (adopted April 2012)4, The Highland Historic Environment Strategy, Interim Supplementary Planning Guidance (adopted June 2012) 5, and the Inverness Local Plan (as continued in force, April 2012)6. A full consideration of the relevant planning policy and guidance is provided in the Planning Statement, which accompanies the application for consent.
7.2.3 The type of impacts on heritage assets which might result from the Proposed Development have been assessed in the following categories: • Direct, where there may be a physical impact on an asset caused by the construction of the Proposed Development. Direct impacts tend to have permanent and irreversible adverse effects upon cultural heritage remains.
• Indirect, where elements of the Proposed Development would affect the setting of heritage assets present in the vicinity.
• Cumulative, where the Proposed Development in conjunction with other developments in the surrounding landscape would affect the setting of heritage assets present in the vicinity. Consultation
7.2.4 Pre-application advice was provided by HS on the 21 October 2013 raising a number of heritage issues to be considered during the assessment process and providing a list of recommended cultural heritage viewpoints to be included in the EIA.
7.2.5 A further scoping response was provided by HS on the 5 June 2015 confirming that they were broadly content with the proposed assessment methodology and considered the proposed visualisations to be sufficient to support the assessment.
7.2.6 Post scoping consultation (by email and letter) was also undertaken with HS and HET regarding the proposed assessment methodology and cultural heritage viewpoints. Post-scoping responses were received from the following consultees: • HS, 14 July 2015
• HET, 16 July 2015
7.2.7 The consultation responses are summarised in Technical Appendix 1.1: Consultation Register, which also describes how the ES addresses each of the issues raised.
7.2.8 Based on the consultation responses and the known environmental sensitivities, this assessment considers the following: • construction (direct) impacts upon heritage assets within the Proposed Development LOD (Figures 7.1a-7.1g).
• potential construction and operational (indirect) impacts upon the setting of heritage assets within a 10 km Zone of Theoretical Visibility (ZTV) centred along the centre line of the Proposed Development LOD (Figures 7.2 and 7.3). This study area was agreed in advance with HS. Further explanation of the ZTV is included in Chapter 4: Landscape and Visual (LVIA). A list of relevant assets identified within the ZTV and an assessment of the likely indirect impacts upon
4 The Highland Council (2012) The Highland-wide Local Development Plan (adopted April 2012), Inverness. 5 The Highland Council (2012) Highland Historic Environment Strategy, Interim Supplementary Planning Guidance, Inverness. 6 The Highland Council (2006) Inverness Local Plan (as continued in force April 2012), Inverness. Chapter 7: Cultural Heritage 7-2 LT000019
Scottish Hydro Electric Transmission plc Knocknagael – Tomatin 275 kV OHL
them resulting from the construction and operation of the Proposed Development, is presented in Technical Appendices 7.2-7.4.
• potential cumulative effects upon the setting of heritage assets associated with the addition of the proposed development to other proposed development within the 10 km study area. Issues Scoped Out
7.2.9 The scope of this assessment takes account of the committed mitigation measures both incorporated into the design and those standard construction and decommissioning mitigation measures incorporated into the Proposed Development, as described in Chapter 2: Proposed Development, and Technical Appendix 2.2: Construction Environmental Management Document. Table 7.1 summarises the issues scoped out of the assessment: Table 7.1: Issues scoped out of the EIA
Potential Effect Basis for scoping out
Impact on Category B and C Listed Buildings The potential for indirect (setting) effects on between 5 km and 10 km from the Proposed Category B and C Listed Buildings between 5 km Development and 10 km of the Proposed Development are scoped out of the assessment. The majority of these Listed Buildings are located within the built up environs of Inverness city. Their setting is defined by their relationship to the surrounding residential/commercial buildings. Views to the Proposed Development would be largely or entirely screened from view from those assets by the surrounding built environment and it is considered that none have wide landscape views that would be significantly affected by the Proposed Development.
Indirect temporary impacts for construction Construction activities such as pull activities such as pull through/machine positions, through/machine positions, scaffolding and scaffolding and temporary construction temporary construction compounds and working compounds and working areas areas have the potential to indirectly affect the setting of sites of heritage assets both within the LOD and in the wider landscape. These construction activities, however, would be temporary, resulting in only a short-term/low magnitude and not significant effects on cultural heritage assets in close proximity to the Proposed Development and would have no permanent effects.
7.3 Assessment Methodology Baseline Characterisation
7.3.1 This assessment was conducted in accordance with the Chartered Institute for Archaeologists Code of Conduct7 and Standard and Guidance for Historic
7 Chartered Institute for Archaeologists (CIfA) (2014) ‘By-Laws: Code of Conduct’, Chartered Institute for Archaeologists, Reading. Chapter 7: LT000019 7-3 Cultural Heritage
Scottish Hydro Electric Transmission plc Knocknagael – Tomatin 275 kV OHL
Environment Assessment 8and The Highland Council Standards for Archaeological Work9. The assessment has been designed to comply with Section 3 (Survey) and Section 4 (Environmental Statements) of The Highland Council Standards for Archaeological Work. Study Area
7.3.2 The study area for consideration of potential direct impacts upon heritage assets comprised the area within the LOD to be applied to the Proposed Development, including the Proposed Overhead Line (OHL) LOD and Proposed Associated Works LOD (i.e. access tracks) as shown in Figure 7.1 a-g. A detailed desk-based assessment, using a range of documentary, archival and bibliographic sources, was conducted for the LOD to be applied to the Proposed Development and those to be applied to the new stone access tracks. Existing tracks that require no upgrading were not assessed as part of the study as construction works would not be required within these areas.
7.3.3 Field survey was carried out for: • The whole of the Proposed Development LOD where the LOD crosses areas of open moorland, rough and improved pasture.
• Targeted field survey was carried out to previously recorded heritage assets, identified during the desk-based study, that now lie in areas of commercial forestry, where access was possible. Areas of dense plantation were excluded from the walk-over survey due to access difficulties.
• Following a realignment of the OHL route to take development constraints into consideration and the addition of a 132kV OHL at the southern end of the Proposed Development to tie in the existing 132kV OHL at Garbole, small sections of the LOD fall outwith the area covered by the cultural heritage field survey. Full desk-based assessment was carried out for these additional sections and further mitigation is provided below in Section 7.6.
7.3.4 Figures 7.1b and 7.1c indicate where field survey was not possible due to landowner restrictions (at Carr Ban and Milton of Farr).
7.3.5 Site visits to selected heritage assets within the ZTV were also carried out to assess the character and sensitivity of their settings. Site visits focused on those heritage assets most likely to receive appreciable effects on their settings (i.e. those closest to the LOD and those specifically identified as requiring assessment by Historic Scotland, see Technical Appendix 1.1). Where access was difficult or denied, publicly accessible locations as close as possible to the asset were sought as a basis for assessment.
7.3.6 A gazetteer of heritage assets identified within the Proposed Development LOD is provided in Technical Appendix 7.1 and the locations and extents of these heritage assets are shown on Figures 7.1a-7.1g.
7.3.7 A list of relevant assets identified within the ZTV and an assessment of the likely indirect effects upon them resulting from the construction and operation of the Proposed Development, is presented in Technical Appendices 7.2-7.4. The
8 Chartered Institute for Archaeologists (CIfA) (2014) ‘Standard and guidance for historic environment desk-based assessment’, Chartered Institute for Archaeologists, Reading. 9 The Highland Council (2012) The Highland Council Standards for Archaeological Work (March 2012), Inverness. Chapter 7: Cultural Heritage 7-4 LT000019
Scottish Hydro Electric Transmission plc Knocknagael – Tomatin 275 kV OHL
locations of these heritage assets are provided, together with the ‘Bare-Earth’ (Figure 7.2) and ‘With-Screening’ ZTVs (Figure 7.3). Desk Study / Field Survey
7.3.8 A detailed desk-based assessment was conducted for the Proposed Development LOD using a range of documentary, archival and bibliographic sources. Up-to-date information was obtained from appropriate sources, including the ZTV, on the locations and extents of heritage assets with statutory protection and non-statutory designations within the study area.
7.3.9 Details of the locations and extents of Scheduled Monuments, Listed Buildings, Inventory Gardens and Designed Landscapes, Inventory Historic Battlefields and Conservation Areas were downloaded, in GIS, from the Historic Scotland Data Warehouse10.
7.3.10 Information on known heritage assets within the Proposed Development LOD was obtained from the THC Historic Environment Record (HER) in July 2014.
7.3.11 Additional information on the character and condition of known archaeological sites and features within the Proposed Development LOD was obtained from the Royal Commission on the Ancient and Historical Monuments of Scotland (RCAHMS) Database11.
7.3.12 Ordnance Survey maps (1st and 2nd Edition maps12) and other historic maps held by the Map Library of the National Library of Scotland was examined to provide information on sites or features of potential cultural heritage interest and on historic land-use development within the Study Area and the vicinity.
7.3.13 An assessment was made of vertical aerial photograph collections held by the RCAHMS. Sorties dating from 1947/48 were examined for the Proposed Development LOD. In addition, modern aerial photographic imagery available through GoogleEarthTM and BingTM was examined for the Proposed Development LOD.
7.3.14 Historic Land-Use Assessment Data for Scotland (HLAMap)13 was consulted for information on the historic land-use character across the Proposed Development LOD.
7.3.15 The Scottish Palaeoecological Database (SPAD)14 was consulted for information on recorded sites of palaeoecological interest within or adjacent to the Proposed Development LOD. The resource provided no specific relevant information.
10 Historic Scotland (2014) GIS downloaded, available at http://hsewsf.sedsh.gov.uk/gisdl.html (accessed in June 2014 & June 2015). 11 RCAHMS (2014) Royal Commission of Ancient and Historical Monuments Database (PASTMAP) available from: http://jura.rcahms.gov.uk/PASTMAP/start.jsp (accessed in June 2014 & June 2015). 12 National Library of Scotland, Map images (Ordnance Survey 1st and 2nd Edition maps) available from: map.nls.uk (accessed June 2014 & June 2015) 13 RCAHMS (2014) Historic Land-Use Assessment for Scotland (HLAMap) available from: http://rcahms.gov.uk (accessed in June 2014 & June 2015). 14 Coles, G.M., Gittings, B.M., Milburn, P. and Newton, A.J. (1998). Scottish Palaeoecological Archive Database available from: http://xweb.geos.ed.ac.uk/~ajn/spad/ (accessed June 2014). Chapter 7: LT000019 7-5 Cultural Heritage
Scottish Hydro Electric Transmission plc Knocknagael – Tomatin 275 kV OHL
7.3.16 Bibliographic and documentary sources (Driscoll 198915, Guthrie 200216, Farrell 200517, Jacobs 200918, McCullagh 200919, Farrell 201020, McKilican 1791-9921, Gordon 1791-9922, McBean 1791-9923, Fraser 1834-4524, McLauchlan 1834-4525) were consulted to provide additional information on the cultural heritage resource and the historic background to the area in general.
7.3.17 A walk-over field survey of the Proposed Development LOD, as understood at that time, was undertaken on 4 - 7 August 2014 with the following aims: • to assess the baseline condition of the known heritage assets identified through the desk-based study; and
• to identify any further features of cultural heritage interest not detected from the desk-based study and to assess the potential for the Proposed Development LOD to contain currently unrecorded, buried archaeological remains.
7.3.18 Identified heritage assets were recorded on pro-forma monument recording forms and by digital photography, and their positions (and where appropriate their extents) were logged using a Global Positioning System (GPS). No intrusive archaeological interventions have been carried out as part of this assessment.
7.3.19 Sites visits to assets within the ZTV were also carried out in August 2014. Factors considered in the assessment of the setting undertaken during the site visit include: • the locations and orientations of the asset;
• important views of, or from, the asset (e.g. principal façades of Listed Buildings);
• the importance, if applicable, of designed settings; and
• any obvious views or vistas. Cultural Heritage Viewpoints
7.3.20 Five viewpoints (see Table 7.2 for details) were produced for cultural heritage assets within the ZTV study area that were considered to be specifically sensitive to changes on their setting from the Proposed Development, identified through consultation with HS and HET (see Technical Appendix 1.1 for summary of consultation responses) and from site visits.
15 Driscoll, S.T (1989) APG4 Tordarroch Archaeological Survey, Archaeology Projects Glasgow, University of Glasgow. 16 Guthrie, L (2002) ‘Farr Wind Farm, Environmental Statement: Cultural Heritage’, National Wind Power. 17 Farrell, S (2005) Report of Archaeological Desktop & Walkover Survey Inverarnie Wood, by Farr, Highland. 18 Curtis, A (2009) Knocknagael Substation Site: Archaeological and Built Heritage Desk-based Assessment and Walkover Survey, Jacobs. 19 McCullagh, C (2009) Daviot to Whitebridge Overhead Line refurbishment, Desk Based Assessment and Walk-over Survey, Highland Archaeology Services Ltd. 20 Farrell, S (2010) Report of Archaeological Desktop & Walkover Survey Balovnie of Leys, by Essich, Highland. 21 McKilian, J (1791-99) Statistical Accounts of Scotland, Parish of Dores, County of Inverness, vol 3, p479-485. 22 Gordon, A (1791-99) Statistical Accounts of Scotland, United Parishes of Daviot and Dunlichty, County of Inverness, vol 14, p67-77. 23 McBean, W (1791-99) Statistical Accounts of Scotland, United Parishes of Moy and Dalarossie, County of Inverness, vol 8, p449-510. 24 Fraser, D (1834-45) Statistical Accounts of Scotland, Parish of Dores, County of Inverness, vol 14, p373-374. 25 McLauchlan, J (1834-45) Statistical Accounts of Scotland, United Parishes of Moy and Dalarossie, County of Inverness, vol 14, p97-116. Chapter 7: Cultural Heritage 7-6 LT000019
Scottish Hydro Electric Transmission plc Knocknagael – Tomatin 275 kV OHL
Table 7.2: Cultural Heritage Viewpoints
Asset no Asset name Status Viewpoint type and Figure no location
2392 Carn Glas, chambered Scheduled Wireline from centre of Figure 7.4 cairns Monument cairns
11549 Ballone Depopulated Scheduled Wireline from centre of Figure 7.5 Township Monument township area
11552 Baile na Creige, cairns Scheduled Wireline from centre of Figure 7.6 Monument eastern cairn
11556 Milton of Farr, cupmarks Scheduled Wireline from centre of Figure 7.7 Monument cupmarks
11559 Tordarroch, ring cairns Scheduled Wireline from centre of Figure 7.8 Monument cairns
Sensitivity Criteria
7.3.21 Heritage assets represent a non-renewable resource that are often fragile and suffer from constant attrition, from both natural and human causes.
7.3.22 The assessment of importance of heritage assets reflects the relative weight given to them in SHEP and SPP. Table 7.3 summarises the relative importance of those types of cultural heritage assets relevant to this study. Table 7.3: Importance of Cultural Heritage Assets
Heritage Importance Definition
National/International Assets of national and international importance, including: • Scheduled Monuments. • Category A Listed Buildings. • Inventory status Gardens and Designed Landscapes. • Inventory status Historic Battlefields.
Regional Assets of regional importance; including: • Archaeological assets of distinctive regional importance. • Category B Listed Buildings. • Conservation Areas.
Local Assets of local importance, including: • Archaeological assets of local importance. • Category C Listed Buildings. • Unlisted buildings and townscapes with local (vernacular) characteristics.
Lesser Assets of little or no importance, including: • Artefact find-spots. • Unlisted buildings of minor historic or architectural interest. • Poorly preserved examples of particular types of features.
Chapter 7: LT000019 7-7 Cultural Heritage
Scottish Hydro Electric Transmission plc Knocknagael – Tomatin 275 kV OHL
7.4 Assessment of Effects Magnitude of Effect Criteria for Assessing Significance of Construction (Direct) Effects
7.4.1 Criteria for assessing the magnitude of direct (construction) effects, which measures the degree of change to the baseline condition of the heritage assets that could result from the construction of one or more elements of the Proposed Development, are present in Table 7.4. Table 7.4: Magnitude of Direct (Construction) Effects
Level of Magnitude Definition
High A total or fundamental change to the baseline condition of the asset, leading to total or major alteration of character.
Medium A material, partial alteration of character leading to loss of one or more key elements of the site.
Low Slight, detectable alteration of the baseline condition of the asset.
Imperceptible A barely, distinguishable change from baseline conditions.
7.4.2 The importance of the asset, defined in Table 7.3, and the magnitude of the predicted effect (Table 7.4) are used to inform the professional judgement of the likely significance of the direct effects. Table 7.5 summarises the criteria for assessing the likely significance of a direct effect. Table 7.5: Significance of Direct (Construction) Effects
Magnitude of Heritage Importance of the Asset ► Effect ▼ National/International Regional Local Lesser
High Major Major Moderate Minor
Medium Major Moderate Minor None
Low Moderate Minor None None
Imperceptible Minor None None None
Assessing Operational (Indirect) Effects on Setting
7.4.3 Historic Scotland’s guidance document Managing Change in the Historic Environment: Setting (Historic Scotland 201026) notes that “setting should be thought of as the way in which the surroundings of a historic asset or place contribute to how it is experienced, understood and appreciated. Setting often extends beyond the immediate property boundary of a historic structure into the broader landscape”. The guidance also suggests that if a proposed development is likely to affect the setting of a heritage asset, an objective, written assessment should be prepared by the applicant to inform the decision-making process. The conclusions drawn should take into account the significance of the historic asset and its setting and attempt to quantify the extent of any detrimental impact. The methodology and level of information should be tailored to the circumstances of each case.
26 Historic Scotland (2010) ‘Managing Change in the Historic Environment: Setting’, Edinburgh. Chapter 7: Cultural Heritage 7-8 LT000019
Scottish Hydro Electric Transmission plc Knocknagael – Tomatin 275 kV OHL
7.4.4 The guidance recommends that, for each asset where a potential impact on setting has been identified, the assessment of possible impacts should adopt a four-stage approach: • identification of the characteristics of the setting of the asset;
• assessment of the sensitivity of that setting;
• identification of how the presence of the Proposed Development would affect that setting (magnitude of impact); and
• assessment of significance of effect. Criteria for Assessing Sensitivity of Setting
7.4.5 Sensitivity of setting has been assessed by considering two factors: • the relative weight which statute and policy attached to the asset and its setting (Table 7.3); and
• the degree to which the baseline setting contributes to the understanding and/or appreciation, and hence value, of the asset (Table 7.6).
Table 7.6: Contribution of Setting to Understanding and Appreciation of a Cultural Heritage Asset
Contribution of Definition Setting High A setting which makes a strong positive contribution to the understanding and / or appreciation of the siting and / or historical / archaeological / architectural context of an asset. E.g. a prominent topographic location; surroundings that include related monuments in close association; surroundings that are believed to be little changed from those when the asset was created.
Moderate A setting which makes some positive contribution to the understanding and / or appreciation of the siting and / or historical / archaeological / architectural context of an asset. E.g. surroundings that complement the siting and appearance of an asset such as the presence of a feature of the rural past within a more recent farming landscape containing little or no urban or industrial development.
Low A setting which makes little positive contribution to the understanding and / or appreciation of the siting and / or historical / archaeological / architectural context of an asset. E.g. where surroundings only partially complement the siting and appearance of an asset, such as the presence of a feature of the rural past within a partly urbanised or industrialised landscape.
Negligible A setting which does not contribute positively to the understanding and / or appreciation of the siting and / or historical / archaeological / architectural context of an asset. E.g. immediate surroundings, such as of a commercial coniferous single species woodland or an industrial development, that are not relevant to understanding the context of the asset.
7.4.6 The two criteria (Table 7.3 and Table 7.6) are combined to assess the overall sensitivity of setting as set out in Table 7.7.
Chapter 7: LT000019 7-9 Cultural Heritage
Scottish Hydro Electric Transmission plc Knocknagael – Tomatin 275 kV OHL
Table 7.7: Sensitivity of Setting of an Asset
Heritage Contribution of Setting ► Importance ▼ High Moderate Low Negligible National/International High High Medium Low
Regional High Medium Low Low
Local Medium Medium Low Low
Criteria for Assessing Magnitude of Effects on Setting
7.4.7 Where it has been determined that the setting of an asset is such that there is no potential for it to be affected by the presence of the Proposed Development the asset is not considered further in the assessment. For the remaining assets, the magnitude of effect on setting has been assessed according to the thresholds set out in Table 7.8. Table 7.8: Magnitude of Effects on Setting
Magnitude of Definition Impacts on Setting
High A fundamental material effect obviously changing the surroundings of an asset, such that its baseline setting is substantially or totally altered.
Medium An effect discernibly changing the surroundings of an asset, such that its baseline setting is partly and materially altered.
Low A slight, but detectable effect that does not materially alter the baseline setting of the asset.
Imperceptible A very slight and barely distinguishable change from baseline conditions.
Criteria for Assessing Significance of Effects on Setting
7.4.8 The significance of an effect depends on both the magnitude of effect and the sensitivity of the setting of the asset. Table 7.9 presents the matrix that was used to inform the determination of the significance of effects on setting. Table 7.9: Significance of Effect on Setting
Magnitude of Effect▼ Sensitivity of Setting ►
High Medium Low
High Major Major Minor
Medium Moderate Moderate Minor
Low Minor27 Minor None
Imperceptible None None None
27 A non-material change to baseline conditions cannot by its nature lead to a significant effect. A significant effect arises from a material change to baseline conditions. This distinction explains why this particular significance assessment finding is not ‘moderate’. Chapter 7: Cultural Heritage 7-10 LT000019
Scottish Hydro Electric Transmission plc Knocknagael – Tomatin 275 kV OHL
Cumulative Assessment
7.4.9 The assessment of cumulative effects on the cultural heritage is based upon consideration of the impacts of the Proposed Development on the setting of heritage assets with statutory designations within 10 km of it in addition to the likely impacts of other cumulative developments of similar type (Figure 1.3). The assessment takes into account the relative scales (i.e. size, number of turbines etc), of the various developments, their distance from the affected asset, and the potential degree of visibility from the assets of the various developments. Significance Criteria
7.4.10 The significance of effects classified as Major, Moderate, Minor and None in Table 7.5 and Table 7.9 is explained in Table 7.10. Major and moderate effects are considered to be ‘significant’ in the context of the EIA Regulations. Minor and negligible effects are considered to be ‘not significant’. Table 7.10: Significance Criteria
Level of Definition Significance Major A change to the fabric or setting of a heritage asset that leads to a substantial environmental effect.
Moderate Changes to the fabric or setting of a heritage asset that lead to a material environmental effect.
Minor Changes to the fabric or setting of a heritage asset that lead to a detectable but non-material environmental effect.
None Changes to the fabric or setting of a heritage asset that lead to, at most a negligible environmental effect.
7.5 Baseline Conditions Current Baseline General
7.5.1 Numbers in brackets and in bold in the following text, refer to asset numbers provided on Figures 7.1a-7.1g and 7.2, and listed in Technical Appendices 7.1-7.4.
7.5.2 In total 37 heritage assets have been identified within the Proposed Development LOD. The majority of these are former settlement remains and agrarian features ranging in date from the prehistoric period (for instance at Big Burn, Gask, Blarbuie and Tordarroch) to the post-medieval period. The Proposed Development LOD crosses both areas of open moorland which have seen little modification since at least the 19th century, around Garbole and Beinn Bhreac; improved pasture land, particularly at Tordarroch and Milton of Farr, and modern commercial forestry plantation, at Carr Ban, Craobh Sgitheach and Glen Kyllachy. The locations and extents of these assets are shown on Figures 7.1a-7.1g, and Technical Appendix 7.1 provides gazetteer information on their character and baseline condition.
7.5.3 There are no Scheduled Monuments or Listed Buildings within the Proposed Development LOD and no part of the Proposed Development would lie within a Conservation Area, Inventory status Historic Battlefield or Inventory status Garden and Designed Landscape. Chapter 7: LT000019 7-11 Cultural Heritage
Scottish Hydro Electric Transmission plc Knocknagael – Tomatin 275 kV OHL
7.5.4 Analysis of the ‘Bare-Earth’ ZTV (Figure 7.2) indicates that there would be theoretical visibility of one or more components of the Proposed Development from a total of 110 designated heritage assets within the 10 km study area (details provided in Technical Appendices 7.2 and 7.4). The heritage assets include 30 Scheduled Monuments; two Category A Listed Buildings; 31 Category B Listed Buildings; eight Category C Listed Buildings; two Inventory status Garden and Designed Landscapes; one Conservation Area within 5 km of the Proposed Development. In addition, there is predicted visibility of the Proposed Development from 20 Scheduled Monuments, ten Category A Listed Buildings, one Inventory status Garden and Designed Landscapes, four Conservation Areas and one Historic Battlefield within 5-10km of the Proposed Development.
7.5.5 A ‘With-Screening’ ZTV (Figure 7.3) produced for the Proposed Development indicates that when intervening buildings and forestry/woodland are taken into consideration there is a reduced number of heritage assets within the 10km study area that are predicted to have visibility of the Proposed Development. In total 46 heritage assets (details provided in Appendix 7.2) include 20 Scheduled Monuments, seven Category B listed Buildings, two category C Listed Buildings, two Inventory status Garden and Designed Landscapes and one Conservation Area within 5 km of the Proposed Development and nine Scheduled Monument, one Category A Listed Building, one Inventory Garden and Designed Landscapes, two Conservation Areas and one Historic Battlefield between 5 km and 10 km from the Proposed Development. Heritage Assets Identified within the Proposed Development LOD
7.5.6 For ease of discussion the following sections have been split into groups defined by concentrations of cultural heritage assets along the length of the Proposed Development. Essich (Knocknagael Substation) to Carr Ban (Cultural heritage assets 1-10 & 31-33)
7.5.7 There are a total of thirteen cultural heritage assets recorded within the Proposed Development LOD between Knocknagael and Carr Ban. The area consists principally of semi-improved pasture fields, around Knocknagael, and open, rough moorland. Fragments of prehistoric to medieval and later rural land use were present, including hut circles and remnants of associated field banks and remains of isolated later (medieval/post-medieval) buildings. More recent features include a 19th/20th century fish pond and a documented estate boundary recorded on Ordnance Survey maps.
PREHISTORIC SETTLEMENT
7.5.8 The HER and RCAHMS database record that three hut circles and an associated field system are visible at Big Burn on vertical aerial photographs from 1994. The remains of one prehistoric hut circle (5a), a possible further circular structure (5d) and associated field banks (5e-f) were identified within the Proposed Development LOD. The other hut circles (5b and 5c), previously recorded by the HER and RCAHMS, are located outwith the Proposed Development LOD and were not visited. The hut circle (5a) was generally well-preserved, although a modern deer fence crosses the feature, defined by a bank 1 m high enclosing an area 13 m in diameter. Close to and surrounding the hut circles were fragments of stone and turf field banks (5e-f) which are likely to be contemporary with the hut circles, although a more recent origin is possible. Field survey also recorded the vestigial remains of an oval
Chapter 7: Cultural Heritage 7-12 LT000019
Scottish Hydro Electric Transmission plc Knocknagael – Tomatin 275 kV OHL
structure (5d) visible as a slight depression and this may be the poorly preserved remains of a further hut circle.
7.5.9 In addition, a well-preserved hut circle c. 11 m in diameter (32) is located on a slight rise just east of the public road to Essich.
7.5.10 These assets (5 and 32) form part of a group of several prehistoric features surviving around Essich, including the scheduled Achvraid hut circles (11561) and Carn Glas chambered cairn (2392) to the west and several hut circles and an associated field system preserved at Blackwood of Leys (HER Ref no: MHG3503) to the south-east. Given this it is considered that the hut circles and associated features are of regional heritage importance.
7.5.11 A further section of field bank (6) was noted approximately 110 m to the south-east of the hut circles (5) and this may also be associated with the prehistoric settlement. The bank is well-preserved and is considered to be of local heritage importance.
7.5.12 Field survey identified an isolated clearance cairn (8) in an area of heather moorland at NH 66433 37845. The date of the cairn is not known, however it may be associated with a prehistoric settlement and field system (HER Ref no: MHG3503) present just east of the asset, and outside the Proposed Development LOD, although it cannot be entirely ruled out that it is of more recent date. Given its potential prehistoric origin it is considered to be of local heritage importance.
7.5.13 A further short section of linear stone and turf field bank (9) was identified in an area of dense heather moorland to the north of Carr Ban. The bank is very denuded and hard to distinguish. The date of the field bank is unknown; several other field banks have been identified to the north (for instance sites 5 and 6) associated with prehistoric settlement remains and it is therefore possible that this field bank also has an early origin. The vestigial remains of the bank are therefore considered to be of local heritage importance.
MEDIEVAL OR LATER SETTLEMENT
7.5.14 The upstanding remains of a former farmstead (33) survive on the south-east bank of Big Burn and just east of the public road to Essich. The dry-stone remains of two buildings, probably the remains of a farm house and byre, survive in an area of rough pasture. The buildings are shown as roofed on both the Ordnance Survey 1st and 2nd Edition maps (1875 & 1900) indicating that they were still occupied in the early 20th century. The farmstead remains are considered to be of local heritage importance.
7.5.15 The remains of three isolated rectangular buildings (1, 4 and 7) were recorded during the field survey. None of these buildings is depicted on the Ordnance Survey 1st and 2nd Edition maps (1875 & 1900) suggesting an earlier date for the features. Only the vestigial remains of building (1) survive and given its poor condition it is considered to be of lesser heritage importance. The other two buildings (4 and 7) survive as dry-stone wall footings and they are considered to be of local heritage importance.
7.5.16 Several sections of what may be the remains of stone and turf banks (3a-b) were identified immediately adjacent to building (4). Today the banks form part of a modern drainage system, however, they are depicted on the Ordnance Survey 1st Edition map (1875) and it is possibly that the banks are remnants of an earlier field system that once surrounded building (4). The modern drainage system, that the
Chapter 7: LT000019 7-13 Cultural Heritage
Scottish Hydro Electric Transmission plc Knocknagael – Tomatin 275 kV OHL
banks now form part of, has been re-dug over time with a mechanical digger; the banks are therefore considered to be of lesser heritage importance.
MISCELLANEOUS FEATURES
7.5.17 A roughly triangular pond with a dam at its north-east end (2), annotated ‘Fish Pond’, is depicted on the Ordnance Survey 2nd Edition map (1900). The pond still survives as a series of wet hollows and grass-filled drainage ditches on the edge of a semi- improved field. As a locally rare example of a 19th century fish pond it is considered to be of local heritage importance.
7.5.18 An estate boundary (10), annotated ‘Track of Paling’ is depicted on the Ordnance Survey 1st Edition map (1875) running from 266079, 835985 to 267048, 837056. The same estate boundary is shown on the later 2nd Edition map (1900) but no longer annotated. Today the estate boundary runs along the edge of a modern commercial forestry. No obvious boundary markers, or tracks/walls, which may mark the estate boundary, were visible where the boundary crosses the Proposed Development LOD and the feature is considered to be of lesser heritage importance.
7.5.19 A marker stone (31) inscribed with the date ‘1794’ stands to the east of the public road to Essich around 700 m south-east of Essich Farm. The function of the marker stone is unknown, although it may have once marked the boundary to Essich farm. It is considered to be of local heritage importance.
ARCHAEOLOGICAL POTENTIAL
7.5.20 A high concentration of prehistoric settlement and burial sites are recorded in the HER within moorland and pasture land surrounding Essich. A number of these sites are well-preserved and are scheduled, including Carn Glas chambered cairn (2392) and hut circles at Achvraid (11786), both around 1.2 km to the west of the Proposed Development LOD. Further clusters of prehistoric settlement remains, including hut circles, field banks, lynchets and cairnfields, are present at Blackwood of Leys (HER Ref no: MHG3503), approximately 700 m to the south-east.
7.5.21 Further afield, substantial prehistoric settlement remains have been uncovered on the southern edge of Inverness (for instance at Culduthel (Murray 200728) and Slackbuie (Garry 201029) and several prehistoric sites, for example Borlum ring-ditch (5142), Crow Wood Cottage chambered cairn and standing stones (11546), and Torbreck stone circle (3098), have been recorded within the River Ness valley to the north of the Proposed Development.
7.5.22 Later (medieval or post-medieval) settlement in this area is also shown by a number of recorded farmsteads (for instance Big Burn (HER Ref: MHG26342, Essich (HER Ref no: MHG26103) and Allt Mor (HER Ref no: MHG26341)) and townships (Big Burn (HER Ref no: MHG25426, 33) situated within the upland moorland areas around Essich, with the remains of several isolated buildings being recorded in the Proposed Development LOD.
7.5.23 All of these indicate that the moorland around Essich has been significantly settled from the early prehistoric period onwards and it is considered that on this basis there
28 Murray, R (2007) Cuduthel Mains Farm, Inverness Phase 5: Excavation of a Later Prehistoric Settlement: Assessment Report, Headland Archaeology Ltd. 29 Garry, N (2010) Report covering the archaeological work at Slackbuie, Inverness, NG Archaeological Services. Chapter 7: Cultural Heritage 7-14 LT000019
Scottish Hydro Electric Transmission plc Knocknagael – Tomatin 275 kV OHL
is a high potential for further buried archaeology to survive within this section of the Proposed Development LOD. Carr Ban to Tordarroch (Cultural heritage assets 11-17 and 34)
7.5.24 There are a total of eight cultural heritage assets recorded within the Proposed Development LOD between Carr Ban and Tordarroch. The area consists principally of modern commercial forestry, with some improved/rough pasture fields just south of Cloughmor Farm. The majority of the sites relate to medieval or later rural land use, including remains of farmsteads and associated field systems. One possible standing stone has also been previously recorded near Cloughmor and a small group of hut circles are located in an area of forestry at Blarbuie.
PREHISTORIC SETTLEMENT
7.5.25 The HER and RCAHMS database record that information provided to the Ordnance Survey in 1963 (Information from AA Woodham August 9th 1963 cited by the RCAHMS) notes the presence of a possible standing stone (11) on a knoll at NH 6695 3576 close to Cloughmor Farm. Field survey carried out in the same year by the Ordnance Survey and later in 2005 (Farrell 2005) considered that the stone was more likely an erratic rather than an actual prehistoric standing stone. Field survey for this project was not possible in this area due to restrictions for land access and the current baseline condition of the standing stone is not known. Taking into consideration observations made by the Ordnance Survey and Farrell (Farrell 2005) it is considered that this stone is likely an erratic and of lesser heritage importance.
7.5.26 The HER and RCAHMS note that field survey carried out in 1992 by the RCAHMS recorded the presence of three hut circles and a burnt mound (34) within an area of mature conifer plantation at Blarbuie. The hut circles were well-preserved and located on a ridge within small forestry clearings. At the time of their initial discovery in 1963 survey the remains of a possibly associated field system, including clearance heaps, lynchets and occasional field walls, had been recorded along with the hut circles; the field system remains have since been covered by forestry and are no longer likely to survive. One of the hut circles (recorded at 267330, 834390) lies outside the Proposed Development LOD, around 100 m to the north of the other hut circles, and the burnt mound, recorded to the south-east of the hut circle group, also lies outside the Proposed Development LOD. The hut circles form part of a group of several prehistoric settlement sites surviving to the north at Essich (see above) and around Carr Ban and Gask Plantation (RCAHMS Database30). Given this the hut circle remains are considered to be of regional heritage importance.
7.5.27 The HER and RCAHMS database note the presence of several clearance cairns (16) recorded at Achvaneran in 1983. No further information was provided. Field survey for this project did not locate any of the cairns, the area in which they were previously recorded has been planted within modern commercial forestry and deep pre- forestation ploughing appears to have removed all trace of the cairns. The cairns are considered to be of lesser heritage importance.
MEDIEVAL OR LATER SETTLEMENT
7.5.28 A farmstead (12), annotated ‘Knocknashenish’ and comprising three roofed buildings and a series of partially enclosed fields, is depicted on the Ordnance Survey 1st map (1875). By the 2nd Edition map (1900) the farmstead is shown unroofed indicating
30 RCAHMS (2014) Royal Commission of Ancient and Historic Monuments Database (PASTMAP) available from: http://jura.rcahms.gov.uk/PASTMAP/start.jsp Chapter 7: LT000019 7-15 Cultural Heritage
Scottish Hydro Electric Transmission plc Knocknagael – Tomatin 275 kV OHL
that it was out of use by this date. The ruins of the farm buildings (12a) survive in an area of rough pasture on the edge of commercial forestry. The main farm buildings are generally well-preserved although crossed by a modern post and wire fence. Fragments of the field system (12b) survive within an area of improved pasture to the west of the farm ruins (12a), although little survives within the Proposed Development LOD where it runs through modern commercial forestry to the east. A section of field bank (12c) was noted running along the western edge of one field just south of the farm buildings and this clips the edge of the Proposed Development LOD.
7.5.29 A second farmstead (15), annotated ‘Newlands’, comprising a L-shaped range with adjacent enclosure and an unroofed building (15a) and two areas of improved land to the east of the range (15b), is depicted on the Ordnance Survey 1st Edition map (1875), to the south of ‘Knocknashenish’. The same farmstead is depicted on the Ordnance Survey 2nd Edition map (1900), although by this date the areas of improved land, shown on the 1st Edition, had been enclosed with banks or walls to form two irregular-shaped enclosures (or fields). The farm range (15a) which are visible on modern aerial photographs (GoogleEarthTM; BingTM) within an area of modern commercial forestry lie outwith the Proposed Development LOD and were not visited during the field survey. The faint outline of sections of turf banks defining the enclosures (15b) are also visible on the edge of the commercial forestry, north of the range (15a). Field survey identified the low-relief remains of a field bank that originally defined the northern end of the farm enclosures (15c). Dense commercial forestry hampered field survey to the south and it was not possible to record the baseline condition of other banks that may survive in this area of the LOD.
7.5.30 The vestigial remains of five possible buildings (13 and 14a-d) were recorded during field survey at the edge of a pasture field just south-west of Gask Burn farmstead (12). The building remains were generally poorly preserved and hard to distinguish. They comprised the remains of what appears to be two long rectangular buildings (13 and 14b); a roughly square building of possible turf and stone construction (14a); a large grass-covered circular heap of stone which may be the remains of a clearance cairn (14c) and a possible small U-shaped stone built structure of unknown function. None of these buildings/structures are depicted on historic maps and their date is unknown; they may be the remains of an early farmstead.
7.5.31 A series of irregular shaped fields (17) are depicted on the Ordnance Survey 1st and 2nd Edition map (1875 & 1900) associated with ‘Crask’ farm. Field survey identified the fields, defined by tumbled dry-stone walls, which are still in use today and are considered to be of local heritage importance.
7.5.32 As elements of the former medieval/later farming landscape of the area, all of the farmstead remains (12 – 15, 17) are considered to be of local heritage importance. MISCELLANEOUS RECORDS
7.5.33 One record held by the HER (HER Ref no: MHG3486) suggests that the remains of a possible hut circle are present within the Proposed Development LOD just west of ‘Cloughmor’, however the grid co-ordinate provided for the feature is not precise (NH 6700, 3600). The description for the hut circle provided by the HER notes that the hut circle was previously recorded to the north-west of ‘Gask’ suggesting that the hut circle is more likely to be located outside the Proposed Development LOD further to the north-east; north of ‘Cloughmour’ and north-west of the ‘Mains of Gask’.
Chapter 7: Cultural Heritage 7-16 LT000019
Scottish Hydro Electric Transmission plc Knocknagael – Tomatin 275 kV OHL
ARCHAEOLOGICAL POTENTIAL
7.5.34 The archaeological sites identified within the Proposed Development LOD are concentrated principally in open areas of rough pasture to the south-west of ‘Cloughmor’ farm (sites 11 – 15). Both potential prehistoric remains (a possible standing stone) and later settlement (including buildings and associated field systems) survive within the Proposed Development LOD at this location. The HER records that several additional prehistoric sites were also recorded adjacent to the Proposed Development LOD in this area, to the west around the northern end of Loch Bunachton. These include several hut circles (MHG3478) and possibly associated cairnfield (MHG3483 and MHG3485). These features were recorded in the 1960s and now lie in areas of modern commercial forestry. Further south at Blar- Buidhe the remains of prehistoric settlement (34) are noted within forestry and these settlement remains form part of a group of prehistoric sites concentrated around Blar- Buidhe and Gask Plantation. Together, these sites indicate that the upper slopes around Loch Bunachton and Loch Caulan have been a focal point for settlement from the earliest periods.
7.5.35 Few heritage assets are recorded in other areas (Northern half of Carr Ban area and Craobh Sgitheach) which are now covered in large swathes of modern commercial forestry plantation. It is likely that pre-forestry ploughing in advance of forestry planting has removed any archaeological remains in this area.
7.5.36 Taking the above into account it is considered that there is a high potential for further buried archaeology to survive within areas of rough pastureland, particularly near to ‘Cloughmor’ farm, and a low potential for further buried archaeology to survive where the Proposed Development crosses areas of forestry plantation. Tordarroch to Milton of Farr (Cultural heritage assets 18-25 and 35)
7.5.37 There are a total of nine cultural heritage assets recorded within the Proposed Development LOD between Tordarroch and Milton of Farr. The area consists principally of improved pasture fields. A cluster of prehistoric and later settlement remains are recorded just north of the River Nairn on the edge of Tordarroch village.
PREHISTORIC SETTLEMENT
7.5.38 The HER and RCAHMS database record the presence of five prehistoric hut circles (19a-e) within rough pasture on the southern edge of Tordarroch village. The hut circles were recorded in detail in 1989 (Driscoll 1989). Four of the hut circles (19a- b and 19d-e), which survive as low-relief earthworks are located in an area of undulating ground overlooking the confluence of the River Nairn and the Allt a’ Chlachairn. Only a small section of bank, once forming part of the fifth hut circle (19c) survives, the rest of the structure having been removed during the construction of a car park for Tordarroch Church in the early 1960s.
7.5.39 Adjacent to the hut circles are the remnants of a cairnfield (24), comprising at least seven small cairns, surviving in a semi-improved pasture field. Their size (4 m - 6 m in diameter) suggests that the cairns are small field clearance cairns. Their close proximity to the hut circles suggests that the cairnfield is potentially the remains of an early field system associated with the prehistoric settlement.
7.5.40 The hut circles (19) and cairnfield (24) form part of an extensive prehistoric landscape surviving around Tordarroch including, scheduled Tordarroch Ring Cairn (11559) and Tordarroch Cup Marks (11558), both present approximately 350 m to Chapter 7: LT000019 7-17 Cultural Heritage
Scottish Hydro Electric Transmission plc Knocknagael – Tomatin 275 kV OHL
the north of the prehistoric settlement remains, Stonehenge House Chambered Cairn (11548), present c. 400 m to the east; the remains of Tordarroch Fort (HER Ref no: MHG 3937), present c. 350 m to the north-west; a burnt mound (MHG3590), present c.200 m to the north, and a further hut circle (HER Ref no: MHG3575) located on the south-western edge of Tordarroch village, c. 200 m to the north-east. Taking this into account it is considered that the hut circles (19) and potentially associated cairnfield (24) are of regional heritage importance. MEDIEVAL OR LATER SETTLEMENT
7.5.41 What is probably the vestigial remains of a farmstead (22) survive just north of the River Nairn and close to earlier prehistoric settlement (19). Several heavily robbed long buildings (22a, 22c and 22d) have been recorded by both Driscoll (1989) and the RCAHMS in 1993. In addition, Driscoll (1989) recorded the remains of a possible cellular building, comprising three interlinking cells, which at the time he interpreted as the possible remains of either a medieval long-house or an earlier Pictish cellular house (22b). The RCAHMS, in 1993, also noted these cellular structures, but suggested they were more likely to be the remains of storage pits associated with the long-buildings. Today, little upstanding remains of these structures are visible. Buildings (22a and 22b) recorded by Driscoll (1989) survive as low-relief turf-covered footings, however, the two additional buildings (22c and 22d) previously recorded by the RCAHMS were not identified in the field. These were visible only as low-relief (0.25 m – 0.3 m high) grass-covered footings at the time of the RCAHMS survey (in 1993) and it is possible that they have been subsumed by vegetation. The ‘cellular structure’ (22b) recorded by Driscoll (1989) has been badly disturbed at the northeast end, nevertheless, three ‘cells’ (or compartments) are visible and it appears more likely to be the remains of a building than storage pits as previously noted by the RCAHMS. The RCAHMS database records that an L-shaped range of buildings, annotated ‘Ruins’, are shown on a map of Tordarroch from c.1804 (National Records of Scotland, Photocopy of Estate Plans showing lands north-east of Loch Duntelchaig, dated 1804, Ref: RHP1047) indicating that they had been abandoned by the early 19th century.
7.5.42 Field survey recorded the poorly preserved and vestigial remains of what may be a small square building (21) just north of farmstead (22). The exact function and date of this building is not known, however it is possibly associated with the former farmstead (22) and may be a small outbuilding or store.
7.5.43 A large roughly rectangular enclosure (18), defined by the remains of a denuded stone-faced bank, is present in an area of rough pasture just north of the River Nairn. The enclosure lies close to both surviving prehistoric (19) and later (22) settlement remains, and could potentially be early in origin. The exact function of this enclosure is unknown; Driscoll (1989) suggests that its position in a natural hollow formed by three hillocks suggests that it was used as a stock enclosure to conceal sheep or cattle.
7.5.44 What may be the remains of an isolated clearance cairn (23) was identified during the field survey at NH 67955 33033 close to both the prehistoric hut circles (19) and a later farmstead (22). Its date is unknown, but it may be associated with either period of settlement.
7.5.45 The remains of two large stone and turf field banks (25a) and an associated large clearance cairn (25b) were recorded aligned north-north-east to south-south-west on the edge of what is now an improved pasture field. Together they appear to form
Chapter 7: Cultural Heritage 7-18 LT000019
Scottish Hydro Electric Transmission plc Knocknagael – Tomatin 275 kV OHL
the remnants of a linear field (or enclosure) possibly associated with the former farmstead (22) that survives just to the west.
7.5.46 A short section of field wall (20), preserved as a low stone spread and aligned east to west has been identified in rough pasture just south of the Tordarroch public road. The wall remains run for about 60 m (from NH 67920 33110 to NH 68030 833110) before petering out at both ends in rough pasture.
7.5.47 The farmstead remains (22) and the possible associated buildings (21), enclosure (18) and other agrarian features (20, 23 and 25) form a discrete cluster of potentially early settlement remains surviving on the edge of Tordarroch and are considered to be of at least local heritage importance.
7.5.48 One additional farmstead (35) is recorded at Milton of Farr on the Ordnance Survey 1st Edition map (1874) comprising three roofed buildings surrounding a courtyard. This farmstead is still occupied today and forms part of a working farm. The buildings as shown on the Ordnance Survey 1st Edition map now only partially survive and are surrounded by modern farm buildings. The farmstead is considered to be of local heritage importance.
MISCELLANEOUS RECORDS
7.5.49 One record held by the HER suggests that the remains of a township (HER Ref no: MHG3594) lie within the Proposed Development LOD at NH 6800, 3300. This record actually refers to the remains of a township present further north of Tordarroch at NH 6803 3335 recorded as HER Ref no: MHG29224.
7.5.50 One record held by the HER suggests that the remains of an early farmstead are visible at NH 6760, 3330 (HER Ref no: MHG3569) and within the Proposed Development LOD. There is nothing visible at this location and this record refers to buildings present further to the north-east, recorded at NH 6773 3340 (HER Ref no: MHG 3536).
7.5.51 One record held by the HER and RCAHMS database notes that the remains of a burnt mound (HER Ref no: MHG 3590) are located at NH 67860 33160, however a detailed survey of the feature by Driscoll (1989) records the burnt mound c. 100 m to the north-west, at NH 67814 833254, and outside the Proposed Development LOD.
ARCHAEOLOGICAL POTENTIAL
7.5.52 A concentration of prehistoric and later, potentially early medieval, settlement remains have been recorded within the Proposed Development LOD to the south of Tordarroch.
7.5.53 Several well-preserved prehistoric sites are recorded in the surrounding area around Tordarroch and within the River Nairn valley. The HER records ten prehistoric sites, in addition to those recorded within the Proposed Development LOD, within an approximate 1 km radius from Tordarroch. These records include: • Scheduled Tordarroch Ring Cairn (11559); • Scheduled Tordarroch Cupmarks (11558); • Scheduled Stonehenge House, Chambered Cairn (11548); • Scheduled Milton of Farr Cupmark Stone (11556);
Chapter 7: LT000019 7-19 Cultural Heritage
Scottish Hydro Electric Transmission plc Knocknagael – Tomatin 275 kV OHL
• Tordarroch Fort (HER Ref no: MHG3937);
• Tordarroch Burnt Mound (HER Ref no: MHG3590);
• Milton of Farr, Hut Circles (HER Ref no: MHG3580);
• Ballone, Hut Circles (HER Ref no: MHG3564); and
• Ballone Burnt Mound (HER Ref no: MHG3101).
7.5.54 In addition, the remains of several former medieval/post-medieval farmsteads and townships, including the large abandoned township complex at Ballone (Ballone Depopulated Township, 11549), located on the opposite bank of the River Nairn to Tordarroch village, are recorded by the HER in the surrounding area.
7.5.55 It is apparent, from the archaeological record, that this area of Strathnairn has been a focal point for settlement and activity from the prehistoric periods onwards. Taking this into account it is considered that there is a high potential for further buried archaeology to survive within this section of the Proposed Development LOD. Milton of Farr to Glen Kyllachy (Cultural heritage assets 26-30 and 36)
7.5.56 Seven heritage assets are recorded within the Proposed Development LOD between Milton of Farr and Glen Kyllachy. The area comprises a mixture of commercial forestry plantation, particularly at Farnack Wood, Craggan Wood, Can Loch na Letir Wood and Glenkyllachy Forest; open moorland around the slopes of Beinn Bhraec, and improved pasture fields surrounding Milton of Farr. Little survives within this section of the Proposed Development LOD, with only small fragments of former post- medieval settlement being recorded. More recent features include a 19th century cistern.
MEDIEVAL AND LATER SETTLEMENT
7.5.57 A farmstead (26a), annotated ‘Craggan’, and adjacent field system (26b) are depicted on the Ordnance Survey 1st and 2nd Edition maps (1875 & 1900) just east of the River Farnack. On the 2nd Edition map (1900) the field system (25b) is only partially shown suggesting that it may have been abandoned by this period. The area in which the farmstead was originally located is now covered by commercial forestry and the current baseline of the farm buildings is not known. No upstanding remains of the field system (26b) were visible in areas of forestry that have recently been felled, whilst dense vegetation in other areas of the forestry (around Farnack Wood) did not allow access.
7.5.58 A second farmstead (29a), annotated ‘Culcairn’, and an associated enclosure (or field) (29b) are shown on the Ordnance Survey 1st Edition map (1875), but are not depicted on the Ordnance Survey 2nd Edition (1900) suggesting that it was out of use by this period. The farm buildings (29a), which are visible on 1948 vertical aerial photographs are located outside the Proposed Development LOD and were not visited. No upstanding remains of the enclosure (29b), as shown on the 1st Edition, were identified in an area of heather moorland; however, a short section of stone field bank (29c) was recorded within what would have been the original enclosure area. This bank appears to correspond with an area of improved ground depicted on the Ordnance Survey 1st Edition map. The farmstead remains are considered to be of local heritage importance.
7.5.59 The HER records that a possible farmstead (37) is depicted on the Ordnance Survey 1st Edition map (1874) at Stradearn. The farmstead is shown as comprising three Chapter 7: Cultural Heritage 7-20 LT000019
Scottish Hydro Electric Transmission plc Knocknagael – Tomatin 275 kV OHL
unroofed buildings suggesting that it had been abandoned by this date. The farmstead is located on the edge of modern commercial forestry and just south of a modern forestry access track. The current baseline condition of the farmstead is unknown and therefore it is of unknown, by likely no more than local, heritage importance.
7.5.60 Field survey identified the faint outline of two areas of former peat cuttings (28a-b and 30) on the edge of Craggan Wood and on the western slopes of Beinn Bhreac respectively. Neither of these areas is used as a source of peat today. Both former peat cutting areas are considered to be of lesser heritage importance.
7.5.61 Guthrie (2002) record the presence of a trackway (36), visible as a slight holloway, running from the Garbole road to the north and terminating within moorland at the eastern flank of Carn Dearg. The trackway is depicted on the modern Ordnance Survey map but not shown on earlier editions. Guthrie (2002) suggests that the trackway, although not depicted on the 1st or 2nd Edition maps, may be an early pathway as it abruptly terminates at a burn. This study, however, notes that the trackway does pass a number of grousebutts present on the slopes of Carn Odhar suggesting that it is more likely to be a modern track providing access to the grousebutts and to the upper slopes of Beinn Bhreac and Carn Deag for deer stalking. It is therefore considered to be of lesser heritage importance.
MISCELLANEOUS FEATURES
7.5.62 A small rectangular cistern (27), annotated ‘Cistern covered’, is depicted on the Ordnance Survey 2nd Edition map (1900) within forestry at Craggan Wood. The cistern, housed in a corrugated shed, was noted in an area of felled forestry. It is considered to be of lesser heritage importance.
ARCHAEOLOGICAL POTENTIAL
7.5.63 Few heritage assets have been recorded within this section of the Proposed Development LOD. Former isolated settlements (farmsteads), probably of post- medieval date, although potentially earlier, are recorded either side of the Allt Beag river and the Kyllachy Burn near Garbole, generally little upstanding remains of these farmstead survive today.
7.5.64 The HER records the presence of a small number of additional former farmsteads, at ‘Gaich’ (HER Ref no: MHG26325); ‘Moy’ (HER Ref no: MHG48895), and ‘Allt Gogach’ (HER Ref no: MHG26326) also located on the banks of the Allt Beag river and within c. 200m of the Proposed Development. Similarly, the HER records a number of former township, at ‘Strathdern’ (HER Ref no: MHG26198) and ‘Kyllachy Burn’ (HER Ref nos: MHG262196 & MHG26197) along with associated field systems, located in the lower valley slopes overlooking the convergence of the Kyllachy Burn and the River Findhorn. A number of these townships are recorded on Roy’s Military Survey map of Scotland (1747-55). All indicate that the lower slopes of these river valleys were a particular focus for post-medieval, or potentially earlier, settlement.
7.5.65 No heritage assets were recorded on the higher slopes of Beinn Bhreac and the HER records no known prehistoric or later sites within the wider landscape.
7.5.66 This section of the Proposed Development LOD crosses areas of modern commercial forestry at Farrick Wood/Craggan Wood; Carn Loch na Leitir Wood and
Chapter 7: LT000019 7-21 Cultural Heritage
Scottish Hydro Electric Transmission plc Knocknagael – Tomatin 275 kV OHL
Glenkyllachy Forest and it is considered that the likelihood of hitherto unknown buried remains to survive in these areas is low.
7.5.67 Given the elevation of other unmodified moorland (over 400m AOD) where the Proposed Development LOD crosses the upper slopes of Beinn Bhreac and the absence of any recorded archaeological sites or features in the surrounding area, it is judged that the potential for archaeology to survive in this section of the Proposed Development LOD, where it crosses heather moorland, is also low. Key Heritage Assets within the ZTV
7.5.68 The Inverness District landscape character assessment (Richards 199931) records that the area surrounding the Proposed Development is characterised by large rounded hills with broad undulating upland plateaux dived by a number of broad straths and glens. Inland the landscape is predominantly forested, dominated by dense conifer plantations, although more open broadleaf woodlands follow stream gorges and river banks. Visibility is limited in places by forestry which focuses attention upon foreground detail. Straths are dominated by flat improved/semi- improved fields and edged by steep rocky side slopes creating a linear enclosure which direct distant views along the straths and to flanking hill slopes. As the land descends towards the coast, the character of the landscape is dominated by gently rolling lowlands which have had a long continuity of settlement which has created a diverse landscape of woodlands, farms, settlement and access routes, with a mixed balanced pattern of enclosed spaces and open areas.
7.5.69 Examination of the Ordnance Survey maps indicates that the majority of heritage assets within this area are concentrated within the Straths and Glens along the main watercourse, including the Ness, Nairn and Findhorn rivers. Within the more upland areas, settlement is sparse with small pockets of farmland and more dispersed farms within extensive forest.
7.5.70 The ‘Bare-Earth’ ZTV (Figure 7.2) indicates that overall, heritage assets predicted to have views of the Proposed Development are concentrated largely within the Ness and Nairn river valleys (Strath Dores and Strathnairn).
7.5.71 Within 5 km of the Proposed Development external heritage assets comprise largely scheduled prehistoric settlement and funerary remains, including several burial cairns, cup marked rocks and hut circles. Listed Buildings are limited to isolated bridges, parish churches and country houses standing in sheltered designed landscapes. The majority of the heritage assets within this area are located within strath valleys (particularly around Tordarroch and Milton of Farr) where views out are concentrated along the straths and the ‘With-Screening’ ZTV (Figure 7.3) indicates that surrounding commercial forestry, present on hill slopes that enclose the straths, limits views of the Proposed Development from many of the heritage assets.
7.5.72 Further afield, within 5 km to 10 km of the Proposed Development, heritage assets are principally concentrated around the Ness river and Caledonian Canal (Figure 7.2). These include several listed buildings located within Inverness, designed landscapes forming the setting for large county houses (for instance Leys House and Dochfour House) and several listed structures, including locks and lock keeper cottages, associated with the Caledonian Canal. Most of these buildings and structures have localised settings concentrating on the surrounding cityscape or lochside. Several scheduled prehistoric settlement remains and funerary sites are
31 Richards, J (1999) Inverness District landscape character assessment, Scottish Natural Heritage Review, No 114. Chapter 7: Cultural Heritage 7-22 LT000019
Scottish Hydro Electric Transmission plc Knocknagael – Tomatin 275 kV OHL
also recorded in the wider landscape; these sites and features are principally located within the lower river slopes, for instance around Craggie Burn (near Daviot) to the north-east of the Proposed Development, or overlook lochs in the area, including Loch Ness, Loch Ashie, Loch Duntelchaig and Loch Ruthven, to the west and north. Views from these assets are largely concentrated along the river valleys and the lochs over which they look. On the edge of the 10 km study, within Culloden moor and on the outskirts of Inverness, lies Culloden Historic Battlefield which is of international importance and a promoted visitor site. Future Baseline
7.5.73 If the Proposed Development was not to proceed there would likely be no immediate change to the baseline condition of the heritage assets identified unless they were affected by future land use changes unrelated to the Proposed Development (such as forestry planting and felling).
7.6 Likely Significant Effects Assumptions
7.6.1 For the purpose of this assessment direct (construction) impacts have been based on the proposed OHL route and tower positions and access track routes. It is considered that there is potential for a direct impact to occur on heritage assets with known or potential physical remains: • within 50 m of the proposed tower locations, to take into account working areas around towers and vehicle movement at these locations; and
• along and within close proximity to the proposed access track routes where new routes are to be constructed or upgrading of existing tracks are required.
7.6.2 The assessment excludes the proposed Tomatin substation area which will be the subject of a separate assessment to accompany the planning application for it.
7.6.3 The OHL route as set out on Figures 7.1a-7.1g is based on the proposed alignment and tower schedule, as described in Chapter 2: Description of Proposed Development. Any changes to the OHL route within the LOD micrositing limitations could potentially result in changes to the predicted effects set out below and would require further assessment.
7.6.4 The assessment presented is based on the key development features and construction methodologies described in Chapter 2 Description of Proposed Development. Construction Effects
7.6.5 Any ground breaking/disturbance activities associated with the Proposed Development have the potential to disturb or destroy features of cultural heritage interest. Other construction activities, such as vehicle movement and storage of construction materials, also have the potential to cause direct, adverse, permanent and potentially irreversible impacts on the cultural heritage.
7.6.6 The potential direct impacts result principally from possible ground disturbance close to cultural heritage assets associated with the erection of the OHL towers and construction of and upgrading of access tracks.
Chapter 7: LT000019 7-23 Cultural Heritage
Scottish Hydro Electric Transmission plc Knocknagael – Tomatin 275 kV OHL
7.6.7 There is potential for the Proposed Development construction works to result in four major direct effects and eight moderate direct effects on heritage assets (Technical Appendix 7.1 provides details). These effects would be adverse and permanent. Mitigation to avoid, reduce or off-set these significant effects is provided in Section 7.6 below and the residual effects, taking into account the proposed mitigation, is provided in Section 7.7. Operational Effects
7.6.8 The construction and presence of the Proposed Development may adversely affect the setting of heritage assets in their vicinity. Such effects would be long-term. Effects relating predominantly to the settings of heritage assets can occur during both the temporary construction phase and the operational phase.
7.6.9 The effects of the operational phase of the Proposed Development on heritage assets, using the indicative layout depicted on Figures 7.1a-7.1g, is provided on a site by site basis in Technical Appendix 7.3 and the residual effects are discussed in Section 7.7: Residual Effects.
7.6.10 No significant effects on the setting of designated cultural heritage assets, including Scheduled Monuments, Listed Buildings, Gardens and Designed Landscapes, Conservation Areas, Historic Battlefields and regionally important heritage assets that are located within the Proposed Development LOD, were predicted from the operation of the Proposed Development (see Section 7.7 and Appendices 7.2-7.3 for detailed assessment).
7.7 Mitigation Mitigation at the Pre Construction Stage
7.7.1 Final tower positions and access track routes would be subject to micrositing within their respective LODs on the basis of detailed ground investigation. At this stage, consideration would also be given to detailed local environmental sensitivities, including the proximity to cultural heritage assets. Towers and track which lie within close proximity to cultural heritage assets would be microsited as far from cultural heritage assets as possible. In addition, either temporary mats or a floating track construction would be employed where access tracks run close to cultural heritage sites (5 and 19). Mitigation during Construction
7.7.2 Mitigation measures would be implemented to avoid, reduce or offset the likely significant direct (physical) effects of the Proposed Development on heritage assets. This is in line with requirements of national, regional and local planning policies. Suitable programmes of mitigation would be prepared and presented in a Written Scheme of Investigation (WSI) for the approval of THC prior to the commencement of any construction works. Provision would be made within the WSI for an appropriate programme of investigation and recording of any archaeological remains identified as a result of any mitigation works undertaken in advance of, or during construction works, that cannot be preserved in situ. All works would be conducted by a professional archaeological organisation (Archaeological Clerk of Works). The mitigation works would include the consequent production of written reports on the findings of the archaeological work conducted, with post-excavation analyses, publication and archiving of the results of the work where appropriate.
Chapter 7: Cultural Heritage 7-24 LT000019
Scottish Hydro Electric Transmission plc Knocknagael – Tomatin 275 kV OHL
7.7.3 Written guidelines would be issued for use by all construction contractors, outlining the need to avoid causing unnecessary damage to known heritage assets. The guidelines, to be contained within the Construction Environmental Management Document (CEMD), would include arrangements for calling upon retained professional archaeological support in the event that buried archaeological remains of potential archaeological interest (such as building remains, human remains, artefacts etc.) are discovered in areas not subjected to archaeological monitoring. The guidance would make clear the legal possibilities placed upon those who disturb artefacts or human remains.
7.7.4 The following mitigation strategy is proposed prior to forestry felling and construction phases of the Proposed Development. Walkover Field Survey
7.7.5 A pre-felling field survey would be carried out along the route of the Proposed Development LOD at Gask Burn to locate a possible standing stone (11) which has been previously recorded in what is now an area of commercial forestry and which could not be accessed during the initial walkover survey. Field survey would be carried out to identify and record the location of the possible standing stone, to record its current condition and to mark-off the site prior to felling works.
7.7.6 Pre-construction walkover field survey would be carried out along the route of the Proposed Development LOD, including areas that could not be accessed during the field survey (i.e. land around Milton of Farr), and existing access tracks requiring upgrading / proposed new stone track routes that lie outwith the Proposed OHL LOD, in areas of moorland or pasture (including cultural heritage assets 31-33) and the proposed LOD for the proposed new 132kV Towers where the OHL ties with the existing 132kV OHL at Garbole (Figures 7.1g-7.1h, including heritage asset 37) which were not included in the initial field survey.
7.7.7 Post-felling walkover field survey would be carried out: • along the route of the Proposed OHL LOD at Carr Ban, Craobh Sgitheach, Farnack Wood and Glen Kyllachy, which could not be accessed during the initial walkover survey, to identify and record the locations/extents of any previously unrecorded upstanding remains in these areas and to record the current baseline conditions of previously recorded cultural heritage asset (15 and 26a); and
• along the route of the Proposed Assess Track LODs (existing access tracks requiring upgrading and proposed new stones track routes) that lie in areas of commercial forestry and which were not included in the initial field survey (including cultural heritage assets 34).
7.7.8 The objectives of the field surveys would be to: provide information on the presence/absence of the cultural heritage assets recorded from desk-based assessment, to record the current baseline condition of these assets, to record any previously unknown cultural heritage sites that may survive within areas of forestry, and to identify measures to mitigate any predicted significant adverse effects on these assets. Impact Avoidance – Preservation in site / Marking-off
7.7.9 The design of locations for construction and ground-breaking works at proposed tower locations and within the proposed Access Works LOD (access tracks) would seek to avoid known cultural heritage assets (Figures 7.1a-7.1g). Procedures would
Chapter 7: LT000019 7-25 Cultural Heritage
Scottish Hydro Electric Transmission plc Knocknagael – Tomatin 275 kV OHL
include the exclusion of heritage assets from working areas, and avoidance of assets when planning access routes for construction areas.
7.7.10 Where assets survive as upstanding features and lie within c. 50 m of the tower locations they would be avoided as far as is practicable in order to ensure their preservation in situ. Where appropriate, assets would be marked-off using hi- visibility fencing placed, wherever possible, a minimum of 10 m from the visible extent of the heritage asset, to prevent avoidable accidental damage occurring to the remains during construction activities in their vicinity.
7.7.11 Temporary access tracks (floating road or mat track) would be utilised where the access track runs close to two regionally important sites, Big Burn field system and hut circles (5) and Tordarroch Cottage hut circles (19). Impact reduction – Protection of Features Crossed by Access Tracks
7.7.12 Where linear assets survive as upstanding features, principally banks and walls, access tracks would be routed through any existing gates or broken (less well preserved) sections of wall where possible. Impact Offset – Investigation and Recording
7.7.13 Where upstanding features cannot be avoided or protected during the construction these areas would be investigated and recorded prior to any construction works being carried out, to a specification and standard to be agreed in writing with The Highland Council and in consultation with HET. In addition, it is considered that there is a high potential for the preservation of buried remains of archaeological interest to survive particularly within the Proposed Development LOD where it crosses moorland around Essich (including sites 1 – 9 and 31-33); within rough pasture near to Cloughmor farm (around sites 12 – 15), and at Tordarroch (between sites 18 and 25). Any requirements for archaeological monitoring of works/watching briefs would be agreed in consultation with HET.
7.7.14 If significant discoveries are made during archaeological monitoring and preservation in situ of any such heritage assets is not possible, provision would be made for an appropriate amount of investigation and recording to be agreed in writing with THC through consultation with HET. This provision would include the consequent production of written reports on the findings, with post-excavation analyses and publication of the results of the work where appropriate.
7.8 Residual Effects Residual Construction Impacts
7.8.1 Using the criteria detailed in Tables 7.2-7.4, Technical Appendix 7.1 details the predicted residual construction effects on heritage assets within the Proposed Development LOD from the indicative Proposed Development design.
7.8.2 Thirty-six heritage assets have been identified within the Proposed Development LOD, including the Proposed OHL LOD and Associated Works LOD (access tracks). Twenty-seven of the cultural heritage assets (4-9, 11-15, 26, 17-30 and 36) lie partly within both the OHL LOD and Associated Works LOD and construction works for the Proposed Development in both areas may potentially affect these assets.
Chapter 7: Cultural Heritage 7-26 LT000019
Scottish Hydro Electric Transmission plc Knocknagael – Tomatin 275 kV OHL
7.8.3 For the assessment it is assumed that the Proposed Development (OHL, access tracks etc) would be microsited to avoid cultural heritage assets were possible. Taking this into consideration, out of the 37 heritage assets identified within the Proposed Development LOD there is potential for construction works to result in direct impacts on five heritage assets where elements of the upstanding remains are directly crossed by the Proposed Development route and cannot be avoided. These assets include a field bank (3a), two field systems (15b/c and 17), a farmstead (26) and a pathway (36). The majority of these assets are of minimal heritage importance. Direct impacts on these assets would result in the following: • one minor, adverse and permanent effect (not significant in the context of the EIA regulations) is predicted on a field bank (3a) where it is crossed by the route of a proposed new stone access track;
• an unknown, but no more than minor adverse effect (not significant) is predicted on a farmstead (26); and
• residual impacts of no significance are predicted on the remaining four assets (15b/c, 17 and 36).
7.8.4 Where heritage assets lie within close proximity to the Proposed Development these would be avoided through micrositing within the LOD, where possible, and therefore no residual impacts are predicted. If, however, the assets cannot be avoided by construction works there is potential for direct adverse impacts on 18 heritage assets recorded within the Proposed Development LOD: • Four major effects on field system and hut circles (5), Tordarroch hut circles (19), Essich hut circle (32) and Blarbuie hut circles (34) (significant in the context of the EIA regulations). • Eight moderate effects on three buildings (4, 7 and 21), two clearance cairn (8 and 23), a field bank (9), a farmstead (22), and a marker stone (31) (significant in the context of the EIA regulations). • Seven minor effects on a building (1), a field boundary (6), a standing stone (11), a farmstead (12), former peat cuttings (28 and 30), and a possible farmstead (37) (not significant in the context of the EIA regulations.
7.8.5 Where cultural heritage assets cannot be avoided during construction, mitigation to offset and reduce the impact has been proposed (Section 7.6, Technical Appendices 7.1). In these cases, where construction work would disturb cultural heritage assets the significance of the residual effects on the cultural heritage assets would be the same as the significance of the predicted impact before mitigation, although offset by mitigation through preservation by record. Residual Operational Impacts
7.8.6 Analysis of the ‘Bare-Earth’ ZTV (Figure 7.2) indicates that there would be theoretical visibility of one or more components of the Proposed Development from a total of 110 designated heritage assets within the 10 km study area (listed in Technical Appendices 7.2 and 7.4). The ‘Bare-Earth’ ZTV takes no account of obstructions to intervisibility resulting from existing forestry/woodland and other vegetation, or from buildings and man-made features. Taking this into consideration a ‘With-Screening’ ZTV has been produced for the Proposed Development (Figure 7.3), and uses the following assumptions: height of buildings 8 m and height of forestry/woodland 15 m.
7.8.7 The ‘With-Screening’ ZTV (Figure 7.3) indicates that views to the Proposed Development would be largely restricted from the surrounding landscape such that
Chapter 7: LT000019 7-27 Cultural Heritage
Scottish Hydro Electric Transmission plc Knocknagael – Tomatin 275 kV OHL
within 5 km of the Proposed Development at ground level there would be visibility from only 32 designated heritage assets, including 20 Scheduled Monuments, seven Category B listed Buildings, two Category C Listed Buildings, two Inventory status Garden and Designed Landscapes and one Conservation Area. A further nine Scheduled Monument, one Category A Listed Building, one Inventory Garden and Designed Landscape, two Conservation and one Historic Battlefield with theoretical visibility are present between 5 km and 10 km from the Proposed Development. The majority of these heritage assets are either concentrated within 2 km of the Proposed Development or positioned on higher hill-slopes (Figure 7.3). Further details are provided in Technical Appendices 7.2-7.3.
7.8.8 Designated heritage assets identified as having ‘bare-earth’ visibility of the Proposed Development were assessed in order to identify any potential significant adverse impacts that may occur on the setting of cultural heritage assets within the 10 km study area. Taking into account the distance of many of the cultural heritage assets from the Proposed Development and the current setting of the assets it was considered that none of the heritage assets, with only ‘bare-earth’ visibility of the Proposed Development, would be significantly affected by the presence of the Proposed Development in their wider landscape setting. In addition, designated cultural heritage assets that lie outwith the ZTV, but where views of the asset from the wider landscape may be affected by the presence of the Proposed Development were assessed; none were judged to be significantly affected by the Proposed Development. The EIA assessment therefore concentrates on those heritage assets that are predicted to have ‘with-screening’ visibility of the Proposed Development.
7.8.9 Using the criteria detailed in Tables 7.5 – 7.9, Technical Appendices 7.2-7.3 detail the finding of the assessment of the residual operational effects of the Proposed Development upon the settings of heritage assets with predicted ‘With-Screening’ visibility.
7.8.10 Heritage assets identified by Historic Scotland (see Technical Appendix 1.1 for details) to lie within close proximity to the Proposed Development and to have sensitive settings (cultural heritage assets 2392, 11548, 11556, 11558, 11559 and 11786), and additional heritage assets identified during the site visits as being potentially sensitive to development in the surrounding landscape (cultural heritage assets 11549 and 11552), are considered in detail below. To aid the assessment of these sites, wireline visualisations (listed in Table 7.1) have been produced to show the theoretical ‘bare-earth’ views of the Proposed Development. Further explanation of the method used in generating these wirelines for the assessment is included within Chapter 4: Landscape and Visual Amenity.
7.8.11 In addition four undesignated cultural heritage assets considered to be of regional importance have been identified within the Proposed Development LOD: Big Burn hut circles and field system (5); Tordarroch Cottage hut-circles (19), Essich hut- circles (32); Blarbuie hut circles and burnt mound (34). In line with planning legislation and guidance, including PAN2/201132, the Highland-wide Local Development Plan (HWLDP (201233) and The Highland Council Historic Environment Strategy Supplementary Planning Guidance (201334) the residual
32 Scottish Government (2011) Planning Advice Note 2/2011 Planning and Archaeology. 33 The Highland Council (2012) The Highland wide local Development Plan (adopted April 2012), Inverness: The Highland Council. 34 The Highland Council (2012) Highland Historic Environment Strategy, Interim Supplementary Planning Guidance. Inverness: The Highland Council Chapter 7: Cultural Heritage 7-28 LT000019
Scottish Hydro Electric Transmission plc Knocknagael – Tomatin 275 kV OHL
effects of the Proposed Development on the setting of these four assets are discussed in detail below, but are not included in the Technical Appendices.
7.8.12 No significant residual operational effects have been predicted on the setting of the cultural heritage assets identified within the ZTV study area from the introduction of the Proposed Development. Scheduled Monuments
CARN GLAS, CHAMBERED CAIRNS (2392) (FIGURE 7.4.)
7.8.13 The remains of this Neolithic long cairn, formed of three linked chambered cairns, survive on a natural saddle-shaped ridge on Essich Moor. The cairn which is aligned north to south is the largest of the Orkney-Cromarty chambered cairns to survive in Scotland, and although the cairn has been disturbed by antiquarians in the early 20th century the remains of three chambers and associated cairn material are still visible. The cairn, which is partially turf-covered, stands to a maximum height of 2.6 m high and is overall around 100 m long. It stands in an area of rough pasture c. 250 m west of the Essich to Brin public road. Wide, long views can be gained from the monument in all directions taking in the surrounding pasture/moorland and hills to the south. Distant views to the north-north-east look out over Inverness and the Beauly Forth. The cairn itself is visible from the Essich to Brin public road in views to the west back-dropped by hills.
7.8.14 The cairn forms part of a group of prehistoric remains, including hut circles and other burial monuments, surviving within Essich Moor and along the River Ness valley to the north; in the immediate area surrounding the burial monument there are remains of several scheduled hut circles (Achvaird hut circles (11786 & 11561)) and other later (Bronze/Iron Age) prehistoric settlement remains, including clearance cairns and cultivation remains, and the relationship with these later monuments adds to the contextual value of the monument. The setting of the cairn is characterised by the pasture field in which it stands and the farmland/moorland out over which views extend. The key aspects of the setting of the asset would appear to be its topographical location and the wide views gained from the monument. The cairn has a setting that makes a high contribution to its understanding and appreciation and this gives it a setting of high sensitivity.
7.8.15 In the immediate landscape surrounding the burial cairn there are several steel lattice overhead transmission lines, particularly visible crossing moorland to the north- north-east and south-east sides of the cairn running to the operational Knocknagael substation (which is present c. 750 m to the north-east of the monument and largely screened from view by intervening woodland); the closest overhead line is c.250 m from the cairn remains.
7.8.16 The Proposed Development would be at nearest c. 600 m away from the monument crossing an area of moorland. Proposed towers would be visible beyond the existing steel lattice overhead transmission lines in views to the east and south-east of the cairn. The Proposed Development would be visible in the surrounding landscape, which forms part of the extensive views out from the monument. A wire-line showing the predicted ‘bare-earth’ view of the Proposed Development from the asset (Figure 7.4) indicates that much of the immediate overhead transmission line would be back- clothed by surrounding hills. Although the Proposed Development would have an effect upon the wider landscape setting of the cairn, it would be visible in a landscape that already contains several similar modern features, which are positioned closer to the monument; the Proposed Development would be seen beyond these existing
Chapter 7: LT000019 7-29 Cultural Heritage
Scottish Hydro Electric Transmission plc Knocknagael – Tomatin 275 kV OHL
steel lattice overhead lines. The Proposed Development would not be seen in views of the cairn from the Essich to Brin public road, looking north-east/west and would therefore not affect views of the cairn from the public road.
7.8.17 Taking the above into consideration it is assessed that the Proposed Development would have a predicted effect of low magnitude on the setting of Carn Glas chambered cairns resulting in a minor adverse residual impact (not significant in the context of the EIA regulations). STONEHENGE HOUSE, CHAMBERED CAIRN (11548)
7.8.18 This scheduled prehistoric chambered cairn dating to the Early Bronze Age is visible as a sub-circular setting of monoliths standing in the back garden of a residential property and bounded by a low circular concrete retaining wall. The monument is wholly surrounded by residential property (situated in Farr village) which restricts views out from, and towards, the monument from the surrounding area. The current setting of the cairn, surrounded by buildings, adds little to the value or significance of the monument as an archaeological resource and also removes any aesthetic or experiential appeal that the remains may have otherwise possessed. The cairn has a setting that makes a negligible contribution to its understanding and appreciation and this gives it a setting of low sensitivity.
7.8.19 The Proposed Development would be at nearest around 300 m to the south- west/south of the asset in a landscape that contains other similar steel lattice and trident wooden pole overhead transmission lines that run south and east of Farr village. Surrounding buildings that enclose the garden in which the asset is sited would restrict views out to the Proposed Development and the presence of the Proposed Development would not affect the immediate localised (and enclosed) setting of the monument. It is therefore considered that the Proposed Development would have no effect on the current setting of the asset (an effect of imperceptible magnitude and not significant in terms of the EIA regulations). BALLONE DEPOPULATED TOWNSHIP (11549) (FIGURE 7.5)
7.8.20 This monument comprises the remains of a multi-period township dating from the medieval period to the 19th century located in an area of pastureland c. 1 km to the south of Farr village. The township remains include the footings of 15 buildings, aligned along a terrace overlooking the River Nairn, and at least four kilns, located north-east of the township buildings and set into the ground as it drops to the river. The township remains are generally well-preserved and clearly visible in the arable landscape. The remains have a high archaeological interest and value as an educational resource in their potential to inform our understanding of pre- Improvement townships in the area. Views out from the asset are concentrated on the River Nairn, which bounds the monument on the north and east sides, and out along the Strathnairn Glen to the north and south taking in surrounding hill slopes. Views of the township are restricted from surrounding public roads by intervening topography and woodland. The setting of the township is characterised by the pastureland in which it stands and the river valley out over which views extend. It has a setting that makes a high contribution to its understanding and appreciation and this gives it a setting of high sensitivity.
7.8.21 An existing steel lattice overhead transmission line crosses arable farmland on the south side of Farr village around 840 m to the north-east of the monument (on the opposite side of the River Nairn) and several trident wooden pole overhead lines criss-cross the farmland on the north side of the river, the closest being around 500 m Chapter 7: Cultural Heritage 7-30 LT000019
Scottish Hydro Electric Transmission plc Knocknagael – Tomatin 275 kV OHL
to the north-east of the township. The existing steel lattice overhead transmission line would be removed following the completion of the Proposed Development.
7.8.22 The Proposed Development would be at nearest c. 650 m away from the township on the opposite side of the River Nairn. A visualisation showing the predicted ‘bare- earth’ visibility of the Proposed Development from the asset (Figure 7.5) indicates that the Proposed Development would be visible in an arc of view running from the north-north-west to the east. The Proposed Development would be backclothed by hill-slopes in views to the east where it runs along the Farnack river valley) and in views to the north-east where it passes Farr village; the proposed development being at a further distance from the monument than the existing steel lattice tower (at around 910 m away, at the closest). In views to the north the Proposed Development would be seen crossing arable land in parallel with an existing trident wooden pole line. Forestry and woodland, present at Crask, to the north-west of the asset and to the east (Milton Wood; Hilton Wood) would, also provide some screening of the Proposed Development in these views.
7.8.23 The Proposed Development would be visible in the surrounding landscape, which forms part of the valley views out from the monument and would have an effect upon the wider landscape setting of the township. However, the Proposed Development would be visible in a landscape that already contains similar modern features and the presence of the Proposed Development would not affect an ability to understand the layout of the township or its relationship with the surrounding farmland. Taking this into consideration it is assessed that the Proposed Development would have a predicted effect of low magnitude on the setting of Ballone Depopulated Township resulting in a minor adverse residual impact (not significant in the context of the EIA regulations). BAILE NA CREIGE, CAIRNS (11552) (FIGURE 7.6)
7.8.24 The earthwork remains of two prehistoric burial cairns, probably of Bronze Age date, stand on a slight terrace on a south-east slope within an improved pasture field just east of the Essich to Dunlichtly public road and c. 180 m south of Baile Na Creige farm. The cairns are generally well-preserved, standing c. 1m high, and form pronounced mounds in the farmland. Both are visible from the public road in views to the east. Large swathes of commercial forestry surround the farmland in which the cairns sit; nevertheless long views are gained from the cairns, particularly concentrated on the An Eitigheach river valley, to the east, and to the north-east taking in Loch Bunachton and the hills beyond. In the immediate landscape surrounding the cairns a wooden trident overhead transmission line crosses the field in which the cairns stand, passing the cairns on the south-east/east side.
7.8.25 The setting of the cairns is characterised by the pasture field in which they stand and the farmland/commercial forestry out over which views extend. The key aspects of the setting of the assets would appear to be its topographical setting within the upper slopes of the An Eitigheach river valley and the wide views gained from the monument particularly along the river valley and overlooking Loch Bunachton. The cairns have a setting that makes a moderate contribution (surviving in a more recent farming landscape) to their understanding and appreciation and this gives them a setting of high sensitivity.
7.8.26 The Proposed Development would be at the nearest 1.4 km away from the cairns, running in an arc from the south-east to the north-east from the cairn. A visualisation showing the predicted ‘bare-earth’ view of the Proposed Development from the asset (Figure 7.6) indicates that intervening topography would screen views of the Chapter 7: LT000019 7-31 Cultural Heritage
Scottish Hydro Electric Transmission plc Knocknagael – Tomatin 275 kV OHL
Proposed Development in views to the south-east. Where views of the Proposed Development would be afforded, it would largely be seen back-clothed by hills. The wireline does not take account of screening provided by forestry and the Proposed Development would primarily run through commercial forestry where it passes the asset on the east and where it crosses the north-eastern end of Loch Bunachton. The surrounding forestry would provide some screening of the Proposed Development although it is likely that tower tips would be visible above tree tops. In addition, elements of the Proposed Development would be seen running through forestry and beyond the cairns in views of the monument from the public road.
7.8.27 The Proposed Development would be visible in the surrounding landscape, which forms part of the long views afforded from the monument and would have an effect upon the wider landscape setting of the cairns. The Proposed Development would represent a visible new feature in the surroundings of the cairns, in a landscape that contains few other modern features; however, screening afforded by surrounding commercial forestry and the permeable nature of the Proposed Development would still allow the landscape surroundings and context of the monument to continue to be appreciated and understood. Taking this into consideration it is assessed that the Proposed Development would have a predicted effect of low magnitude (slight, but detectable impact) resulting in a minor adverse residual impact (not significant in the context of the EIA regulations). MILTON OF FARR, CUPMARKS (11556) (FIGURE 7.7)
7.8.28 This monument comprises a large earth-fast boulder bearing at least 30 prehistoric cup-marks (pecked and ground circular depressions). The boulder is located in an improved pasture field on a gentle north-facing slope c. 90 m south-east of Milton of Farr farm and just south of a small area of woodland. The monument lies c. 250 m west of the Farnack river within the Strathnairn glen. The monument is a good example of a form of rock art dating to the early prehistoric period and the large number of cup-marks visible on the rock makes it rather distinctive. Cup-marked rocks are difficult to date and the purpose of these decorated rocks is not well understood, many people have tried to read a symbolism into the cup and ring marks, but we can only speculate about their original meaning. Some have been found built into funerary monuments (e.g. Bradley 200035) suggesting a ritual dimension. The cup-marked rock at Milton of Farr does form part of a diverse group of prehistoric funerary monuments that survive within this area of Strathnairn (around Tordarroch and Farr), including for example burial remains at Tordarroch (ring cairn 11559) and Mains of Gask (ring cairn and standing stones (4651).
7.8.29 The monument sits on the lower slopes within the Farnack river valley and views out are largely limited by surrounding woodland and topography to the pastureland in which it stands and close hill slopes on the eastern side of the glen. The rock is not prominently visible within the landscape and can only be properly appreciated at close quarters. Although generally well-preserved the ‘rock art’ is less impressive that the examples found in Argyll, in particular those found in Kilmartin Glen, and its current setting within an improved pasture field on the edge of Milton of Farr farm provides little aesthetic value to the monument.
7.8.30 To the north of the monument and in close proximity (c. 70 m away) stand Milton of Farr farm buildings. An existing steel lattice OHL and a woodpole trident OHL cross
35 Bradley, R (2000) The Good Stones: a new investigation of the Clava Cairns. Proc Soc Antiq Scot Monograph No 17 Chapter 7: Cultural Heritage 7-32 LT000019
Scottish Hydro Electric Transmission plc Knocknagael – Tomatin 275 kV OHL
farmland on the east side of the monument, running almost parallel with the Farnack river. The trident OHL is around 25 m from the asset; while the steel lattice tower is approximately 1000 m to the north of the monument standing beyond a small area of woodland. The existing steel lattice overhead transmission line would be removed following the completion of the Proposed Development.
7.8.31 The Proposed Development would be visible to the east of the cup-marked rock (visible in an arc from the north-west to the south-east; Figure 7.7) at the closest around 200 m from the monument, although seen beyond the existing wooden trident overhead line and back-dropped by trees and hill-slopes. The closest proposed tower would stand approximately 220m to the east, beyond a small area of woodland present on the eastern side of the monument. Intervening woodland and farm buildings (Farr farm) would largely screen views of the Proposed Development to the north-west/north and the proposed OHL would be partially screened by view in views to the south-east where it runs through commercial forestry at Farnack Wood. The Proposed Development would be a fairly prominent new feature in the surrounding landscape of the cup-marked rock; however its presence would not affect the ability to appreciate the monument (best appreciated at close quarters) or to understand the topographical location of the rock and its relationship with other prehistoric monuments within this part of Strathnairn. Taking this into consideration it is assessed that the Proposed Development would have a low magnitude effect on the setting of the asset, resulting in a minor adverse residual impact (not significant in the context of the EIA regulations). TORDARROCH, CUPMARKS (11558)
7.8.32 This scheduled monument comprises two large earth-fast boulders bearing at least 27 cup-marks; the boulders are situated 11 m apart on a rocky knoll on the edge of an improved pasture field c. 200 m north-east of Tordarroch farm. The cup-marked rocks are located on the valley floor of Strathnairn glen just east of the Nairn river and stand near to Tordarroch ring cairn (11559) present 150 m to the south-east, where other cup-marks are to be found. The cup-mark rocks are one of several similar ‘rock-art’ found in this area of Strathnairn, including Milton of Farr cupmarks (11556) and Balnafoich cupmarks (11557). In addition, the visual link between this monument and the Tordarroch cairn (11559) could suggest possible inter- relationship with the nearby burial site. The cup-marked boulders have a setting that makes a moderate contribution (located in a more recent farmland setting) to its understanding and appreciation and this gives the asset a setting of high sensitivity.
7.8.33 Open views to the surrounding farmland are afforded from the cup-marked boulders, particularly concentrated along the Nairn river valley, to the north-north-east and south-south-west, and taking in the hill-slopes that enclose the valley. The rock-art is well-preserved and the outcrop on which the cup-mark boulders stand is visible from the Tordarroch public road, to the south; however, the ‘rock-art’ itself is not prominent and can only be appreciated at close quarters. However the close proximity, and visual association, to the prominent Tordarroch ring cairn (11559) does give the monument some aesthetic value.
7.8.34 An existing steel lattice overhead transmission line runs almost across the bedrock outcrop on which the cup-mark boulders are located, and a steel lattice tower lies around 100 m to the south-east of the monument. This steel lattice overhead transmission line would be removed following the completion of the Proposed Development. Two wooden trident pole overhead lines are also visible in the wider landscape of the monument, the first crossing farmland to the south (c.250 m away),
Chapter 7: LT000019 7-33 Cultural Heritage
Scottish Hydro Electric Transmission plc Knocknagael – Tomatin 275 kV OHL
and the second (a double overhead line) to the east (c.340 m away). A modern farm barn has been constructed c. 70 m to the north-east of the monument.
7.8.35 The Proposed Development would be visible to the south of the cup-marked rock (visible in an arc from the north-west to the south-east), on the opposite side of the public road, and at the closest c. 530 m away. From the monument the Proposed Development would be seen beyond the existing wooden trident overhead transmission lines partially back-clothed by surrounding hills (at Tordarroch) and by existing commercial forestry (at Crask). The Proposed Development would not be seen in views looking towards the monument from the public road. Glimpses of the Proposed Development are likely to be visible in views south-east to Tordarroch ring cairn from the cup-marked rocks. The Proposed Development would be seen beyond the ring cairn but would not affect the visual link between the ring cairn and the cup-mark rocks.
7.8.36 The Proposed Development would be visible in the surrounding landscape, which forms part of the landscape views afforded from the monument, and would have an effect upon the wider landscape setting of the monument. However, its presence would not affect an ability to appreciate the monument (best appreciated at close quarters) or to understand the topographical location of the cup-mark boulders and their relationship with other prehistoric monuments within this part of the Strathnairn glen. It is therefore assessed that the Proposed Development would have a low magnitude effect on the setting of the asset, resulting in a minor adverse residual impact (not significant in the context of the EIA regulations). TORDARROCH, RING CAIRN (11559) (FIGURE 7.8)
7.8.37 This scheduled monument comprises the remains of a ring cairn of Early Bronze Age date belonging to the Clava group of funerary monuments (Bronze Age circular chambered cairns named after the group of three cairns at Balnuaran of Clava). The remains of the ring cairn, measuring 20 m in diameter and with a kerb of stones up to 1.3 m high, stands at the edge of an improved pasture field. A flat slab forming part of the cairn has at least 36 cup-marks cut into its surface and a circle of eight stone monoliths surround the cairn. The cairn has been partially destroyed, its northern arc no longer surviving and its centre robbed of stone. A drainage ditch crosses the cairn on its east side and a field wall crosses on the south-west.
7.8.38 Open views to the surrounding farmland are afforded from the ring cairn, particularly concentrated along the Nairn river valley, to the north-north-east and south-south- west, and taking in the hill-slopes that enclose the valley. The monument is a prominent landscape feature in the farmland and is visible from the south-west whilst travelling along the Tordarroch public road from the west. Tordarroch cup-mark boulders (11558), which may be associated with the ring cairn, are located c. 150 m to the north-west of the monument. The monument is one of several funerary monuments present in this area of Strathnairn including Stonehenge House, chambered cairn (11548) c. 450 m to the south-east of the ring cairn and Mains of Gask ring cairn and standing stones (4651), c. 2.4 km to the north-west. Stonehenge House chambered cairn is today surrounded by residential properties, but previously would have likely been intervisible with the Tordarroch ring cairn. The key aspects of the setting of the asset would appear to be its topographical location and long views along the river valley. The monument has a setting that makes a moderate contribution (standing in more recent farmland) to its understanding and appreciation and this gives the heritage asset a setting of high sensitivity.
Chapter 7: Cultural Heritage 7-34 LT000019
Scottish Hydro Electric Transmission plc Knocknagael – Tomatin 275 kV OHL
7.8.39 An existing steel lattice overhead transmission line runs passed the monument on its south-west side, at its closet c. 50 m away and a steel lattice tower stands around 60 m to the south-west of the monument. Currently the existing lattice overhead line is visible in front of the monument in views to the ring cairn from the public road (from the south-west). This existing overhead transmission line would be removed following the completion of the Proposed Development. In addition two wooden trident pole overhead lines are visible in the wider landscape of the monument, the first crossing farmland to the south, c. 140 m away and the second (a double overhead line) to the east c. 170 m away.
7.8.40 The Proposed Development would be visible to the south of the ring cairn on the opposite side of the public road and visible in an arc running from the north-west to the south-east, at its closest around 460 m away. From the monument the Proposed Development would be seen beyond the wooden trident overhead transmission lines, partially back-clothed by surrounding hills (at Tordarroch) (Figure 7.8) and by existing commercial forestry (at Crask). The Proposed Development would not be seen in views looking towards the monument from the public road.
7.8.41 The Proposed Development would be visible in the surrounding landscape, which forms part of the landscape views afforded from the monument, and would have an effect upon the wider landscape setting of the monument. However, its presence would not affect an ability to appreciate the monument or to understand its topographical location and relationship with other prehistoric monuments within this part of the Strathnairn glen. It is therefore assessed that the Proposed Development would have a low magnitude effect on the setting of the asset, resulting in a minor adverse impact (not significant in the context of the EIA regulations). ACHVRAID, HUT CIRCLES (11786)
7.8.42 The remains of these two hut circles stand on a low lying ridge on Essich Moor within an area of rough pasture, immediately west of Carn Glas chambered cairn (2392). The hut circles, which are likely to be Bronze or Iron Age in date, are visible as upstanding wall remains with entrances in the eastern arcs. Wide, long views can be gained from the monument in all directions taking in the surrounding pasture/moorland and hills to the south. Glimpses of Inverness and the Beauly Firth are visible in distant views to the north-north-east, although partially screened by intervening woodland. The hut circles are not visible from the wider landscape, screened from view from the Essich public road by the Carn Glas chambered cairn (2392). The hut-circles form part of a diverse group of prehistoric remains, including other settlement remains and burial monuments, surviving on Essich Moor and along the River Ness valley to the north. For example other scheduled hut circles (11561) are present c. 500 m to the south-south-west, and the likely relationship with these nearby monuments add to the contextual value of the heritage asset. The setting of the hut circles is characterised by the pastureland in which they are located and the wide views gained to the surrounding landscape. The hut-circles have a setting that makes a moderate contribution (survives within a more recent farming landscape) to their understanding and appreciation and this gives them a setting of high sensitivity.
7.8.43 In the immediate landscape surrounding the hut circles there are several steel lattice overhead transmission lines, particularly visible crossing moorland to the north/north- east and south-east sides of the assets running to the operational Knocknagael substation (which is present c. 750 m to the north-east of the monument and largely screened by view by intervening woodland). The closest overhead line is c.250 m from the hut circles.
Chapter 7: LT000019 7-35 Cultural Heritage
Scottish Hydro Electric Transmission plc Knocknagael – Tomatin 275 kV OHL
7.8.44 The Proposed Development would be at nearest c. 600 m away from the monument crossing an area of moorland. Proposed towers would be visible beyond the existing steel lattice overhead transmission lines in views to the east and south-east of the cairn (Figure 7.4). The Proposed Development would be visible in the surrounding landscape, which forms part of the extensive views out from the monument, and would have an effect upon the wider landscape setting of the cairn. However, the Proposed Development would be visible in a landscape that already contains several similar modern features, which are positioned closer to the monument. Taking the above into consideration it is assessed that the Proposed Development would have a predicted effect of low magnitude on the setting of Carn Glas chambered cairns resulting in a minor adverse impact (not significant in the context of the EIA regulations). Regionally Important Archaeological Sites present within the Proposed Development LOD
BIG BURN HUT CIRCLES AND FIELD SYSTEM (5)
7.8.45 The low-relief remains of three prehistoric hut-circles and the vestigial remnants of possibly associated field banks survive within an area of moorland just south-east of the existing Knocknagael substation. The settlement remains are currently covered in grass and gorse bushes, and are generally difficult to distinguish. Long views out to the surrounding landscape are afforded from the site to the surrounding moorland and it is possible to gain an appreciation of the wide views that would have been afforded from the settlement. The remains have little in the way of aesthetic appeal or experiential character, being rather poorly preserved and not prominently visible within the landscape. They do have a high archaeological interest, principally for their potential to inform our understanding of later prehistoric settlement and domestic practices.
7.8.46 The hut circles and field banks are not scheduled, however they form part of a diverse group of prehistoric remains surviving on Essich Moor and are considered to be of regional heritage importance, primarily for their archaeological potential. The current setting of the asset (including the views out to the surrounding landscape) makes a moderate contribution to its understanding and appreciation, and this gives the asset a setting of medium sensitivity.
7.8.47 The asset partially stands within the Proposed Development LOD (Figure 7.1a) and predicted direct impacts on the site are discussed above in Section 7.7. The Proposed Development would run past the asset on the south side and a proposed tower (T4) would stand immediately south-east of one of the hut circle remains (cultural heritage asset no 5a). Other proposed steel lattice towers would be visible to the north-west (T3) and south-east (T5) both c. 300 m away. Existing steel lattice towers, running into the operational Knocknagael substation, present to the north- west of the asset, are visible passing the asset on the west and north-east sides, c. 600 m and c. 1 km away, respectively.
7.8.48 The proposed tower (T4) would be microsited as far from the cultural heritage asset as possible and a temporary access track (floating road or track mat) would be utilised where the proposed access track would pass the cultural heritage remains (see Section 7.6 for details). Any effect of the access track on the setting of the asset would be short-term and temporary in nature, and fully reversible at the end of the construction phase.
7.8.49 The presence of the Proposed Development within the immediate vicinity of the site would alter the character of the landscape within which the settlement remains are Chapter 7: Cultural Heritage 7-36 LT000019
Scottish Hydro Electric Transmission plc Knocknagael – Tomatin 275 kV OHL
located, and out over which they look. However, the proposed tower would be offset to the west of the cultural heritage remains, standing at the edge of the extent of the upstanding remains, and would not disrupt visibility between the visible elements of the site. Taking this into account, and given the permeable nature of the proposed OHL; the surrounding landscape and the relationship between the individual elements (hut circles/field banks) would still be legible, and it would remain possible to appreciate the setting of the settlement remains.
7.8.50 It is, therefore, assessed that whilst a new element in the surrounding landscape of the heritage asset, the construction of the Proposed Development would not significantly disrupt the ability of any visitor to the site to appreciate or understand the layout of the settlement remains or its immediate landscape setting. The Proposed Development would have an effect of no more than low magnitude (a slight, but detectable effect that does not materially alter the baseline setting of the asset) on the setting of Big Burn hut circles and field system, resulting in a minor adverse residual effect (not significant in the context of the EIA regulations). TORDARROCH COTTAGE HUT CIRCLES (19)
7.8.51 The remains of a prehistoric settlement (19), comprising hut-circles and a probably associated cairnfield, survive within an area of semi-improved pasture fields just south of Tordarroch, spread over an area c. 500 m sq. The prehistoric remains are present along with remnants of what appears to be a later (possibly medieval) farmstead (20). The hut circles and clearance cairns that form the cairnfield are visible as low-relief turf covered remains, best appreciated at close quarters, and cannot be appreciated as a whole in the landscape. The area in which the remains are located is divided into a number of enclosed fields by modern post and wire fences. Views out from the site are concentrated towards the Nairn river, to the south and along the Strathnairn glen. Residential properties (Farr village) stand within c. 150 m of the remains and several existing overhead transmission lines (wooden trident poles) cross the eastern end of the site. An existing steel lattice overhead transmission line that currently runs past the settlement remains on its north-eastern side would be removed following completion of the Proposed Development. One previously recorded hut circle, which formed part of the group of prehistoric remains in this area, has been all but removed following the construction of a car park for the parish church on the edge of Farr.
7.8.52 The hut circles and cairnfield are not scheduled, however they form part of a diverse group of prehistoric remains surviving within this area of Strathnairn and are considered to be of regional importance. The low-relief remains, which are not prominent in the landscape, have little aesthetic appeal or experiential character, but have a high archaeological value particularly for their potential to inform our understanding of later prehistoric settlement.
7.8.53 The prehistoric remains are located within the Proposed Development LOD (Figure 7.1c) and predicted direct impacts on the site are discussed above in Section 7.7. The Proposed Development would run past the site on the south side and a proposed tower (T22) would potentially remove one of the hut-circles (19e): this proposed tower would be microsited as far from the cultural heritage assets as possible. Other proposed steel lattice towers would be visible to the south/south-west (T23/T24) of the remains c. 50 m and 250 m away, respectively. A temporary access track (floating road or track mat) would be utilised where the proposed access track would pass the cultural heritage remains (see Section 7.6 for details). Any effect of the access track on the setting of the asset would be short-term and temporary in nature, and fully reversible at the end of the construction phase. Chapter 7: LT000019 7-37 Cultural Heritage
Scottish Hydro Electric Transmission plc Knocknagael – Tomatin 275 kV OHL
7.8.54 The character of the landscape within which the settlement remains are located, and out over which they look, would be discernibly altered by the presence of the Proposed Development, particularly the presence of a proposed tower (T22) immediate next to the site. However given the permeable nature of the proposed OHL, the surrounding landscape, and the relationship between the individual elements (hut circles/field banks) of the site would still be legible and it would remain possible to appreciate the setting of the settlement remains.
7.8.55 Therefore, it is assessed that whilst a new element in the surrounding landscape of the heritage asset, the construction of the Proposed Development would not significantly disrupt the ability of any visitor to the site to appreciate or understand the layout of the settlement remains or its immediate landscape setting. The Proposed Development would have an effect of no more than low magnitude (a slight, but detectable effect that does not materially alter the baseline setting of the asset), resulting in a minor adverse residual impact (not significant in the context of the EIA regulations). ESSICH HUT CIRCLE (32)
7.8.56 The remains of this isolated hut circle stands immediately east of the Essich to Brin public road at the edge of an improved pasture field. The earthwork remains of the hut-circle are generally well-preserved visible as a circular turf covered circular wall surrounded by gorse bushes. The asset is visible from the adjacent public road. The remains have a high archaeological interest, principally for their potential to inform our understanding of later prehistoric building construction. Long views out from the site are gained to the surrounding farmland and moorland. Several existing steel lattice tower overhead transmission lines criss-cross the area in which the hut circle stands the closest being c. 350 m to the south-east of the asset and the operational Knocknagael substation is visible beyond the hut-circle remains from the public road (in views to the north-east). Other prehistoric remains, including scheduled Carn Glas chambered cairn (2392), are present c. 480 m south-south-west of the hut circle. It is possible to gain an appreciation of the wide views afforded from the asset; however its location adjacent to the public road and close to the operational Knocknagael substation adds little to the aesthetic or experiential value of the asset.
7.8.57 The hut circle is not scheduled, however it forms part of a diverse group of prehistoric remains surviving on Essich moor and is considered to be of potentially regional heritage importance, principally for its archaeological potential. The current setting of the asset (including the views out to the surrounding landscape) makes a low contribution to its understanding and appreciation, and this gives the asset a setting of low sensitivity.
7.8.58 The asset is located within the Proposed Development LOD (Figure 7.1a) and the predicted direct impact on the site are discussed above in Section 7.7. A proposed new stone road would cross the improved pasture in which the hut circle stands, running passed the asset on the north side and the proposed OHL would be visible crossing moorland to the east of the asset, at the closest c. 220 m away leading into the operational Knocknagael substation. The proposed OHL would form one of several existing steel lattice overhead transmission lines that run into the Knocknagael substation at this location.
7.8.59 The Proposed Development, primarily the construction of a new stone access track just north of the hut-circle, would alter the landscape in which the asset stands. The access track would represent a new feature alongside the hut-circle. The addition
Chapter 7: Cultural Heritage 7-38 LT000019
Scottish Hydro Electric Transmission plc Knocknagael – Tomatin 275 kV OHL
of the new access track, and the proposed OHL line in the wider setting of the asset would, however, not significantly alter the current baseline setting of the hut circle. It is therefore judged that the presence of the Proposed Development would not affect the ability to appreciate or understand the asset or its wider landscape setting. Taking this into account it is assessed that the Proposed Development would have a medium magnitude effect on the setting of the hut circle, resulting in a minor residual impact (not significant in the context of the EIA). BLARBUIE HUT CIRCLES AND BURNT MOUND (34)
7.8.60 The remains of three hut circles and a burnt mound are recorded surviving in small clearings within forestry at Blar-Buidhe. Only the low-relief remains of the hut-circles survive, although they form part of a diverse group of prehistoric remains within this area of Strathnairn and are considered to be of potential regional heritage importance, primarily for their archaeological potential. The assets are surrounded by mature commercial forestry which screens views out from, and to, the asset and the current setting of the asset makes a negligible contribution to its understanding and appreciation, and this gives the asset a setting of low sensitivity.
7.8.61 Two of the three hut circles that make up this site are located within the Proposed Development LOD (new access track route) (Figure 7.1c) and predicted direct impacts on the asset are discussed above in Section 7.7. The proposed new stone access track would run within close proximity (c. 10-15 m) of the hut circles, running along a forest ride. In addition, the proposed OHL would be present passing the asset on the west side (around 180 m away), although surrounding commercial forestry would screen views to the proposed OHL.
7.8.62 The proposed new access track would represent a new feature alongside the hut circles, slightly altering their baseline setting, however it is assessed that the presence of the access track would not significantly affect the current setting (within commercial forestry) of the hut circles. Taking this into consideration it is assessed that the Proposed Development would have no effect on the current setting of the asset (an effect of low magnitude and not significant in the context of the EIA regulations).
7.9 Cumulative Effects
7.9.1 The identification of likely cumulative effects focuses upon the residual operational impacts of the Proposed Development (Proposed OHL) on the setting of cultural heritage assets, in combination with the cumulative developments shown on Figure 1.3: Other developments within 30 km.
7.9.2 This appraisal has concentrated upon identifying which of those assets that would likely experience a measurable residual effect on their setting resulting from the presence of the Proposed Development (i.e. with minor or moderate residual operational, indirect effects as set out in the final column of Technical Appendix 7.3 and above in Section 7.7) and which might experience an effect of greater significance when considered in combination with the cumulative developments.
7.9.3 Small sections of the Proposed Development LOD occupy the same footprint of Farr Wind Farm (Figure 3.1); this wind farm has been constructed and is now in operation and none of the construction works for the wind farm directly affected the cultural heritage assets identified within the Proposed Development LOD. Therefore, there are no direct cumulative effects predicted.
Chapter 7: LT000019 7-39 Cultural Heritage
Scottish Hydro Electric Transmission plc Knocknagael – Tomatin 275 kV OHL
7.9.4 Minor residual indirect effects have been identified from the Proposed development in relation to ten designated heritage assets: four prehistoric funerary sites, Carn Glas chambered cairn (2392), Mains of Gask ring cairn and standing stones (4651), Baile na Creige cairns (11552) and Tordarroch ring cairn (11559); two cup-marked stone sites, at Milton of Farr (11556) and Tordarroch (11558); two hut circle sites at Achvraid (11561 and 11786); one former township, Ballone depopulated township (11549); and bridges at Tordarroch (1707) and three non-designated heritage assets that lie within the Proposed Development LOD: Big Burn field system and hut circles (5), Tordarroch Cottage hut circles (19) and Essich Hut Circle (32). • Big burn field system and hut circles (5), Essich hut circle (32), Glen Glas chambered cairn (2392) and Achvraid hut circles (11561 and 11786) are all located in close proximity to the northern end of the Proposed Development. There are no additional cumulative developments within 10 km of these assets. Distant views of either the consented Moy Wind Farm, present c. 11 km to the east, and the proposed Druim Ba Wind Farm (currently at appeal), present c. 12 km to the west, may potentially be visible from these assets, but it is the Proposed Development that would contribute proportionally more of the effect owing to its greater prominence and proximity to the heritage assets. It is therefore judged that there would overall be a minimal incremental cumulative impact and not significant. • Tordarroch Cottage hut circles (19), Mains of Gask ring cairn and standing stones (4651), Baile na Creige cairns (11552), Tordarroch ring cairn (11559), two cupmark sites, Milton of Farr cupmarks (11556) and Tordarroch cupmarks (11558), Ballone depopulated township (11549) and a bridge at Tordarroch (1707) are all located in close proximity to the central section of the Proposed Development at Tordarroch, Milton of Farr and Gask. Within 10 km of these assets there are two cumulative developments, operational Farr Wind Farm, present c. 6 km to the south-east, and consented Moy Wind Farm, present c. 9 km to the north-west. Views of the operational Farr Wind Farm can be glimpsed from these assets, present in their wider landscape setting; in addition, it may be possible that distant views of the consented Moy Wind Farm could also be gained in views to the north-east. In all cases, it is the Proposed Development that would contribute proportionally more of the effect owing to its greater prominence and proximity to the heritage assets. It is therefore judged that there would overall be a minimal incremental cumulative impact and not significant.
7.10 Summary
7.10.1 A desk-based assessment and reconnaissance field survey were carried out for the Proposed Development LOD. The assessment has been informed by comments and information supplied by Historic Scotland and The Highland Council Historic Environment Team.
7.10.2 Thirty-six cultural heritage assets (sites and features) were identified within the Proposed OHL and Associated Works LOD (access tracks). The heritage assets range in date from the prehistoric period to the post-medieval period, and consist principally of former settlement remains, including prehistoric hut circles and later farmstead remains with remnants of associated field systems.
7.10.3 The Proposed Development LOD crosses principally areas of pasture farmland (at Tordarroch/Farr) and commercial forestry (at Carr Ban, Craobh Sgitheach, Farnick Wood and Glen Kyllachy); areas of unmodified moorland are present at Essich (northern end of the Proposed Development LOD) and Beinn Bhreac/Carn Odhar
Chapter 7: Cultural Heritage 7-40 LT000019
Scottish Hydro Electric Transmission plc Knocknagael – Tomatin 275 kV OHL
(southern end of the Proposed Development LOD). A high concentration of upstanding cultural heritage sites and features, including prehistoric settlement remains and funerary monuments, dating from the Neolithic through to the Iron Age, are recorded within the landscape surrounding the Proposed Development, particularly at Essich and within the upper Strathnairn glen (including at Tordarroch/Farr), together with later medieval/post-medieval settlement remains indicating that these areas have been a focus for settlement and activity from the earliest prehistoric periods onwards. Taking into consideration the archaeological record it is assessed that there is a high potential for further buried archaeology to survive particularly at Essich Moor and in areas of pasture around Cloghmor, Tordarroch and Milton of Farr. Where the Proposed Development crosses areas of commercial forestry it is likely that pre-forestry ploughing has removed or disturbed much of the cultural heritage surviving within these areas and it is considered that there is a low potential for buried remains to survive in these area. Similarly it is judged that there is a low potential for archaeology to survive in sections of the Proposed Development LOD where it crosses the upper heather moorland slopes of Beinn Bhreac (above 400 m AOD).
7.10.4 The residual impacts predicted to arise from the construction and operation of the Proposed OHL are summarised in Table 7.11. Table 7.11: Summary of Residual Effects
Likely Effect Mitigation Residual Effect
Construction
Predicted minor effect and Tower 3: Minor residual impact. direct impact on a field bank Any areas where disturbance is (3a). unavoidable should be recorded archaeologically prior to construction works. Construction phase archaeological watching briefs may be appropriate at selected locations.
One effect of unknown Between Towers 27 and 29: Unknown residual impact. significance is predicted on a Post-felling field survey to farmstead (26). (The effect on record current baseline this asset is of unknown status condition of farmstead. as there is currently insufficient baseline information, however it Any areas where disturbance is is considered that there is unavoidable should be potential for an impact of minor recorded archaeologically prior significance on the asset). to construction works. Construction phase archaeological watching briefs may be appropriate at selected locations.
Potential major effects and Heritage assets (32 (Access No residual impact if avoided. direct impacts are predicted on track to Tower 1) and 34 Major residual impacts if assets four heritage assets (5, 19, 32 (Access track to Towers 17/18)) cannot be avoided. and 34). that was recorded through desk-based assessment but were not included in the initial Chapter 7: LT000019 7-41 Cultural Heritage
Scottish Hydro Electric Transmission plc Knocknagael – Tomatin 275 kV OHL
Table 7.11: Summary of Residual Effects
Likely Effect Mitigation Residual Effect field survey would be visited to record the current baseline of the assets. Microsite to avoid asset (5 (Tower 4), 19 (Between Towers 22-23), 32 (Access track to Tower 1) and 34 (Access track to Towers 17/18)). Mark-off during construction works as needed (heritage assets numbers and tower locations as above). Any areas where disturbance is unavoidable should be recorded archaeologically prior to construction works. Construction phase archaeological watching briefs may be appropriate at selected locations.
Potential moderate effects and Heritage asset (31 (Access No residual impact if avoided. direct impacts are predicted on track to Tower 1)) that was Moderate residual impacts if eight heritage assets (4, 7, 8, 9, recorded through desk-based assets cannot be avoided. 21, 22, 23, and 31). assessment but was not included in the initial field survey would be visited to record the current baseline of the asset prior to construction works. Microsite to avoid assets (4 (Tower 3), 7 (Between Towers 5 and 6); 8 (Tower 6); 9 (Between Towers 7 and 8); 21-24 (Between Towers 22 and 23) and 31 (Access track to Tower 1). Mark-off during construction works as needed (heritage assets numbers and tower locations as above). Any areas where disturbance is unavoidable should be recorded archaeologically prior to construction works. Construction phase archaeological watching briefs may be appropriate at selected locations.
Potential minor effects and Microsite to avoid assets (1 No residual impact if avoided. direct impacts are predicted on (Tower 1), 6 (Between Towers 4 Chapter 7: Cultural Heritage 7-42 LT000019
Scottish Hydro Electric Transmission plc Knocknagael – Tomatin 275 kV OHL
Table 7.11: Summary of Residual Effects
Likely Effect Mitigation Residual Effect seven heritage assets; heritage and 5), 11 (Tower 13)12 (Tower Minor residual impacts if assets assets (1, 6, 11, 12, 28, 30 and 14) and 37 (Tower 137R). cannot be avoided. 37). Mark-off during construction works as needed. Any areas where disturbance is unavoidable should be recorded archaeologically prior to construction works. Construction phase archaeological watching briefs may be appropriate at selected locations.
Operational
Impacts of minor significance N/a Minor residual operational are predicted on the setting of effects. nine Scheduled Monuments (2392, 4651, 11549, 11552, 11556, 11558, 11561, 11559, and 11786), one Category B Listed Building (1707), and one Category C Listed Building (14897).
Impacts of minor significance Final tower positions (Tower 4 Minor residual operational predicted on the setting of three and Tower 22) and proposed effects. regionally important heritage new access track routes to assets (5, 19, and 32) that are these towers would be located within the Proposed microsited as far from the Development LOD. heritage assets as possible. Temporary access tracks would be employed where access tracks run close to the heritage assets between Towers 3 and 5 (heritage asset 5) and between Towers 21 and 24 (heritage asset 19). No mitigation is provided to offset the indirect impact on asset (32), for direct impacts on this site see above in ‘Construction’ impacts.
Chapter 7: LT000019 7-43 Cultural Heritage
Scottish Hydro Electric Transmission plc Knocknagael – Tomatin 275 kV OHL
7.11 Other Notes : Table 7.13: Glossary and Abbreviations
Abbreviation Definition
AOD Above Ordnance Datum
HET The Highland Council Historic Environment Team
HS Historic Scotland
LOD Limit of Deviation
ZTV Zone of Theoretical Visibility
Table 7.14: Glossary and Abbreviations
Term Definition
burnt mound A mound of shattered stones and charcoal normally with an adjacent hearth and trough (which can be rock-cut, wood-lined or clay-lined).
cairnfield Collection of closely spaced cairns including both clearance cairns (see definition below) and funerary cairns. Most commonly of Bronze Age date.
chambered cairn Burial monument usually constructed during the Neolithic period, consisting of a sizeable chamber around and over which a cairn of stones has been constructed.
clearance cairn Irregular and unstructured collection of fieldstones which have been removed from arable or pasture land and usually collected into a low mound or cairn.
cup- and ring-marks Form of prehistoric art comprising concave depressions, no more than a few centimetres across, pecked into a rock surface and often surrounded by concentric circles also etched into the stone. The art occurs on natural boulders and rock outcrops and also as an element of megalithic art on some stone circles and passage graves such as Clava tombs.
hut circle Archaeological term given to a circular or oval depression in the ground with evidence of a low stone wall around it that represent the foundations of a round house.
lynchet A bank of earth that builds up on the downslope of a field ploughed over a long period of time.
ring-ditch Trench of circular or penannular plan cut into bedrock, usually identified through aerial photography either as soil marks or cropmarks. When excavated they are usually found to be the ploughed out remains of a round barrow where the barrow mound has completely disappeared, leaving only the in-filled quarry ditch. Dating to the Neolithic and Bronze Age.
Chapter 7: Cultural Heritage 7-44 LT000019
Scottish Hydro Electric Transmission plc Knocknagael – Tomatin 275 kV OHL
8 SCHEDULE OF MITIGATION
8.1 INTRODUCTION
8.1.1 The purpose of this chapter is to collate the mitigation measures which are proposed in each of the technical chapters of this ES into a single schedule, which is presented in Table 8.1 below. Measures to mitigate construction phase and operational phase impacts are included. Measures to mitigate effects arising apply to all elements of the Proposed Development unless otherwise specified.
8.1.2 Some mitigation measures would serve to avoid effects, others would reduce or off- set them. Mitigation measures which are designed to enhance beneficial effects are also included. Environmental effects and associated mitigation measures are presented in the order in which they appear within this ES.
8.1.3 Mitigation measures which are 'by design', in other words, which have been incorporated into the final design as reflected by the defined route of the OHL and the associated LOD for the Proposed Development are not included here as they form part of the Proposed Development described in Chapter 2: Description of Development.
Chapter 8: LT000019 8-1 Schedule of Mitigation
Scottish Hydro Electric Transmission plc Knocknagael – Tomatin 275 kV OHL
Table 8.1: Schedule of Mitigation Measures Mitigation Topic Identified Impact Mitigation/Monitoring Measure Timing of Mitigation ref Measure GEN1 General Various. A Construction Environmental Management Document (CEMD) would be Pre-construction developed by the Applicant based upon the Schedule of Mitigation included within the Environmental Statement (ES). The CEMD would be prepared following receipt of consent for the Proposed Development from the Scottish Ministers. The CEMD would comply with The Highland Council (THC) Guidance Note, Construction Environmental Management Process for Large Scale Projects, August 2010. The CEMD will detail the high-level requirements and expectations of SHE Transmission, and would subsequently be used by the Principal Contractor to develop the more detailed and site specific Construction Environmental Management Plans (CEMPs). The draft CEMD would be submitted to The Highland Council (THC) and Scottish Ministers for approval, in consultation with Scottish Environmental Protection Agency (SEPA), Scottish Natural Heritage (SNH) and other relevant THC services. The CEMD will be a live document and will be a condition of contract for the Principal and all sub-Contractors. Development of individual Construction and Environmental Management Plans (CEMPs) to address specific issues, in accordance with the CEMD, will be a contractual responsibility of the Principal Contractor (see GEN 3). Implementation of the CEMD will be a contractual responsibility of the Principal Contractor.
GEN2 General Various. The Applicant shall employ an Environmental Clerk of Works (ECoW) to Pre-construction work alongside the Principal Contractor in the implementation of the CEMD and delivery of the environmental commitments. The Applicant and their appointed ECoW will oversee and audit the implementation of the CEMD and associated CEMPs throughout delivery.
Chapter 8: Schedule of Mitigation 8-2 LT000019
Scottish Hydro Electric Transmission plc Knocknagael – Tomatin 275 kV OHL
Table 8.1: Schedule of Mitigation Measures Mitigation Topic Identified Impact Mitigation/Monitoring Measure Timing of Mitigation ref Measure GEN3 General Various. The CEMD will provide mechanisms for the development of other necessary Pre-construction topic specific plans including: • CEMPs: These will be developed for all site works (contractor compounds, access tracks, tower compounds etc.) prior to any works commencing. They will provide for specific protection/management measures for the sensitivities identified in the CEMD. • Species Protection Plan (SPPs) will set out specific protection and management measures for sensitive receptors, including birds, otters, reptiles and amphibians. These measures have been agreed between the Applicant and SNH and will be set out within the CEMD. The above shall be implemented by the Principal Contractor and their sub- contractors. The Applicants appointed ECoW shall ensure all mitigation measures contained within the CEMD and CEMP are undertaken as required during the works.
GEN 4 General Surface Water All tracks would be constructed to incorporate a Sustainable Drainage Pre-construction and Management and System design to attenuate and treat surface water runoff (through physical Construction Watercourse Crossing filtration). Design. All watercourse crossings would be designed to have sufficient capacity to pass the climate change adjusted 1:200 year flood (0.5% annual probability), and include an allowance for potential partial blockage. Detailed flow calculations would be undertaken by the contractor in order to inform detailed design and to inform applications for CAR authorisation. Splash boards and run-off diversion measures, including silt fencing adjacent and parallel to watercourses beneath bridges and at culvert crossings, will be used at all crossings during construction to prevent direct siltation of watercourses.
Chapter 8: LT000019 8-3 Schedule of Mitigation
Scottish Hydro Electric Transmission plc Knocknagael – Tomatin 275 kV OHL
Table 8.1: Schedule of Mitigation Measures Mitigation Topic Identified Impact Mitigation/Monitoring Measure Timing of Mitigation ref Measure LVIA 1 Landscape Direct temporary The CEMD (GEN1 and GEN3) would include, amongst other information the Construction Resource changes to the existing following commitments which provide landscape and visual mitigation: detailed landform • Temporary works associated with construction would be removed immediately around following completion, with landform/topography returned to a tower locations during preconstruction condition. Soils and vegetation would be re- excavations for tower established. Regrowth from the existing seed-bank would be foundations. encouraged in preference to active seeding of the reinstated soils.
LVIA 2 Landscape Vegetation clearance The CEMD would be prepared defining the methodologies and Construction Resource around tower locations, management measures to be employed in the construction of the Proposed upgrading of existing or Development. The CEMD would include, amongst other information the establishment of new following commitments which provide landscape and visual mitigation: junction bellmouths and • Final positioning of access tracks would be selected to minimise loss creation of access of vegetation and construction activity would be contained within the tracks, and road defined corridor. infrastructure (bridges, culverts etc.). • All trees and hedgerows within the vicinity of works would be adequately protected through the preparation of a Tree Protection Plan, including a Root Protection Zone (RPZ), following an arboriculturist's assessment (BS 5837:2012 Trees in Relation to Construction) unless consented for removal by THC. This may include barrier and ground protection and site monitoring. • The requirement for wayleave felling will be minimised where possible, especially through areas of native woodland. Wayleave maintenance will manage the encroachment of native broadleaved species and will remove regeneration of commercial conifer species. Notwithstanding this it is anticipated that planting to compensate for the loss of woodland for the Proposed Development would be required. There is no defined location or proposal for compensatory planting at this stage. It is likely the requirement for compensatory planting (under the control
Chapter 8: Schedule of Mitigation 8-4 LT000019
Scottish Hydro Electric Transmission plc Knocknagael – Tomatin 275 kV OHL
Table 8.1: Schedule of Mitigation Measures Mitigation Topic Identified Impact Mitigation/Monitoring Measure Timing of Mitigation ref Measure of woodland removal policy) would be satisfied through habitat restoration and/or through other off-site mechanisms, as required.
EC 1 Ecology General A suite of good practice measures would be set out in the CEMD (GEN 1). Pre-construction/ A suitably qualified and experienced Environmental Clerk of Works (ECoW) Construction would be employed to oversee the implementation of surface water management and ecological mitigation measures during construction.
EC 2 Ecology Protected species Prior to work commencing, a repeat protected species survey, similar to the Pre-construction/ one undertaken during this assessment, would be undertaken along the Construction route of the Proposed Development. This would identify any protected species using the habitats of the Proposed Development that were not present when surveyed for here. A suitably qualified ecologist would be appointed to undertake this survey. A species protection plan (SPP) has been produced and included in the CEMD. This SPP would be followed during the construction phase of the Proposed Development. Species specific mitigation measures include: • Badger sets (in the vicinity of tower 20 to 24) would be protected with a 30 m protection zone from construction work (100 m from high noise or vibration). • Active pine marten dens (tower 17 to 20 and 55 to 60) would be protected with a 30 m protection zone (marked out on-site). Where breeding is confirmed, the protection zone would be extended to 100 m. Where it is not possible to microsite work areas away from habitat with the potential to support protected species, techniques would be used to decrease the attractiveness of the working area for protected species, following the agreed SPP. Any excavations which remain uncovered overnight with the potential to trap mammals would have mammal ladders deployed or a slope at one end of
Chapter 8: LT000019 8-5 Schedule of Mitigation
Scottish Hydro Electric Transmission plc Knocknagael – Tomatin 275 kV OHL
Table 8.1: Schedule of Mitigation Measures Mitigation Topic Identified Impact Mitigation/Monitoring Measure Timing of Mitigation ref Measure the excavation to prevent otters and other species from becoming trapped. Additionally all pipes would be capped and chemicals stored securely.
EC 3 Ecology Degradation of Micrositing would seek to minimise the extent of construction work within Construction peatland habitats/ wetland and peatland habitat including Groundwater Dependent Terrestrial GWDTE. Ecosystems (GWDTE), considering both track and tower construction work. Towers found within 250 m of GWDTEs are towers: 1, 2, 3, 4, 15, 51 and 52. Where it is not possible to avoid routing access tracks through GWDTE habitats, or within a 100 m buffer zone of GWDTE habitats, a floating track construction would be used. The track design would have due regard to key principles set out in the joint SNH/FCS guide to floating roads on peat: Track construction through GWDTE, where there is no clearly defined channel flow, would use a floating construction that incorporate measures such as a porous granular rock fill blanket, non-alkaline porous layer and perforated pipes to maintain the flow connectivity across the tracks. In addition, consideration would be given to the use of temporary tracks. Where tower foundations are required within a 250 m buffer zone, upgradient of identified GWDTE, the Applicant would give consideration, subject to detailed geotechnical investigation and foundation design, to alternative tower foundation techniques such as mini-piles. This would involve less ground disturbance when compared to conventional foundations, potentially using a floated piling platform and no open excavation.
Where conventional foundation excavations are required within a 250 m buffer zone, upgradient of identified GWDTE, the quality and quantity of the groundwater that feeds the GWDTE downstream from the excavations would be maintained by overpumping and dewatering of excavations discharged to ground (via suitable pollution prevention measures) in a suitable location close to the excavation.
Chapter 8: Schedule of Mitigation 8-6 LT000019
Scottish Hydro Electric Transmission plc Knocknagael – Tomatin 275 kV OHL
Table 8.1: Schedule of Mitigation Measures Mitigation Topic Identified Impact Mitigation/Monitoring Measure Timing of Mitigation ref Measure All earth moving works or similar operations would be carried out in accordance with BSI Code of Practice for Earth Works BS6031:1981. While it is acknowledged that best practice to minimise run-off would be to undertake construction during the driest period of the year, given the location of Proposed Development, there are likely to be significant periods of rainfall throughout the year.
EC 4 Ecology Water Environment Micrositing of towers and tracks would maximise the distance from Construction watercourses, ensuring a minimum separation distance for towers of 30 m from a watercourse. This would require the following towers to be microsited: 5, 15, 25, 26, 28 and 49. Greenfield run-off (i.e. non-silty surface water flow that has not yet passed over any disturbed construction areas) would be kept separate from potentially contaminated water from construction areas where possible. Where appropriate, interceptor ditches and other drainage diversion measures would be installed, immediately in advance of any excavation works, in order to collect and divert greenfield run-off around construction disturbed areas. All surface water within disturbed areas would be managed in accordance with Sustainable Drainage System techniques, using a multi- tiered approach to provide both flow attenuation and treatment through infiltration where possible and physical filtration prior to discharge. In accordance with industry guidance, ditches would follow the natural flow of the ground with a generally constant depth to ditch invert. They would have shallow longitudinal gradients and their purpose is to intercept any stormwater runoff and to allow clean water flows to be transferred independently through the works without mixing with construction drainage. The regular interception and diversion of clean runoff around infrastructure would prevent significant disruption to shallow groundwater flow, flush areas and blanket bogs. This would also reduce the flow of water onto any exposed areas of rock and soil, thereby reducing the potential volume of silt- laden run off requiring treatment.
Chapter 8: LT000019 8-7 Schedule of Mitigation
Scottish Hydro Electric Transmission plc Knocknagael – Tomatin 275 kV OHL
Table 8.1: Schedule of Mitigation Measures Mitigation Topic Identified Impact Mitigation/Monitoring Measure Timing of Mitigation ref Measure Greenfield run-off would be discharged into an area of vegetation for dispersion or infiltration, mimicking natural flows, so as not to alter downstream hydrology or soil moisture characteristics.
EC 5 Ecology Otter movements on A dry tunnel and otter fencing would be installed on two watercourse Construction/ watercourses with crossings. Operation proposed water WC2, north of Farr House, providing access to tower 27. crossing. WC9, north-west of Carn Meadhonach, providing access to tower 58 to 60.
EC 6 Ecology Woodland loss Where present, scrub vegetation would be protected during construction as Construction / far as possible. Operation In completing routine maintenance of the overhead line wayleave, consideration would be given to promoting biodiversity in the woodland edge and connectivity across the Proposed Development corridor, through measures such as leaving felled, or standing deadwood, and encouraging scrub vegetation cover.
ORN 1 Ornithology Nest Destruction Where possible, vegetation due to be removed to facilitate construction Pre-Construction/ (such as within the associated works to accommodate access tracks and at Construction the tower footprints) would be removed ahead of the bird breeding season (March-August) to avoid nest destruction. Where it is not possible to remove vegetation outwith the breeding season, a pre-felling survey would be undertaken. Where the felling of coniferous trees is required, these should first be surveyed by an ornithologist to ensure that no crossbills are nesting in them. This would be required before felling was undertaken at any time of year as crossbill have the potential to be nesting year round. Following vegetation removal deterrence methods would be used including: • iridescent tape across the construction areas prior to construction; • bird deterring machines which produce intermittent loud noises; and
Chapter 8: Schedule of Mitigation 8-8 LT000019
Scottish Hydro Electric Transmission plc Knocknagael – Tomatin 275 kV OHL
Table 8.1: Schedule of Mitigation Measures Mitigation Topic Identified Impact Mitigation/Monitoring Measure Timing of Mitigation ref Measure • walking of the cleared areas by people on a regular basis to prevent birds settling and to monitor if any birds are settling to nest on areas close to planned construction activity.
ORN 2 Ornithology Disturbance effects Pre-construction survey would be required to check for any Annex 1 or Pre-Construction/ Schedule 1 species nesting close to the Proposed Development. Species Construction Protection Plans (SPP) would be implemented during the construction phase. Works required within 750 m of any osprey nest during the breeding season would require a watching brief from an ornithologist. This would involve observing the ospreys from a safe distance, as far away as possible while still having a clear view of the birds on the nest, and giving the order to stop work if the birds show any signs of distress. A nest search would be undertaken for goshawk in the area within 500 m of Towers 58, 59 and 60. In the event that a nest is identified then this would need to be monitored by a watching brief while construction operations are being undertaken during the breeding season. A nest search would be undertaken for merlin in the area within 500 m of the relevant towers (see confidential annex for details). In the event that a nest is identified then this would need to be monitored by a watching brief while construction operations are being undertaken during the breeding season.
ORN 3 Ornithology Collision Risk Line marking would be employed between Tower 35 and Tower 60 over the Operation open moorland south of Farr to the conifer woodland around the Proposed Tomatin Substation. The line marking would involve placing bird diverters on the earth wire of the Proposed Development.
CH 1 Cultural General A Written Scheme of Investigation (WSI) would be prepared for the approval Pre-Construction/ Heritage of THC prior to the commencement of any construction works. Provision Construction
Chapter 8: LT000019 8-9 Schedule of Mitigation
Scottish Hydro Electric Transmission plc Knocknagael – Tomatin 275 kV OHL
Table 8.1: Schedule of Mitigation Measures Mitigation Topic Identified Impact Mitigation/Monitoring Measure Timing of Mitigation ref Measure would be made within the WSI for an appropriate programme of investigation and recording of any archaeological remains identified as a result of any mitigation works undertaken in advance of, or during construction works, that cannot be preserved in situ. All works would be conducted by a professional archaeological organisation (Archaeological Clerk of Works). The mitigation works would include the consequent production of written reports on the findings of the archaeological work conducted, with post-excavation analyses, publication and archiving of the results of the work where appropriate. Written guidelines would be issued for use by all construction contractors, outlining the need to avoid causing unnecessary damage to known heritage assets. The guidelines, would be contained within the Construction Environmental Management Document (CEMD) and would include arrangements for calling upon retained professional archaeological support in the event that buried archaeological remains of potential archaeological interest (such as building remains, human remains, artefacts etc.) are discovered in areas not subjected to archaeological monitoring. The guidance would make clear the legal possibilities placed upon those who disturb artefacts or human remains.
CH 2 Cultural Predicted minor effect Tower 3. Construction Heritage and direct impact on a Any areas where disturbance is unavoidable would be subject to field bank (3a). archaeological recording prior to construction works. Construction phase archaeological watching briefs may be required depending on final micrositing of tower and track infrastructure.
CH 3 Cultural One effect of unknown Between Towers 27 and 29. Construction Heritage significance is predicted Post-felling field survey to record current baseline condition of farmstead. on a farmstead (26). (The effect on this asset Any areas where disturbance is unavoidable should be recorded is of unknown status as archaeologically prior to construction works. Chapter 8: Schedule of Mitigation 8-10 LT000019
Scottish Hydro Electric Transmission plc Knocknagael – Tomatin 275 kV OHL
Table 8.1: Schedule of Mitigation Measures Mitigation Topic Identified Impact Mitigation/Monitoring Measure Timing of Mitigation ref Measure there is currently Construction phase archaeological watching briefs may be required insufficient baseline depending on final micrositing of tower and track infrastructure. information, however it is considered that there is potential for an impact of minor significance on the asset).
CH 4 Cultural Potential major effects Heritage assets 32 (Access track to Tower 1) and 34 (Access track to Construction Heritage and direct impacts are Towers 17/18) that were recorded through desk-based assessment but predicted on four were not included in the initial field survey would be visited to record the heritage assets (5, 19, current baseline of the assets. 32 and 34). Microsite to avoid assets 5 (Tower 4), 19 (Between Towers 22-23), 32 (Access track to Tower 1) and 34 (Access track to Towers 17/18). Mark-off during construction works as needed (heritage assets numbers and tower locations as above). Any areas where disturbance is unavoidable should be recorded archaeologically prior to construction works. Construction phase archaeological watching briefs may be appropriate at selected locations.
CH 5 Cultural Potential moderate Heritage asset 31 (Access track to Tower 1) that was recorded through Construction Heritage effects and direct desk-based assessment but was not included in the initial field survey would impacts are predicted be visited to record the current baseline of the asset prior to construction on eight heritage assets works. (4, 7, 8, 9, 21, 22, 23, Microsite to avoid assets (4 (Tower 3), 7 (Between Towers 5 and 6); 8 and 31). (Tower 6); 9 (Between Towers 7 and 8); 21-24 (Between Towers 22 and 23) and 31 (Access track to Tower 1).
Chapter 8: LT000019 8-11 Schedule of Mitigation
Scottish Hydro Electric Transmission plc Knocknagael – Tomatin 275 kV OHL
Table 8.1: Schedule of Mitigation Measures Mitigation Topic Identified Impact Mitigation/Monitoring Measure Timing of Mitigation ref Measure Mark-off during construction works as needed (heritage assets numbers and tower locations as above). Any areas where disturbance is unavoidable should be recorded archaeologically prior to construction works. Construction phase archaeological watching briefs may be appropriate at selected locations.
CH 6 Cultural Potential minor effects Microsite to avoid assets (1 (Tower 1), 6 (Between Towers 4 and 5), 11 Construction Heritage and direct impacts are (Tower 13), 12 (Tower 14) and 37 (Tower 137R). predicted on seven Mark-off during construction works as needed. heritage assets; heritage assets (1, 6, Any areas where disturbance is unavoidable should be recorded 11, 12, 28, 30 and 37). archaeologically prior to construction works. Construction phase archaeological watching briefs may be appropriate at selected locations.
CH 7 Cultural Impacts of minor Final tower positions (Tower 4 and Tower 22) and proposed new access Operation Heritage significance predicted track routes to these towers would be microsited as far from the heritage on the setting of three assets (5, 19 and 32) as possible. regionally important Temporary access tracks would be employed where access tracks run close heritage assets (5, 19 to the heritage assets between Towers 3 and 5 (heritage asset 5) and and 32). between Towers 21 and 24 (heritage asset 19). No mitigation is provided to offset the indirect impact on asset 32 (near Tower 1), for direct impacts on this site see above in ‘Construction’ impacts.
Chapter 8: Schedule of Mitigation 8-12 LT000019